Pisces Moon

[Steel Sponge]

31. Fall of a Wizard

 

Spongebob withdrew the letter left over from the ground and reads it to himself aloud:

 

Dear friends, or fellow Moon Warriors,

 

Now that you have found this letter, here’s is some news that’s going to revolutionize our team to a large extent. Umbriel has decided to escape from her tasks a Moon Warrior for whatever reasons why. While trying to convince her to come back, she seemed to be clear that her reasons are personal. Not only that, but I have decided to take a temporary retirement from the team for reasons including bringing Umbriel back once I come across her during our separation, and that it would be time that the rest of you guys start taking responsibility when a team’s captain is absent, but in a situation that I would be absent until in the long run. Eventually, your powers will be upgraded enough to be able to restore moons. Maybe I’ll come back when I see you all again, but at this point, I’m putting Umbriel first for the re-organization of our team, so I will still separate until then. Thank you for doing service with me and thank you for the support you each gave for me and Umbriel. Just don’t worry about me…. –Titan.

 

“This is bad news,” Spongebob said to his friends, who were eventually gathered up with him. “Titan and Umbriel are gone, and it’s probably all our faults!” He said and starts tearing up.

 

“It’s our faults? I beg to differ,” Squidward disagreed, “Those two have just moved on. Regardless, mark my words that Titan has made a selfish move with this decision of his!”

 

“What about that one time when you said y’all didn’t want to keep living your life as a Moon Warrior?” Sandy pointed out.

 

“Hopefully, those two will be back in our league,” said Lee. “Hopefully…”

 

Umbriel was then shown during the very start of her separation days, walking amidst in the woods. She stopped on her tracks when Titan startled her, coming out of a tree ahead of her.

 

“We’ve made ourselves a deal, but I just remembered a few things…” said Titan. “We’re not done talking, so I thought I’d start with more talk about your control of your “fake temper.”

 

Umbriel tempts to walk away. She sighs and tells him, “I’m not telling you completely about the ability I showed off in front of that Miranda pest, but it seems to me that getting more furious makes me a better fighter and more stronger. I can’t rely on that all the time though…and I don’t think I will anymore.”

 

“About that red glow during that duel with Miranda,” Titan continued, “I’ve recognized that from your first duel with Yang…”

 

“Yes, it’s some kind of power that I obtain when I’m at my worst mood,” Umbriel replied. “Also, if you’re leaving, how are those other zodiac moons going to be restored?”

 

“I got that covered. But anyways, I better leave. I don’t usually need you to be on my side all the time to get through my journey in this underwater world. I’m not going to worry either, so I’m fine alone like how you’ll be fine by yourself…”

“What are you going to do now?” She asked. “Are you going to hang out with your other alien friends or what?”

 

“That beats me, to be honest. In some cases like if there’s an emergency, I have the opportunity to bounce back.”

 

Umbriel was stood at Titan, looking stoic and continued along her trail, ignoring the Pisconarch.

 

“Now that should be all the time we’ve got,” Umbriel finished. “Once again, thanks for trying to support. Also, thanks for everything else…”

 

Umbriel was out of sight as Titan was walking away from her direction out of the woods, continuing his separation from her and his cooperatives. Along the way, Titan was approached by Miranda from earlier.

 

“I didn’t know she meant a lot to you....” said Miranda, “If that’s why you’re acting like this. Or is it about me?”

 

“It was your fault for angering Umbriel back there,” Titan responded, “but I’m not going to take drastic measures against you. Though, Umbriel was very important to me as a team member. Do you think you can just leave me alone for a while?” He asked.

 

“Your journey is always better with a friend…or a former sweetheart,” Miranda replied. “We can start a movement together as our own team.”

 

Titan got stuck in his thoughts, his steps, and his words while Miranda was waiting for a response while showing him a reassuring smirk.

 

“Is it fine by you if I find some of my other friends to form this movement with you?” Titan asked.

 

It then goes back to Spongebob and co. with the letter, most of them looking devastated and staggered by the news.

 

“I cannot believe this,” said Squidward. “Being a team wouldn’t be so hard if Umbriel never decided to dropout on us like a coward!”

 

“What did you just say, you wretched cephalopod?” Candy whispered, with a gravely angered tone.

 

“No, what did YOU just say?” Squidward asked.

 

That was when Candy grabs Squidward’s neck, putting him in a near chokehold.

 

“You do not talk trash about Umbriel!” Candy shouts out. “I do not have that many powers, I do not want to play rough, but you better understand when I say that I’ll kick your ass in one of many ways nobody would!”

 

“You don’t have to get so grouchy like me,” Squidward replied, “but I’m being honest and Umbriel has caused a good amount of trouble! Of course, her leaving us behind is more major.”

 

Candy then whips up a red and blue ball of energy and gives Squidward an intense assault with her new attack, making Squidward fly up and rupture part of the ground.

 

“Looks like Candy has got herself a new attack,” said Lee. I remember what Titan said about how new powers work, but this is still very strange… he thought.

 

“Come on, we can’t result to violence!” Spongebob said and shows the group the moon restoration device Titan has also dropped, “Besides, Titan still trusts us and he also gave us this.”

 

“The problem is that Titan is the only one who can use it,” Squidward pointed out, rubbing his head from the damage he acquired from Candy.

 

“With Titan gone, we need ourselves a new leader,” said Sandy.

 

“Most importantly, we need to get Umbriel back!” Candy cried out. “There’s no way in hell I’ll let her go off like that because of that Miranda person!”

 

“Remain calm, my fellow teammates,” said Spongebob, “One of us is going to be the leader somehow. I was one of the first victims known to Pisces Planet and maybe I figure that it now be my turn to lead us into action!”

 

“It’s got to be anyone of us,” Squidward proclaimed, “I could be the leader.”

 

“How about we wait until tomorrow to make an amendment on how our team is going to be handled without Titan and Umbriel?” Sandy suggested.

 

“Sandy does have a point,” said Spongebob. “Let’s wait until the next morning to plan this all out…”

 

Returning to their apartment room, Spongebob and co. sleeps through the rest of the night and they immediately wake up during the morning. Spongebob yawns and opens up the window to release some air.

 

“A new start to our adventure awaits, are you all excited?” Spongebob asked.

 

“I have to admit, I miss those two already,” said Squidward, looking exhausted. “How is the new leader impasse going to be planned out?”

 

“Squidward, I’m not really used to fighting, but perhaps we each should duel for that placeholder title?” Spongebob suggested. “It might be the only way to settle who can become the temporary leader, based on our fighting skills.”

 

“The real Spongebob wouldn’t think of something like that!” Patrick added.

 

“Well, choosing a new leader for our group is not like a game of rock, paper, scissors,” said Lee, “There is no strongest Moon Warrior, but may the best win.”

 

Meanwhile, leaning on top of the tallest monument of the City of Southern Lights stood Oberon the wizard, watching over Spongebob and co.

 

“It hasn’t been a while since the Bermuda Triangle that I met these guys,” said Oberon, “but it’s been a while that I’ve had a nice conversation with them….but where are Umbriel and Titan?”

 

From Oberon’s perspective, he can currently see Spongebob and co. trying to get some deals from the marketplace.

 

“I guess I can only wait it out,” Oberon ends.

 

Without warning, Oberon can then see Iapetus, who suddenly appeared standing on the roof next to him.

 

“Oh crap,” Oberon whispered to himself, “not….him, right now.”

 

Iapetus holds Oberon from roaming off and says, “We seemed to have known each other and you seem to have remembered. I’m not going to harm you…yet.”

 

“What is it that you want?” Oberon asked.

 

Iapetus smirks ominously, leaning his blade close to Oberon until swiftly swiping it away to his side.

 

“You have some nerve,” Iapetus continued. “I have a favor for you. Hopefully, you’ll do it without being reminded of those other companions of yours…”

 

“Are you talking about the Moon Warriors over there?” Oberon asked again. “For the record, I don’t think I can consider them as my companions just yet. In fact, I don’t see Titan and Umbriel anywhere.”

 

Iapetus turns sideways and groans for a second upon disbelief.

 

“So, those two Moon Warriors are gone,” said Iapetus. “Not a problem, but you’re still going to be part of a plan that I will unfold. I assure that you will enjoy it.”

 

“Just get away from me! Don’t even threaten to harm anyone either!”

 

With time skipping over to nighttime, Spongebob and co. reappeared at the same battlefield that had the duel between Umbriel and Miranda.

 

“The rules to who gets to be the current leader our group should be understandable,” Squidward was explaining. “The last one standing gets to play that role and be able to use that wristwatch thingamajig Titan has been using throughout.”

 

“I’m all set here, shall we commence?” Sandy said.

 

“I’ll do the signal! Can I start it up Squidward?” Spongebob asked joyously.

 

“Don’t be so thrilled…” Squidward responded.

 

Spongebob and co. started prepping up in the field, standing still in their battle positions while Spongebob was carefully commencing the duel.

 

“Ready….

 

Set….

 

Let’s go!”

 

Spongebob, Squidward, Patrick, Sandy, Candy, and Lee started the duel, charging through at each other. Lee starts up the skirmish by wringing out a big bang blast on the other five warriors, all except for Candy who leaped upward toward Lee got damaged. Candy fires at Lee with a light and aurora blast in one inning from her jump and manages to hit Lee, who became off-guard. Spongebob went next and attacks the rest of the group with a brightness tornado successfully. Thereafter, Patrick fires a dark blast at Squidward, only for him to dodge as he forms up a Lunar Drill. Squidward makes Spongebob his target and damages him. As soon as he was spotted, Sandy flings Pisces Shuriken, giving him a bit of a flinch. Once as Squidward was going to hit Sandy with a nova blast, Lee was going to hit Patrick with a Blazing Beam, and Spongebob was going to hit Candy with an aurora blast, the duel was halted as they each suddenly froze.

 

“Oh, I’m sorry, am I interrupting something important?” A voice hollered out while the warriors were still stiff. “I also might as well be sorry for not showing myself first….”

 

The voice was revealed to Oberon and he spikes down into the battlefield, as his body shows a glowing hue of red and purple.

 

“Let’s get this over with, it’s Iapetus’ orders after all…” said Oberon

 

Oberon uses his wizardry powers to deactivate the time frost, for the attacks to cause damage once as the Moon Warriors were mobile again. When Spongebob and co. saw Oberon, they immediately halted the duel.

 

“It’s a long time since we’ve talked with you, as you all might say,” said Oberon. “Obviously, I’m noticing something really different…it’s at the tip of my tongue…”

 

“Oberon, what are you doing here?” Squidward asked.

 

“If memory serves, were you that Pisces Wizard who had a thing for Umbriel?” Candy asked. She then shifts her mood, standing closer to the wizard, “You better not be trying to harm her or anything, or else I deal with you!”

 

From closer examination from the warriors, Oberon showcases a rather daunting look in his face with the purple and red glow around him, as if he was under possession.

 

“You look different too,” said Spongebob. “You didn’t have to stop us in a middle of a duel!”

 

“Answer my question or I’ll answer it now!” Oberon moaned. “I suppose Umbriel and Titan are nowhere to be seen.”

 

“Thank you for bringing that up, mister know-it-all,” Squidward said sarcastically.

 

“Now here’s another: where are they?” Oberon asked.

 

None of the teammates gave an answer as Oberon rushes closer to him as his glow appears brighter while Oberon himself appeared more aggressive.

 

“Where did those two go!?” Oberon exclaimed. “This question is usually and especially for Umbriel, but TELL ME, WHERE DID THEY GO!?”

 

“Last time I checked, the two “lovebirds” escaped into the woods,” Squidward answered.

 

“So is that it?” Oberon questioned. “There are no traces of their whereabouts left behind either? Oh well, time to put to you all into the gutter…or I could simply say that I will make stew out of you!”

 

“Does mine come with steak sauce?” Patrick asked.

 

Oberon starts to assault the group without commission of starting a duel by firing several blasts of blue energy.

 

“Yeesh, you don’t have to be so enraged because we don’t know!” Squidward said.

 

Oberon continues the battle he abruptly started up by shooting another blue energy blast at Squidward. Oberon uses his powers to raise part of the field the warriors stood into a hill, making the group fly down. Candy attempts to attack the Pisces Wizard with a Blazing Beam, only to be blocked with a reflective energy card and for the beam to strike back at Candy. Patrick uses his big bang attack, to successfully hit Oberon, but for the wizard to reverse his wounds through his upgraded powers. Lee attacks Oberon with Pisces Shuriken, but also to be blocked by the wizard’s reflective energy. Lee kept firing until he hits him and gets him off-guard, so he can also swiftly blast him with a nova blast. Oberon barely avoids it and strikes Lee with blue energy blast.

 

“Who and what is he? God damn it, he can’t be that impossible,” said Lee.

 

Squidward uses his Lunar Drill for the group’s next move. Once as Squidward emerged, Oberon vanished into thin air until reappearing in front of Squidward and attacking him a fist magically coming out of his arm and retracting back to his arm. Sandy aims at Oberon with an aurora and light blast, but to be reflected by the wizard. Sandy dodges the counterattacks before Oberon uses his magic to removes his boots and slam Sandy down with them.

 

“Keep attacking, I dare you!” Oberon shouts out with a strong gust forming around him.

 

“Then I won’t, because this isn’t like the Pisces Wizard that I’ve come to know during our journey!” Spongebob said.

 

The battle continues with Candy shooting up a Blazing Beam against Oberon, who counterattacks and avoids a scratch from it, then giving a blow on Candy with a lightning blast from his staff.

 

“Maybe this time…I will defeat you,” Squidward said with a nearly breathless tone.

 

Squidward fires up a dark and nova blast both blocked the Pisces Wizard and hits back the octopus in the eyes. Sandy and Lee appear left and right from the trees surrounding the battlefield by tossing Pisces Shuriken, hitting the wizard. After being alarmed, Oberon creates a force field to block out more incoming Pisces Shuriken attacks. Oberon then forms a double-sided blast, phasing through his force field and hitting both Sandy and Lee. Patrick then attacks the wizard a dark blast, hitting him, but his nova blast gets dodged.

 

Oberon’s mind then unwillingly lapses out of control and he then says, “Get out of here, you don’t know who you’re up against, because he’s-“ Getting interrupted, he loses control again and then states, “I have all the power I need! Give it up!”

 

“Snap out of it Oberon, what’s crawling inside your mind anyways?” Spongebob asked. “If you respect Titan and Umbriel, then you should come to respect the rest of us in that conscience of yours!”

 

“That…and there’s something about his mind that’s going haywire,” said Lee.

 

“Of course I respect you guys, but listen to me when I say-“Oberon continued when with his normal self until relapsing back into his crazy side again, “I’ll finish you off we can get back to this duel!”

 

“Are you being controlled?” Spongebob said.

 

“Iapetus is here and he’s making me feel like a bucket of sludge-!” Oberon exclaimed and then his mind comes back out of control once again. “ENOUGH! For the sake of Umbriel, I’m gonna….I’m gonna…!”

 

The strong winds subside as Oberon loses his energy to use his powers and continuing fighting. He collapses in the field. He opens up his eyes and sees the Moon Warriors as they came over to him.

 

“Iapetus promised that he would return the two warriors you were seeking for…” said Oberon.

 

“I’m Lee since I haven’t known you yet,” Lee introduced.

 

“I’m sorry for the trouble I’ve caused,” Oberon apologized. “We better leave before Iapetus appears-“

 

From behind the Pisces Wizard was Iapetus himself, standing around stoically and unannounced.

 

“Consider me an expert of mind manipulation, because I admit responsibility to what was going through this wizard’s head,” said Iapetus. “Now I’ve drained all that energy and I’m not going to bother fighting you warriors.”

 

“Good for you,” Lee said sarcastically.

 

“That was a more miraculous result from that part of my abilities since the first time I’ve had Squidward as a pawn,” Iapetus continued. “I have enough energy on my sleeve to make another victim, which will be other than Squidward…”

 

“Let’s pummel him!” Candy said.

 

“If I end up dead, tell Umbriel of how much of a friend she was to me and that I still promised myself not to be a burden!” Oberon blurted.

 

“It’s time I get rid of the Pisces Wizard’s usefulness, though!” Iapetus said, waving his Soul Reaper towards Oberon and prepared to strike.

 

“But Oberon!-“Spongebob was trying to say.

 

Oberon quickly prepares for his counterattack by wringing out his blue energy ball, colliding with Iapetus and his blade in the process. This causes a bit of an explosion. After the blast, Oberon was revealed with Iapetus’ rapier pierced through his chest. Oberon faced Iapetus wide-eyed and unresponsive. After the collective shocks from Spongebob and co., Oberon’s body faded into a blue puff of smoke.

 

“You know, when you take a person’s soul without the body, there’s no way the wizard would survive,” said Iapetus. “It’s strange that there are two different sides of using a weapon like this, but very soon enough, the person’s heart will stop, rendering his energy useless and unusable.”

 

“We demand that y’all bring Oberon right back here!” Sandy commanded.

 

Iapetus taps his blade, giving off some red dust.

 

“It looks like the Pisces Wizard has now been fried up,” Iapetus finishes. “I think I’ll give Titan and Umbriel a good surprise, but until I can have another round with you all next time…beware that I’m still watching. Now I’m off to meet the aliens back home about their unexpected reward….”

 

Ending his speech, Iapetus leaves the battlegrounds through teleportation.

-----------------------

NOTES/TRIVIA:

 

Spoiler

Oberon, the Pisces Wizard, gets killed by Iapetus.

[Steel Sponge]

32. Scorpio Sting

 

“Well, so much for that duel we we’re all going to do together,” said Spongebob. “The worst part is that Iapetus killed Oberon! How are we going to explain that the next time we talk to Umbriel?”

 

Spongebob buries his hands to his face and presses himself down on the battlegrounds.

 

“It’s no problem,” said Sandy, “It’s only our first day without ‘em after all.”

 

Spongebob gets back up and proclaims, “We still need to determine who’s going to hold responsibility for our team, so tomorrow will now likely be the time we have the duel!”

 

“There must be a reason why Iapetus showed up with the Pisces Wizard,” Squidward added. “He was probably waiting to inflict the kill on us, but I don’t see the point in killing Oberon if he’s not going to swipe any energy from him.”

 

“Some day though,” Spongebob says confidently, “I will defeat Iapetus…”

 

“You just keep dreaming,” Squidward rebuttals, “right now I’m all tired out.”

 

“Let’s get back to our apartment,” Spongebob says as he and co. pack their things. “We’re still going to wake up pretty early if we don’t want to keep losing track of Titan and Umbriel.”

 

While Spongebob and co. returned to their apartment room in the City of Southern Lights, Titan’s whereabouts are now shown as he appears in another unknown municipal area during the next day.

 

“A new voyage begins here,” said Titan, looking at a bill-boarded map pinpointing him in the exact city, labeled the City of Northern Lights. “I’m now already familiar with this, but what can happen?”

 

Roaming around the city, Titan takes a wide glimpse with awe on an extremely tall monument that looked similar to a space elevator, staring at it from far away and high up. Titan strolled toward the building, being guarded by someone.

 

Getting up close, a Pisconarch in an eccentric clown-like uniform was guarding it and immediately halts Titan.

 

“I was just wondering what a building this high is being used for,” said Titan, “which is strange since I just arrived here in this city…”

 

The alien being beside him with his hand shoved in front of Titan slides it off after for a matter of 7 seconds and starts doing a jig and throws some confetti.

 

“Ha, this is not as strange if you’ve just happen to have come across a Pisconarch like me!” The unnamed alien says and tosses a flyer at Titan, “Even if you’re not planning on participating, come and see the show!”

 

Titan reads is closely and then replies, “Wait, there’s going to be a tournament, right now!?”

 

“Aren’t you excited? Almost all of the finest brawlers from Pisces Planet are going to contend! Say, you’re one of those guys who are willing to show their skills, right?”

 

This guy can come off as similar to Spongebob, even though I just met him, Titan thought and opens up his words, asking the guard, “Do you know how I can hide myself from this look I’m showing?”

 

“Of course I’m dressed like this, but it’s not like we’re sponsoring a makeup department around here!”

 

“I better leave.” Titan run offs but steers right back at the mysterious looking Pisconarch, telling him, “Although, thanks for the info.”

 

Continuing to walk around the streets, Titan finds an unfamiliar clothing store while unnoticed, Solid Shell and Sao can be spotted and they walk over to the lofty tower.

 

“Are you in-charge of this establishment?” Sold Shell asked the clown-like guard.

 

“You two look to have some moxie in your blood,” the Pisconarch said, “May I consider that two compete in the tournament in Pisces Planet?”

 

“Speaking of blood…I can smell it,” Solid Shell says jarringly, “and it’s the blood of a vile yet feeble mutant!”

 

The alien being was looking frightened and disturbed a bit and shows them the door to the elevator-like tower.

 

“If being or watching the tournament is what you two want, it’s what you get,” the mysterious being replied.

 

“Let’s go Sao!” Solid Shell exclaims to his partner, “We’re going to bag ourselves a bunch of mutants!”

 

“That odd looking thing can’t be anymore right about you,” said Sao, “Based on my own thoughts, I find your enthusiastic side to be much crazier than that person thinks.”

 

The two hunters step inside the elevator, until for their ride to be pushed to the bottom as a passerby Pisconarch waits until the door slides open for him.

 

“Pardon me if you two gentlemen will,” the person said.

 

“First catch of the day Sao, let’s mess him up!” Solid Shell shouted out.

 

Solid Shell charges up his weapon he was carrying and shoots aimlessly, eventually causing the power to the elevator to go out, trapping them.

 

“You’re an imbecile,” Sao proclaims.

 

At the clothing store, Titan meets with the clerk instantly, who was another Pisconarch.

 

“Yeah, I hope this world doesn’t mind the extra-terrestrial invasion either,” the clerk says to Titan. “What do you want?”

 

Titan, twiddling his fingers on the counter, asks him, “Do you know how I can get a look that will disguise my image from being noticed by anyone?”

 

“I would care less, so you can just go for it,” the clerk answered. “If you’re thinking that you’d want to be costume to cover yourself up, then I better give you some recommendations in our gallery.”

 

Looking around, Titan sees a costume that looks similar to the outfit of a samurai among a bunch of others.

 

“Just so you know, we’re not doing business for freeloaders,” said the clerk. “If that’s what you want, you ought to pay for it now.”

 

“I’m going to be broke at this point, but it’s a deal,” Titan responded and gives the store-runner almost all the money he had in pay for the costume.

 

Titan then steps out of the clothing store, bearing the samurai costume. Iapetus was seen walking by and spots the armor-clad Pisconarch and sneaks over to him.

 

“You can’t really escape from me with a look that Titan,” said Iapetus, “if that is your name.”

 

“You’re a stranger, so I’m not going to bother talking to you,” said Titan and he casually walked off.

 

My senses can tell that is Titan, Iapetus thought to himself, and I cannot be mistaken. Forget him. I’ll try talking with later.

 

Iapetus then picks up a flyer on the ground, announcing the tournament, which seems to be tomorrow.

 

“I bet he wouldn’t mind if I compete in this. Looks like this cup is already won, Pisces Planet…”

 

Umbriel was then shown, still out somewhere in the woods. She was walking over to a cottage not too far away from her.

 

I better get someone who knows how to get rid of my Moon Powers, Umbriel thought. My grandmother said she knew someone who can figure out the remedy. It looks like I’m going to pay a visit to the witch doctor…

 

Umbriel rings the doorbell and in came the owner of the cottage. It was the witch doctor Umbriel was looking for.

 

“I don’t know you, don’t come in!” The witch doctor said upon seeing Umbriel and closes the door back shut.

 

“But you need to know me!” Umbriel cried out, “There’s something that’s living in my body that I need to have removed!”

 

“Be aware that I can hear you from here!” The witch doctor replied, “I don’t know if you’re trying to pull a scam, but begging is not going to help! Your problem might be something ridiculous, that’s for sure.”

 

“What if I told you I have Moon Powers?” Umbriel asked. “I can really prove it to you once as its dusk!”

 

The witch doctor gives no answer and goes to her desk and carries out some kind of book. Looking through some of the contents, she finds a page about Moon Powers and then slowly opens up the door.

 

“If those so-called powers you possess do not show, then I can prove that your reason for being here is as fraudulent,” the witch doctor says and lets Umbriel inside the cottage.

 

“Do you know anything about Moon Powers?” Umbriel asked.

 

“Well first, I’m going to wait…” said the witch doctor.

 

Back to Spongebob and co. being the main perspective, they have all woken up and got started on the trail to their next venue.

 

“We should take an opposite route and head for the City of Northern Lights,” Spongebob suggested. “Hopefully Titan is around over there.”

 

“That depends if that place has a summit for our next moon to restore,” said Sandy.

 

“That could also be the case, so let’s go!” Spongebob responded.

 

A few hours have passed as Spongebob and co. made it to the City of Northern Lights. The tall elevator from not too far from where they were standing has already caught their attentions.

 

Briefly panning over up the surface, miles away from Bikini Atoll, a seagull bumps into the tower before going back to the underwater perspective.

 

“Let’s check it out,” Patrick uttered.

 

“Not until we see if Titan or Umbriel is around here,” Spongebob said, seizing the group. “I’m naïve, but I can be responsible you now…”

 

“I don’t think this search is going to be worth it,” said Squidward, “One of them, or both of them could perhaps not be here.”

 

“Let’s hurry though, I can see a summit from here,” Lee pointed out. “That means we have some work to do. Hopefully, we’ll also eventually decide who gets to use this device.”

 

“Let’s ask this guy if he knows about the two Moon Warriors,” Spongebob said pointing over to Titan in costume, rushing over to him afterwards. “Excuse me, but do you know anybody named Titan and/or Umbriel in this city?” He asked.

 

Titan looks at Spongebob blankly and says, “How should I know? I don’t even know half of anybody in this place…”

 

The disguised Titan walks away from the group, who each give out confused expressions.

 

“Well, that worked really well,” Squidward said sarcastically.

 

“Not a problem, this is our first time in this city,” said Spongebob.

 

“We should all split up to see if any of us can receive information on the two missing cooperatives,” Lee suggested. “Once it’s dark, we’ll have enough and meet with each other at the summit, sounds like the plan?”

 

“You drive a really good bargain Lee,” Spongebob complimented. “Now let’s do some scavenger hunting!”

 

“I’m going to find you Umbriel, don’t you worry!” Candy cried, already splitting up.

 

Squidward sighs and continues to start his part of the search. As time passes by, Spongebob and co. have all arrived at the summit containing the Scorpio moon, prompting the results of the search. Some of them were panting and taking some breaths.

 

“Did you guys have any luck?” Lee asked. “I got nothing at all.”

 

“I ain’t got any information either,” Sandy agreed.

 

“People think I’m being crazy,” said Squidward. “I think none of got any information about Titan or even Umbriel.”

 

“Sorry Spongebob, but that’s the way it’s gone,” Sandy said to the sponge. He was looking rather disappointed.

 

“I met someone who said something about being known to psychic powers,” Patrick declared. “But she refused to tell me her name and said to me to stay away until she drops dead…”

 

“At least that’s something,” said Lee.

 

“That’s okay….” Spongebob said softly, “We can always go to the next town, so we can just fix this moon and leave in one sitting. We still have nothing to worry about and nothing in our way!”

 

As soon as the warriors’ armor activates, Phobos and Deimos appear instantly through teleportation.

 

“Just in time, not too shabby for a bunch of Moon Warriors,” said Deimos.

 

“Wait a minute Deimos,” Phobos blurts, “Where are Titan and Umbriel?”

 

“You see….” Spongebob was saying nervously, “Those two partners of ours….pretty much ran away and disbanded from our group until we manage to bring them back.”

 

Deimos and Phobos linger from what Spongebob has explained, until Deimos says, “We have a better against them now, since they’re odd two out!”

 

“They could still pose as a threat against us, so let’s wait and stick with a different plan,” Phobos whispered to her partner. “Just give it up!” She spoke out.

 

“If that will take us enough time to work on our next plan,” Deimos whispered back, “then I’ll give in to that option of yours….or ours as we should now say it.”

 

“Are you ready to fight or not?” Squidward asked.

 

“For goodness sake,” Deimos groaned, “just do that thing where you restore this god damn moon, alright!?”

 

Spongebob and co. were all baffled and surprised from what the alien being just said, and all unsure about his legitimacy.

 

“Uh, what did you just say?” Spongebob asked the duo, still confused. “Are you two in a rush or something?”

 

“Even without those two cheap old lovebirds, we’re nothing!” Phobos bellowed. “We’re not saying we’re weak, but you guys wouldn’t have much of a problem in that duel we could have had now, would ya’!?”

 

“We’ve been doing this crap for a long time,” said Squidward, “even though I kinda enjoy it.”

 

“By default, this duel is already over,” Deimos continued, “If we get fired for misusing our orders, we’re not really as devastated. Let’s go, Phobos.”

 

Before the duo were going to teleport back to Pisces Planet from the summit, Phobos then says, “But when we come back, don’t say we entirely chickened out from this.”

 

After the two got away, Squidward said, “That’s just blatant and out of character…”

 

“It looks like we do have enough time to get started with that duel we’ve been planning out, you know what I mean?” Spongebob negotiates.

 

--

 

Getting the hint, the six Moon Warriors were now in their battle positions to continue the duel that became interrupted not too long ago.

 

“To introduce this again, the last fighter standing will take the lead,” Spongebob proclaims. “Here we go!”

 

Spongebob gets it started by whipping up a Pisces Chop on Squidward, hitting him with an effective force. Patrick and Sandy activate their Beast and Were-Squirrel modes respectively, attacking Lee and Candy. Lee retaliates with a big bang blast while Candy instantly shoots up a Blazing Beam against Sandy, both successfully hitting. Spongebob targets all the other Moon Warriors with a brightness tornado, with Squidward only dodging through a Lunar Drill. Patrick fires up a stronger big bang blast against Candy and Lee, inflicting greater damage. It was Lee’s turn now as he also attacks the group, minus Candy, with a brightness tornado. Candy creates a combination of it by firing a Blazing Beam into the funnel. Sandy grabs Lee and tosses him against a tree and then whacks Candy with her tail. While airborne from the damage taken, Candy shoots an aurora blast, aimed at Sandy’s face, and it hits. After a while, Patrick’s Beast mode unwillingly gets deactivated as Squidward gives Patrick a direct hit with his Lunar Drill. Believing his guard was down, Lee fires a dark blast at Squidward, but it was avoided by the octopus. Having not enough energy, Sandy’s Were-Squirrel mode was deactivated.

 

“At this rate, there could be no winner…” said Lee.

 

Spongebob and Sandy prepare a light blast, Candy starts charging up a Blazing Beam, Squidward charges up a dark blast, and Lee begins to create a Blazing Beam himself, preparing to attack each other at once.

 

“One of us has got to go down!” Squidward said.

 

Creating an explosion through all those blasts, the six Moon Warriors were still standing as Squidward, Candy, Patrick, and Sandy’s bodies were now glowing for a moment.

 

Squidward instantly introduces a new attack of his and tentacle arms were stretching out. The underside of his tentacles shows a purple glow and gives off a flash as his two tentacles whack Lee and suspend back to normal size.

 

“It’s odd that I now have a new attack, but you can call that the…Bungee Sucker Punch…I guess,” said Squidward.

As for Candy, she attacks Squidward with some kind of moonquake with an aurora hue, hitting him and everyone else.

 

“I’ll call that an Aurora Moonquake,” Candy declared.

 

After that, Patrick floats in the air, as all the other 5 Moon Warriors come into effect with Patrick’s unexplained psychic powers and uses his telepathic energy to have Spongebob, Squidward, Sandy, Candy, and Lee fly across and hit the trees. Then, Sandy introduces her next attack by rolling out and giving off a bright yellow light, striking all the other Moon Warriors respectively. Some of the warriors would consider Patrick’s new move as “Moonshine Manipulation.”

 

“We can called that the Sandy Steamroller,” Spongebob joked.

 

Sandy uses her steamroller attack again. Spongebob dodges and causes Sandy to hit Lee. Afterwards, Lee wasn’t able to get up, making him the first defeated. Spongebob uses the Pisces Chop against Candy, jumping in the air at the same time as Candy would wring up another Aurora Moonquake. Spongebob hits Candy with ease, while the other warriors received direct damage. Patrick was next to being out of the duel, unable to get up.

 

“It’s always next time. There is a next time, right?” Patrick questioned.

 

Squidward attacks Spongebob with a Bungee Sucker Punch. The second time he would hit gets avoided by Spongebob as he fires an aurora blast at him. Sandy uses Pisces Shuriken to hit Candy with success. Candy retaliates by firing an aurora blast, then a light blast, and finally a Blazing Beam. All three of them hitting Sandy, she eventually goes down in the battlefield as she couldn’t stand back up.

 

“If someone needs a leader, I definitely have a greater chance of finding Umbriel, and no one shall defeat me from claiming that leadership!” Candy cried out.

 

“How about you simmer down and watch us revoke your chances!” Squidward said and shoots a dark blast, only to miss.

 

Candy’s incoming Blazing Beam ends up missing Squidward as well. Eventually, Spongebob hits Candy with a Pisces Chop. Squidward doubles the damage with another Bungee Sucker Punch at the same target. With all that damage taken, Candy was down.

 

“Looks like it’s just the two of us in a duel again,” Squidward said to Spongebob.

 

“And one of us will be deemed the temporary main leader….this will be so much fun!” Spongebob responded.

 

“Moon Warrior spirit, I summon you!” Spongebob and Squidward both shouted out.

 

Both of Spongebob and Squidward’s spirits began to materialize in front of them. Spongebob and Squidward were glowing bright yellow and dark blue respectively. This time, they weren’t fused with the spirits. Spongebob’s koi fish spirit appears, glowing red as Squidward’s unagi spirit appears with a purple gleam aroused.

 

“Not one oversight, this will be enjoyable!” Squidward said.

 

“I’m surprised to have as much energy as you do to show off this power!” Spongebob replied.

 

Spongebob moves his arms around and tries to create his Pisces Chop attack. The koi spirit performs this and strikes through Squidward’s unagi spirit with the attack.

 

“So it looks like we have to control them…” Squidward mused, “Let’s see this thing do the Bungee Sucker Punch!”

 

Squidward controls his respective spirit by having it stretch out and wrap around the koi’s head as a hold. Spongebob tries to control his spirit with a counterattack by firing a light blast, hitting each other at the same time. Squidward once again controls the unagi spirit by hitting the koi spirit with a dark blast. The two remaining warriors control to throw in strategic attacks, blocks, and such at each one another until Spongebob and Squidward were starting to look exhausted.

 

“Could we be two of a kind when it comes to battling like this?” Spongebob asked while panting.

 

“Don’t be silly, we could still end this battle, however we could destroy each other!” Squidward exclaimed while breathing in and out almost breathlessly like Spongebob.

 

As a final resort, Spongebob and Squidward command the spirits with an aurora and dark blast, firing at each other. The force from the spirits was strong enough to cause another bang in the battlefield. As the smoke clears up, the spirits subsided and reveals Spongebob still standing while Squidward was unable to get up.

 

“I won….I can’t believe it myself,” Spongebob whispered to himself.

 

Spongebob takes out and wraps watch-like the device, in which he was still carrying, around his arm and goes over to the summit.

 

“Oh, how am I supposed to do this?” Spongebob questioned.

 

Spongebob presses a few buttons and points aimlessly at the moon until the device shines on the Scorpio moon, causing the Pisces mist around it to become vacuumed and restoring the moon to its original state. Spongebob then presses onto the ground of the hill from exhaustion.

------------------------

NOTES/TRIVIA:

 

Character Debut(s): Unnamed witch doctor

 

New Attacks:

 

Squidward: Bungee Sucker Punch

Patrick: Moonshine Manipulation

Sandy: Lunar Steamroller

Candy: Aurora Moonquake

 

Spoiler

Spongebob wins the duel, making him the new current leader of the team.

[Steel Sponge]

Oh boy, considering the episode's length, it's recommended that you stop where you see the multiple hyphened lines when you feel like stopping at reading this.

 

 

33. Pisces Cup (Part I)

 

Back with Umbriel and the witch doctor, the latter views Umbriel’s armor, now that she sees that it has been activated. The witch doctor evaluates Umbriel’s image while still gazing upon her until looking through her book to resume her research.

 

“So, you weren’t bluffing,” the witch doctor said to Umbriel while scrolling through her book.

 

“Yes, now please understand why I came here and needed to talk with you,” said Umbriel.

“I’m listening, but hold on now,” the witch doctor interrupts and pinpoints the precise page on Moon Powers. “You seem to be one of those people who have gained these strange powers from that meteor…”

 

“I would like for these powers to be removed,” Umbriel explained, “it’s for the sake of my own safety that my grandparents want me to have because….I have strong aura abilities and they told me that the Moon Powers I have give me vulnerable effects and might kill me if they’re sincere on that part. For my own personal reasons, I also want to have peace from being a “Moonchild” if these powers are clean off from my body!”

 

The witch doctor listens to the sincerity in Umbriel’s voice and stares at her as the Moon Warrior was looking desperate in the eyes.

 

“I see how important this situation is to you,” the witch doctor continued, “but I don’t have enough research on how I could remove your deoxyDNA.”

 

“What?” Umbriel questioned with panic in her tone. “What does the book say!?”

 

“It says that the meteor shows up once in every specific period of time to cast a powerful glow and seek a candidate Moon Warrior by letting its glow affects the body of any citizen from where the meteor turns up. Of course, the sheer power from the meteor spreads from miles and miles away. What this book is also saying that the meteor is located near a specific planet and cruises off into the underwater world directly near such a planet.”

 

“Well, I’ve been travelling with some partners of mine. One of them – Titan – has been taking me on this journey on reviving zodiac moons at certain summits from some form of an everlasting eclipse. Also, he says all the time that he’s from Pisces Planet and he said that the meteor resembles that zodiac sign…”

 

“That’s grand. I now have some more information on this research. Once again, speaking of the meteor, has your partner, in which you say goes by the name of “Titan,” ever have the bright mind that every meteor has its meteorite?”

 

“Well, I haven’t thought about that either, but now that you mentioned that…”

 

“Obviously, more meteors are formed near that planet and have that indifferent life cycle. Now I need to figure out the epicenter of the meteor’s crash landing....but I’m merely a witch doctor and not a meteorologist.”

 

“Okay, so how am I supposed to get rid of my own problem?”

 

“We can’t go on with this conversation forever, but the point is that I don’t know what the fix is. How about you give yourself some fresh air for a while and you can come back to this cottage when I find something else to my studies?” The witch doctor suggests, hands buried in her forehead for a moment.

 

Umbriel was showed the door and goes outside of the cottage. She waits around on the porch impatiently and then she saw Iapetus standing nearby. She turned around, astonished. Looking back, he was gone from the sandy spot. She turned around once more and Iapetus was already next to her.

 

“Are you stalking me?” Umbriel asked.

 

“I’ve heard Titan is missing too,” said Iapetus. “What kind of fool does he take me for? Of course he was somewhere in the City of Northern Lights! At least I found you though.”

 

“What are you going to do now?” Umbriel replied. “Take away my soul?”

 

Iapetus holds up a flyer in front of her, which appears to be an advertisement for the Pisces Cup.

 

He replies to her, “There’s a big show coming up – the majority of the greatest combatants are going to be there and I would like to see you perform in this gathering!”

 

Umbriel reads through the poster and gives a baffled expression. “Now what kind of fool do you take me for? Just count me out and leave me alone, if you’re actually willing to do that!”

 

Iapetus threatens Umbriel with his rapier close to her chest, as the Moon Warrior stood still and gapes wide-eyed.

 

“You seem to be feeling rough. What if I told you I can give away something about the problems you look like you’re having? For a being from Farside, you could’ve expected me to be able to read your feelings. Say, let’s make an alliance together during the Pisces Cup!” He continues. “I’ll give you some information once we win, but it’s off with your vessel if we fail! I could go on to try and strike a deal with you, but do we have ourselves a deal here?”

 

Iapetus lets go of his blade while Umbriel leaves herself into her own thoughts. Meanwhile, back at the Scorpio summit, Spongebob was awakened from that long battle.

 

“Spongebob, are you there?” Sandy asked.

 

“Come on, get up!” Squidward called out.

 

 Spongebob gets up from the ground and sees his other teammates waiting. He then says, “Oh good, you guys are back after that duel we had with each other.”

 

“So, did I win?” Squidward asked and then recognizes the device on Spongebob’s arm. “Oh yeah, I forgot that Spongebob won that duel.”

 

“It was worth it, so now it’s my turn to lead the fulfillment of this journey!” Spongebob continued, sounding more exhausted than ever. “I’ve done the job right as the Scorpio moon is now just fine.”

 

“Looks like we’re going to call this a night, as usual,” said Lee. “Let’s go back and find an apartment around here.”

 

“Are we ever, I can’t use a restless night after this, obviously,” said Spongebob, still sounding and looking flat out tired.

 

Spongebob drags himself wearily out from the summit and back to the City of Northern Lights while the rest of the team casually walks along with Spongebob and eventually sleep the night, before renting another apartment room.

 

The next morning follows as the group was already outside and taking a stroll in the City of Northern Lights. Spongebob appeared to be feeling more than excited for what to do that day.

 

“I can’t wait to start practicing some of our powers together!” Spongebob said, “If only we still had Titan and Umbriel around…”

 

Squidward gives Spongebob a slap from behind and tells him, “Oh forget about them! I wonder if I can find something to eat around here…”

 

“Right, we better have ourselves some food before we go through our next attempt at seeking Titan and Umbriel,” said Spongebob. “I think I know where they could be now!” He takes out a flyer and has his eyes focused on it.

 

“What is it this time?” Sandy questioned.

 

Spongebob then shows the flyer for the Pisces Cup in front of the other team members.

 

“Here it is!” Spongebob continued, “We better get prepared for this big event, which is taking place somewhere in Pisces Planet! Those two have got to be there.”

 

“Maybe that’s what that ridiculously tall elevator in that city is there for,” said Lee and points over the building over in the horizon.

 

“That should be how we can get into Pisces Planet, so let’s check that out,” said Spongebob.

 

A few hours pass as Spongebob and co. now showed up near the guarded, tall building.

 

“Oh hello, are you here to watch the show?” The clown-like guard asked the Moon Warriors and gives a rasp change of tone, then whispering, “Or would you like to face a fight to the death?”

 

“We’re certified Moon Warriors,” Spongebob greeted, “I’m not sure if I would either participate or see the Pisces Cup, but I’m looking forward to get know about this event!”

 

“I recommend that you take part in the fight,” the guard replied, “if you’re interested with the grand prize! You’re in the luck though. we once had a problem with the elevator controls after a couple of self-proclaimed hunters stepped aboard. Anyways, you’re all free to go inside.”

 

Spongebob and co. stepped inside the elevator, nonchalantly waiting for their ride to make a stop while listening to some elevator music.

 

……
……

 

“If you don’t open your mind to her, Umbriel will stay apart from us,” Candy spoke.

 

“Heh, now somebody is saying something,” said Squidward, “but is that supposed to mean!? We’re having a hard time sticking together because she ran away! Plus, Titan had the nerve to downright ditch us as well!”

 

“How about you shut your clarinet kissed trap!?” Candy retorted.

 

“Oh boy, we’re going to have another heated discussion here,” Sandy said, covering her ears with her hands slipped off from her suit.

 

“It looks like we reached the surface world from this view…” Lee said while Candy and Squidward were still arguing.

 

“Also, how long is this elevator ride to Pisces Planet going to take!?” Squidward questioned, “I’d rather be in that tournament already than deal with an entire conversation based on you and your precious Umbriel!”

 

“Then you do not understand anything about showing support for our team!” Candy retorted.

 

When the platform from the space-elevator-like building reached the top, into space, the door opened up for them with Candy being the first to take a first step into Pisces Planet.

 

“It’s been a long time that I was a totally flat person before tagging along,” said Candy. “If you’re going to be cowards and let the door close on you, then you might as well step out right-“

 

Squidward and the rest run out and he says, “Whatever you say. You must be getting your attitude from Umbriel, just don’t think you can replace her.”

 

At view, Spongebob and co. were on Pisces Planet, but in the part where civilization was surrounded by a coliseum. Before they each took a seat with the Pisconarchs and other civilians in the crowd, they had signed their names to be placed in a white, high-tech box as a lone host came up to the stand below and held a strange looking microphone object.

 

“Fellow Pisconarchs, other planetary citizens….and whoever those guys are supposed to be in the crowd over there,” the host announced pointing to Spongebob and co., “it is time that we begin our latest Pisces Cup tournament of the year! I am Ned Newton and I’ll be the host of this tournament!”

 

The crowd roars with applause while Spongebob and his group stayed silent.

 

“Uh, woo-hoo…” Sandy cheered nervously.

 

“Yeah, this is going to be incredible, hot dog!” Spongebob cheered.

 

“Too bad for most of you guys, we’ll only have 16 participants ranked for the semifinal match as opposed to our last held Pisces Cup, but don’t be disappointed!” Ned Newton continued, “What’s a show without a show anyway? How this game will go is that I will randomly have 64 willing participants chosen from this box.”

 

The same white box was now near the host on the platform stage.

 

“Simple as that, let’s see who I get first…”

 

A card flies up from the white box’s opening, for the host to reveal one of the names of the chosen participants.

 

“Come on up….Iapetus!” the host announced.

 

“Impossible!” Squidward protested while the most of the crowd was cheering.

 

Iapetus gets up from his seat and attends the stand near the host and the podium.

 

“I present Iapetus from the planet Farside, everyone!” Ned affirmed.

 

Ned Newton uses the white box again to have another person’s name automatically drawn out. Before that, Iapetus could be seen using his mind and focusing on the box until a card pops out.

 

“Umbriel Quansara, you are up!” Ned declared.

 

The crowd applauded while Spongebob shouts out, “Hey, I was right! Umbriel is here after all!”

 

“HEY UMBRIEL, IT’S US: PATRICK, SPONGEBOB, CANDY, AND YOUR OTHER FRIENDS!” Patrick cried aloud while Umbriel was walking to the stand. “WE CAME ALL THE WAY HERE LOOKING FOR YOU AND WE NEED YOU TO COME BACK IF YOU SEE US RIGHT NOW!”

 

Spongebob and the others stared Patrick with sheer bafflement. Umbriel tries her best to ignore the hollering starfish.

 

“Was that too much?” Patrick asked.

 

“So, have you any words to say in front of everybody?” Ned asked Umbriel. When she opens up her mouth, he interrupts her saying, “You’re speechless, aren’t you? That’s because this tournament will you leave with nothing but shocking amazement! Now let’s have another rally with our line-up…”

 

Another card flies out of the box as Ned begins to read the name:

 

“Spongebob Squarepants.”

 

“What, third try and he’s already in the cup!?” Squidward exclaimed.

 

Spongebob gasps with excitement and runs over to the stage with Ned, Umbriel, and Iapetus, swiping the microphone.

 

“Wow, I never thought I’d actually be a part of the Pisces Cup!” Spongebob said joyously, “Even though this would look like fights to the death, and that I’m not really professional with my powers, but this is an honor!”

 

Ned Newton pulls Spongebob away from the microphone as the sponge walks next to Iapetus and Umbriel.

 

“Yep, you’re quite a handful, son,” said Ned. “Now let’s see who else we’ll get….”

 

As Ned was using the white box again, Spongebob looks over at Umbriel and tells her, “Looks like I found you, so you better come back with us after this. So, how are you doing?”

 

Taking notice, Iapetus uses his powers to make Umbriel hide behind the stand.

 

“Umbriel doesn’t want to talk to you,” Iapetus responded. “I’ll pull her back out when you decide to leave her alone.”

 

“Am I the only one who realizes that Iapetus is apparently manipulating us into participating in this game by rigging the random names that this Ned Newton guy is gathering up?” Lee asked the other group members.

 

“It could be just a coincidence,” said Sandy.
 

“Lee Scuttlepuddle!” Ned announced.

 

“Oh god damn it!” Lee exclaimed and runs over to the stage with the other participants.

 

“His last name is Scuttlepuddle?” Patrick questioned.

 

Ned gets another name from one of the cards as Iapetus continues to use his powers to rig the machine.

 

“Squidward Tentacles, you shall now take the stand!” Ned announced.

 

“Not so coincidental after all now, is it?” Squidward questioned towards Sandy. “They have a grand prize, so I better give this tournament my best…”

 

“Next up, it’s Sao!” Ned announced once again as Sao stood up from the crowd beside Solid Shell.

 

“Ha, you’re actually going to be in the tournament!” Solid Shell said to his hunting partner, “Now don’t fail me and lose your chance at the grand prize or I will fail you!”

 

“Is that even a threat?” Sao responded.

 

As the callouts for the random tournament line-up continues on, Patrick, Sandy, and Candy eventually appeared with the other participants that also included Yang, Yin, Halimede, Europa, Miranda, Proteus, and someone who is called the “Luminous Samurai.”

 

“Is Titan not going to be in this competition?” Spongebob asked Squidward.

 

“There must be a reason why Iapetus wouldn’t have rigged the choices to declare Titan a part of this,” Squidward whispered.

 

“For the next five days, the Pisces Cup will be held in every one of these fighters’ honor,” Ned announced. “The winner will take home the prize, which will be millions worth of our planet’s currency and an extensive trip to a paradise that we cannot tell you where and what it is!”

 

“He’s giving no details, huh?” Squidward said. “He’s quite the secretive host.”

 

After the conference, Spongebob and co., along with the rest of the chosen competitors, were in the training facility before the first round would commence. The main brigade were only currently hanging around as they saw most of the participants doing sit ups, shooting targets, and practicing their supernatural powers (which were aside from the group’s Moon Powers).

 

Squidward turned to Iapetus and asked him, “This was part of a ploy to set us up in this tournament, isn’t it?”

 

“I have no idea what you’re discussing about,” Iapetus fibbed and walked off with Umbriel.

 

Candy popped up when she saw Umbriel with Iapetus and cried out, “Hey, what’s the big idea? You can’t be controlling Umbriel over there, are you!? Are you even listening to me Umbriel!?”

 

Squidward takes Candy’s hands and drags her away once as the two were out of her sight.

“Just let her go…”

 

Candy breaks off from Squidward’s tentacle grip and storms off, filling the room with utter silence.

 

“Someday you’re going to get used to hanging around me, you know!” Squidward called out.

 

When the 64 competitors were all rounded up, Ned Newton showed himself in front.

 

“Ned Newton, what are you doing here?” One of the random participants asked the host.

 

“I’m just here to tell you guys about the mentors we have in store during this tournament,” Ned answered, curving his wavy hair. “We allow you guys with team support, which means that a pair of two will have an alliance with each other and benefit each other’s roles in the Pisces Cup. Take Mr. Squarepants and Mr. Star for example, you both are going benefit with each other during the game, aren’t ya?”

 

“Now that you mention it, we sure are planning to do just that!” Spongebob responded.

 

“Allow me to present you your mentor: Kale,” Ned replied, introducing him the practitioner from behind.

 

“Yeah, I’m your mentor, ‘sup?” Kale greeted unenthusiastically.

 

“He’s charmed to meet you two, now it’s time that you two start taking some lessons with him before the tournament,” Ned said and shoves the duo toward Kale to follow along to his practice room.

“Wow, we’re already going to be shown the ropes by this guy?” Spongebob asked.

“It’s no pressure,” Ned responded, “and didn’t you say that you weren’t very much of a professional? That enthusiasm you show is also telling me that you two should get starting with some practice!”

 

-------Spongebob and Patrick then entered the training area, under main occupancy of Kale.-------

 

“Alright, before I start up with a lesson,” Kale was saying, “here’s what you need to know while you’re fighting in the Pisces Cup: if you lose, it’s no big deal, but if you’re knocked out during the first “bloodbath round,” it shows how pathetic you are. Even if you lose during the second round before the semifinals, you’re still pathetic.”

 

Spongebob and Patrick stood focused with their minds blanked out before Kale would continue.

 

“How about you two give me a topic for me to lecture on?” Kale suggested. “That training we’ve done shows how experienced you two would be, but there’s got to be something…”

 

“Patrick usually now has trouble using his Moon Powers,” said Spongebob, “Sometimes, he shoots up some attacks at random.”

 

“So, he apparently has mental abilities compared to the civilians from the Farside…” said Kale. “I can tell because that sounds like his condition has been affected by some kind of parasite from that planet. The parasite could dissipate, but I’m not sure about the conditions between a parasite and a Moon Warrior….”

 

“What’s a parasite?” Patrick asked. “Is it deadly?”

 

“Your Moon Powers are apparently also being used through the work of a virus,” Kale replied. “The best way to shake it out and be able to use your powers without spontaneous force is to seep into your mind and let your psychic abilities spread out with strong vigor, which would look like this….”

 

Kale uses his mind to face a target and releases a glowing beam at the shape of his own body. It caused an explosion as it hit the target, now totally burnt from the sheer force of Kale’s energy, as if the target was never there.

 

“It’s very strange, but hopefully the both of you understand,” said Kale.

 

After the duo was done with Kale’s lectures, Ned Newton walked up to them and said:

 

“Alright, you’re on in 10 minutes, it will be the first round! After that on the next day, it will be another bloodbath, so do your best!”

 

Two bloodbath rounds later…

 

“So that was no sweat for you guys right?” Ned asked the remaining 16 participants. “Those were some exciting duels while the last two rounds weren’t you know….interesting. Strange for me to say, but this semifinal round is where things get fierce!”

 

The remaining contenders were revealed to be Spongebob, Squidward, Patrick, Sandy, Candy, Lee, Umbriel, Iapetus, Yang, Yin, Miranda, Europa, Halimede, Proteus, Sao, and the Luminous Samurai.

 

“Alright fellow extra terrestrial beings,” Ned announced as the semifinal round was now about to start, “this tournament bracket will now declare who is dueling whom during the semifinal portion of this cup!”

 

As the participants’ names and pictures were each lined up with one another, Spongebob looks up at the video board and goes wide-eyed and shows the most bizarre astonished expression possible once as he sees that he was now up against Iapetus.

 

“Hey Spongebob, you’re looking kinda funny,” said Patrick.

 

“I’m going to face Iapetus during the semifinals, Patrick! What am I going to do?” Spongebob responded.

 

“Wow, your goose is cooked!” Patrick replied. “And I think I could smell some right now. If only I could actually eat during these games.”

 

“Now, are you all ready to rumble?” Ned said before signaling the first duel, “Proteus and Luminous Samurai are first on the field, let’s go!”

 

A little montage follows as it first shows the Luminous Samurai’s duel with Proteus. Proteus was firing multicolored balls of energy, which were being avoided by the Samurai’s quick movements. While the Samurai flies through, he strikes away at Proteus with his golden blade, reminiscent of Titan’s. Proteus shoots out a heated blast at the Samurai, who keeps still in the duel and finishes him with another blow from his golden blade.

 

The next duel held for the Top 16 was Halimede against Europa. Europa clawed at Halimede before her opponent uses his powers of Zennyo to create a spherical, blue blast. After taking damage, Europa fires a dark beam at Halimede as he takes landing from a very wide range. Halimede re-enters his position by creating a current, dashing near Europa, and inflicting her by creating a spiral wave. Europa starts engaging a white beam from her chops and successfully attacks Halimede as the intensity of the blast causes Halimede to lose energy from the battle, make Europa the winner of that round.

 

The third duel was held between Umbriel and Miranda and ended the little montage.

 

“I heard you’re paired up with Titan,” said Umbriel.

 

“I don’t know what you’re talking about,” Miranda responded, “Titan is not competing.”

 

“Then forget what I said, let’s duel before I end up getting frustrated with you again,” Umbriel replied.

 

Miranda begins the duel by firing a light blast with a ray gun while Umbriel counterattacks with an aurora blast. Umbriel jumps up with a neutron star attack, giving Miranda significant damage. Miranda uses a plasma blast as her next move and hits her opponent. Umbriel dashes out with a combo of her light and aurora blast, both dodging Miranda. Miranda fires out another plasma blast and hits Umbriel as her opponent wrings out another neutron star attack and successfully hits. Miranda uses her ray gun again and shoots up what appears to be sticky black substance. She misses the first time, but gets Umbriel on target and covers her with the attack with what would be called the “Cosmic Sludge Shot.” Umbriel attempts to slide out, but gets immobile after a bunch of other shots from Miranda. Umbriel uses a light blast to try and break from her gummy state. Umbriel dodges the next sludge shot from her opponent and introduces another attack that would be called the “White Dwarf Beam.” Firing it up, it hits Miranda as he receives a burning sensation for a moment.

 

“You’re still not bad for a Moonchild,” Miranda compliments.

 

“If you will, keep your trap shut about that word,” said Umbriel.

 

“I can call you whatever I want to call you,” Miranda replied. “It’s not that I’m working against you or that I want to kill you, but I guess I’m really fond of being such a jerk.”

 

Umbriel continues the battle as he shoots a light blast while Miranda uses her Cosmic Sludge Shot, missing Umbriel again. Umbriel then fires Miranda with her White Dwarf Beam with a stronger force. Afterwards, Umbriel uses a neutron star attack to cause a bang and bring Miranda down in the duel, making Umbriel the winner of that round.

 

“I’ve had enough of you now,” said Umbriel. “In the meantime, enjoy your failure.”

 

Another montage follows as the next duel consists of Candy and Lee who were now trying to finish off each other. Candy shoots up a Blazing Beam against Lee as her opponent uses the same attack, but with greater force. Candy retaliates with a light and aurora blast combination. Lee was almost injured enough to lose all his energy needed for the fight as he gives Candy a finishing blow with a big bang attack, making Lee the winner of that round.

 

The next duel was between Patrick and Squidward. During most of the fight, Patrick was barraging with random attacks and also randomly activating his Beast mode as his powers seemed to be malfunctioning. Patrick then hits Squidward with a dark blast while Squidward finishes the starfish with his Bungee Sucker Punch in the face, making Squidward one of the others to proceed in the cup.

 

The next duel was with Yang and Yin. Yin was shown to attack Yang with her white blade to counter with her opponent’s Blade-er-rang. She continues swinging with her white blade and struck Yang. Yang uses his Swift Assassin for his next move and gives Yin greater damage. Yin uses her green mist fog on the field and brings out her white blade again and tries to attack Yang until he strikes her with a Blade-er-rang as the finishing touch, which makes Yang the one to proceed in the cup.

 

The next duel to follow was between Sandy and Sao. Sandy swiftly tosses her Pisces Shuriken attack, but misses her opponent Sao as he conjures up a raging asteroid blast with critical damage given. Sandy continues to stand as she then uses her Lunar Steamroller and smacks Sao flying in the ground. Sao stands back up and starts glowing with a red-orange hue as both of his hands form fireballs. At the same time with his dash and flames, Sao knocks Sandy down. Sandy couldn’t use her powers any longer as Sao was the winner.

 

“You’re good…” Sandy said with fatigue.

 

“It’s still important that I have this disguise as me,” Sao whispered to the squirrel. “Wait until you see me at the next round…” he says aloud.

 

The next and final match for the semifinals was now between Spongebob and Iapetus. Iapetus grins eerily as Spongebob was looking all uneasy before the start of the duel.

 

“Heads up, my friend!” Lee exclaimed from the crowd, “Iapetus has really quick movements and you could go easy on him once you do the same! You can hear me from here, right!?”

 

“This is the moment where you give up…” Iapetus said to his opponent.

 

“Don’t be so certain, it’s on!” Spongebob responded.

 

Iapetus starts by dashing about with his Soul Reaper and attempting to give the sponge a slice at it. Spongebob gets hit and uses his first attack with a brightness tornado, which Iapetus has dodged. Spongebob tries to follow Lee’s advice and manages to counterattack Iapetus’ next swift strike with a Pisces Chop and then damages him with said attack. Iapetus conjures up multiple blades in front of Spongebob. The sponge avoids the attacks as fast as could until at least getting hit by one of the cloned scythes. Spongebob keeps focus and swiftly fires a light and aurora blast at Iapetus and hits successfully. Iapetus uses another dash attack, but misses as Spongebob jumps out and uses another brightness tornado in his next turn. Iapetus creates clones of himself while Spongebob keeps on dodging while using his aurora blast sideways to aim for the real one. One of them jumps up from the blast and then Spongebob slams Iapetus with a Pisces Chop for the real one before Iapetus could counterattack with his rapier.

 

“You seem to be the type person who does fast battles,” said Spongebob.

 

“Now you better think fast on this one!” Iapetus torments.

 

Iapetus’ next attack comes up as he hits Spongebob with controlling his scythe with his mind and does the same attack a few more times. Spongebob keeps still as he then uses his light blast at Iapetus, which missed. Iapetus dashed against Spongebob again as the sponge wrings up another counterattack with his Pisces Chop. Iapetus then does the same, but zigzags around. Spongebob jumps up and swiftly fires a light and aurora blast at once with another successful hit. Spongebob and Iapetus each prepare their finishing moves as Iapetus attempts a single strike, which misses while Spongebob uses most of his force to strike Iapetus with his brightness tornado. Iapetus tries to stand back up, but stays put on the ground – and that makes Spongebob the winner of the match.

 

“I defeated Iapetus….I’ve actually done it!” Spongebob cheered.

--------------------------------------------

NOTES/TRIVIA:
 

[Will write them up eventually....]

[Steel Sponge]

34. Pisces Cup (Part II)

 

“I defeated Iapetus….I’ve actually done it!” Spongebob cheered.

Squidward walks by his victory and says to him, “You got two more rounds to go pal. I’m not saying I’m cheering on you though.”

 

All the participants returned to the training area as Spongebob sees Patrick lying on the bench from his loss.

 

“Kale told you about controlling those psychic powers that are messing with your own mind, as well as your Moon Powers!” Spongebob said. “What happened over there, then?”

 

“Relax, I wasn’t dead!” Patrick responded. “I also would be like those poor suckers during the first two rounds.”

 

“Kale’s advice was working before, but I don’t know what was going wrong,” Spongebob replied. “Speaking of our mentor, I think I’ll go get him for a moment.”

 

As a moment passes, Spongebob returns to Patrick’s side with Kale seeking Patrick’s exhausted self from the last duel.

 

“Did you remember that advice I gave you on that parasite’s control?” Kale asked the starfish. “It’s too bad I won’t have to teach you anything else now that you’re out of the game.”

 

“Yeah, that is really a bummer,” said Patrick. “I did try to release all that energy and it worked, even though the first time gas was what came out…”

 

“What about that part concerning the parasite building up?” Kale asked again. “A virus like the one you seem to have can harness other parts of your body before you charge up some more energy…”

“I don’t think you said anything about all that difficult sounding stuff…”

 

“You’re an idiot!” Kale uttered angrily. “With more hosts within your powers, you can barely control them, you ignorant dumbass! You’re just another failure of a student who could only get into the Top 16. You’re worthless!”

 

Kale presses one Patrick’s injuries, to make him flinch. After that outburst, Spongebob and Patrick were now just stammered.

 

“A little too harsh on my best friend, aren’t you?” Spongebob asked Kale.

 

“He could have made somewhere near the top the league for all I care, but this overweight bastard of a flunky shows no class and is a total waste of talent during the games!” Kale bellowed towards Patrick. “You let your powers malfunction and screw yourself up during the previous duel and yet you survive the first two god damn ‘bloodbath’ rounds!? That doesn’t matter. You won’t be coming back here tomorrow anyway!”

 

Patrick felt like tearing up but continues by telling him, “You taught me what I needed to know, I guess my condition was getting the best of me and I didn’t know!”

 

“Of course you didn’t know. You thought failure wouldn’t keep you down? Welcome to the Pisces Cup!”

 

Kale then grabs equipment from the room and throws targets, glass barriers and a desk, as well as tossing hot water on Patrick’s face. Patrick then cries his way out of the training area.

 

“And your stay is over. Don’t come back you overweight piece of scum!” Kale concluded.

 

“That’s not how you treat a trainer, especially my best friend!” Spongebob protested.

 

Kale turns around and shows off an incredibly stern glance into Spongebob eyes.

 

“Do any rules apply to something like that!?” Kale questioned. “Now let’s go back to my little place for another lesson.”

 

Meanwhile, Miranda was shown having a conversation with the Luminous Samurai in one other row in the main room of the training area.

 

“So it looks like you lost against Umbriel,” said the Samurai, with his voice revealing to be Titan’s own voice.

 

“You’re still in cup, Titan!” Miranda said. “You better pose as a threat for anybody else you face, even for the likes of Umbriel!”

 

“I’m not that strong you know,” the Samurai/Titan replied. “I don’t think I’ll be willing to duel with Umbriel in the match if the brackets place me against her during the quarterfinals…”

 

“Don’t be so nervous!” Miranda replied. “I could probably help you for the next match since we’re in an alliance after all, Titan!”

 

Peering her head through the lockers, Umbriel looks into the two’s conversation. She backs out when Miranda cocks her head towards where she could have seen Umbriel. Miranda failed to notice as Umbriel remained hidden. After walking out for a few seconds, Umbriel bumps into Iapetus.

 

“Is there anything wrong?” Iapetus asked.

“It’s….just….never mind that,” Umbriel answered nervously.

 

“Are you ready to hear my plan to keep you in the cup? Now here’s the deal I’m going to make for you during the next round,” Iapetus replied, “I’ll help you win, especially when you feel like you’re struggling...”

 

“That does not sound right! I know you lost, but I don’t think it means we’re still a team somehow!”

 

“It’s that or you talk to the blade!” Iapetus told her, showing off his blade close to her body, as his usual threatening self. “I’ll explain the plan with you and it’s like this…” he continued and whispers to where Umbriel could hear in private.

 

Miranda and the samurai-disguised Titan were then shown again.

 

“I could sense that Umbriel was eavesdropping on us,” said Miranda, “the nerve of that Moon-“

 

Titan seizes Miranda’s word and covers her mouth, “Please tone down that little comment about the girl, let’s just focus on our practice for now…”

 

Halimede eventually comes in the training area covered in bandages, accompanied by Europa. He then exclaims:

 

“WHY, WHY MUST THIS HAPPEN TO ME!?”

 

“You lost a duel, you weren’t in a life or death situation, neither did you really have any serious injuries, you little drama queen!” Europa retorts.

 

“That sounds quite ironic for a hot-head like you,” Halimede replied. “I guess I shouldn’t fool around….”

 

The disguised Titan and Europa just gazed at the pair blankly until Titan continues off by saying, “Well, I don’t know what happens if anybody gets killed during the cup, but I’m sure we won’t be at the brink of death.”

 

Fading out and skipping over to the next day, the current Top 8 participants still in the cup appeared on the battleground with Ned Newton.

 

“Welcome back to the Pisces Cup!” Ned Newton announced from the stand, “These guys are currently in the quarterfinals and the brackets will now determine who each one of them will be paired with in their next matches!”

 

And so each of the individuals placed on the board along with the set matches were being erratically calculated on the video board, with the board showing Spongebob going against Umbriel, Squidward with the Luminous Samurai, Yang with Sao, and Lee with Europa.

 

“It looks like I’m up against that Luminous Samurai person,” said Squidward, “That is if that is what he calls himself, unless I unmask him. That’ll be more interesting.”

 

“My next duel is with Umbriel, great…” said Spongebob, smiling sheepishly.

 

“I can see that you’re all hungry for more Moon Duels,” Ned proclaimed towards the audience, “prepare for a bunch of fights to the death, count on it! Let’s start the quarter-finals of this tournament, anyway! First tier is Lee against Europa!”

 

The duel between Lee and Europa has commenced, currently with Lee shooting up a Blazing Beam at his vampire opponent. Europa retaliates with her white beam from her mouth to do more damage.

 

“So, you copy powers, huh?” Europa questioned.

 

“Don’t get so furious, it’s all part of my system,” said Lee. “It’s a pleasure to meet you anyway. Here’s another treat for you!”

 

Lee continues the battle with another Blazing Beam up his sleeve and successfully gives damage to Europa. Afterwards, Europa prepares to claw at Lee with her claws showing off a dark violet hue. She swipes Lee several times before Lee counters with a big bang blast while in pain, with Europa flying through the battlefield until keeping her stance. Europa then dashes over to from yards away and strikes Lee with a swift punch. Lee hits the wall and bounces back, hitting Europa with a nova blast thereafter. Europa finishes Lee in the duel with a white beam spinning through her palms and even her eyes, making her the winner of the match.

 

“Do not be a sore loser if you don’t win in the final round…” said the bruised-up Lee.

 

It was now Spongebob and Umbriel’s turn for the duel as their match now begins to commence.

 

“Good day Umbriel….” said Spongebob, “looks like we didn’t have to look all over the place for you…”

 

Umbriel fired out a light blast, in which Spongebob immediately dodged, and she then said, “Let’s get this battle over with, alright?”

 

Umbriel starts the duel by attacking Spongebob with a neutron star attack, only for Spongebob to counter it with a brightness tornado and hit the former. Umbriel beams up a light and aurora blast in one for her next move and hits her opponent. Spongebob then attacks Umbriel with a Pisces Chop, but Umbriel jumps around as a way to avoid damage. Umbriel then shoots a neutron star attack and hits Spongebob successfully. Umbriel then steals the next attack with Spongebob off-guard and he gets hit with an aurora blast.

 

“Wow, you’re just as good as I expected…” said Spongebob while panting from all the fighting, same for Umbriel.

 

“Look who’s talking,” Umbriel responded.

 

“Do you have the time to talk though?” Spongebob asked. “We’re in the middle of the fight, but let’s not worry about that. Are you planning on coming back with us?”

 

Spongebob and Umbriel resume their duel as Umbriel fires out a neutron star attack. Spongebob blocks Umbriel’s attack with his Pisces Chop while trying to talk with her but his attack gets blocked off by Umbriel’s light blast. Currently, Spongebob and Umbriel were now just counterattacking with each other with no damage done.

 

“Will you please listen to me for this one moment?” Spongebob asked while still clashing with Umbriel.

 

“I’ll make myself very clear by saying that I’m not planning on coming back!” Umbriel retorts. She then shoots another neutron star attack.

 

Spongebob avoided the incoming attack before his aurora blast would miss Umbriel, he then replies to her, “You’re a licensed Moon Warrior, we have to be a team and stick together for a reason!”

 

“Then what reason is it, a part of some prophecy?” Umbriel questioned. “If it’s prophetic that I am a Moon Warrior, then I say that’s just outrageous.”

 

Spongebob and Umbriel keep on clashing with each other with no real success as Spongebob tries to hit Umbriel with his next Pisces Chop, only for Umbriel to counterattack with her White Dwarf Blast. Spongebob fires a light blast and at least causes a hint of damage and make her stop for a moment. Umbriel then dashes toward Spongebob and fires an aurora blast and light blast, but only to be shielded from Spongebob’s brightness tornado. Umbriel manages to dodge and continues to clash with her opponent.

 

“And I don’t know what would happen if we never have all the licensed Moon Warriors assembled,” said Spongebob. “Why are you and Titan just going to decide to ditch us?”

 

“I can’t really tell you, now please just stop talking,” Umbriel answered.

 

Umbriel then shoots a light blast and then an aurora blast attack and it hits Spongebob as the sponge still keeps focused on the match. From the audience, Iapetus was seen trying to use his mind powers to raise up Umbriel’s aggression levels while Spongebob was still trying to negotiate with her.

 

“Umbriel wouldn’t want to use help, but making this match more heated is what I’m going to help with,” Iapetus says to himself.

 

“You seem to have to with the reason why Titan decides to leave the group, but why did you and Titan make such a decision?” Spongebob asked.

 

Umbriel was now glowing red. Before pausing as her controlled anger would be lifting, she cries out, “That’s just none of your business! Don’t make me….UGH!”

 

Umbriel’s attacks would then appear stronger as she passes through Spongebob’s Pisces Chop with her neutron star attack. Umbriel then shows off an aura spread around her body and looked like a raging fireball. Spongebob tries out a brightness tornado for an attack, but then Umbriel dashes through and in comes a light and aurora blast from that rush. Spongebob attempts a Pisces Chop at Umbriel, but ends up getting finished off from Umbriel’s stronger White Dwarf Blast, knocking the sponge down and covering him with some burns. Umbriel’s rage-induced condition fades after the duel was over.

 

“Ding, ding, ding, it looks like we have a winner!” Ned announced. “It looks like Spongebob is going to the final round!”

 

“Impossible, I beat him up….I-!” Umbriel said to the announcer.

 

“In the meantime, it looks like Umbriel is disqualified for receiving help from somebody out in the audience,” Ned announced, referring to Iapetus. “Tough luck for you, miss Quansara.”

 

“Iapetus, you’re such a pain in the tailfin,” Umbriel muttered and exited the field.

“So, I can’t provide Titan any support when I’m outside of the game,” Miranda said from the crowd. “Titan has a lot of potential, so I must not worry.”

 

The next duel between Squidward and the Luminous Samurai/Titan has now started up. The Samurai draws his golden blade, making Squidward realize that it belongs to Titan. Being caught off-guard, Squidward was stricken by the Samurai’s attack. Squidward uses his Lunar Drill for his first move. Titan/the Samurai jumps up once as he senses Squidward emerging from below the field. While in the air Squidward repeals the Samurai’s dodge with his Bungee Sucker Punch and send the Samurai to the ground and cracks it up from the spot  The Samurai stands back up and attempts his blade whip attack, also being reminiscent to Titan as Squidward looks into, and successfully hits the opponent. Squidward then uses a dark blast, then a nova blast, only for the Samurai to dash away and avoid the attacks as the Samurai then hits Squidward from behind with his golden blade. Squidward stands up after the little knock down and tries out another Bungee Sucker Punch against the Samurai who seemed to be about around 100 yards away from his position. The Samurai takes the hit and is sent flying and then breaks the fall by holding down the ground with his blade. Squidward takes another attack by using a nova blast, but only blocked off by the Samurai’s golden blade. The Samurai then swipes away at Squidward with the golden blade four times before Squidward uses his next resort to a Lunar Drill attack. The duel become finished as Titan uses his blade whip against Squidward after he emerges, knocking him down and making the Samurai/Titan the winner of the match.

 

“You’re no ordinary samurai,” Squidward said to his disguised opponent. “I can sense that you’re Titan, even if your battle style looks reworked.”

 

The Luminous Samurai gives no response and promptly leaves the battleground.

 

“Not talking, aren’t you!?” Squidward asked as the Samurai still strolls away. The octopus stands up and walks out in pain, “Ouch, he packed a punch more than I could and now I’m like this. I shouldn’t even bother with this so-called Samurai. I should tell the others that he might be Titan though…”

 

The last match during the quarterfinals now commenced between Yang and Sao. Yang goes with a Blade-er-rang and hits his opponent Sao. Next, Sao uses his asteroid blast for the same successful result. Yang uses his Swift Assassin attack to strike Sao with critical damage. Sao stands still and creates a series of fireballs. Yang does his best to dodge until one of them hits him, to be followed with a second direct hit. Yang clones himself as Sao glows white and introduces his Shooting Star Congregation technique and destroys every one of them except the real Yang. Sao takes another turn with another asteroid blast and strikes Yang. Yang then uses his Swift Assassin attack another time and hits Sao. Sao gives the finishing move against Yang with a flaming asteroid blast combination and successfully knocks Yang down in the duel.

 

“I’ll say that this was a more interesting and pleasant duel than being set in a match with my partner Yin,” Yang said to Sao.

 

Solid Shell runs over to Sao from the crowd and compliments to him, “I never thought a fine hunter like you would have a good amount of power similar to those mutants! How do you do your impressive work?”

 

“A hunter’s assistant never tells,” Sao responded as Ned drags Solid Shell away from the tournament field.

 

The remaining four participants, along with the other four eliminated return to the training area as Spongebob converses with Patrick, whom he had snuck inside.

 

“Don’t sweat it Spongebob, my bruises and cuts are not hurting as much right now,” said Patrick, referring to Kale’s surprising assault from much earlier.

 

“It looks like I got one more day in the cup, and I’m competing with Sao, Europa, and the Luminous Samurai now,” said Spongebob. “I feel guilty that Umbriel was eliminated instead of me, because she did beat me. I just didn’t see it coming when Iapetus was actually helping her during that match.”

 

Squidward walks by and tells Spongebob, “I’m just here to ask if it has ever occurred to you two if Titan is actually the Luminous Samurai, because I think I found him. I was the one who battled with him, though.”

 

Spongebob and Patrick become stammered from that thought before focusing back on their little conversation on Squidward.

 

“Squidward, that sounds crazy but you may be a good guess,” Spongebob responded. “I have to meet with my mentor again, so wish me luck for tomorrow.”

 

Spongebob leaves the bench as he is now immediately shown with Kale in his respective practice room.

 

“It looks like I’m going to be in the final round of the cup, due to Umbriel’s disqualification,” Spongebob said to Kale, standing around and facing backwards.

 

Kale gives no response until Spongebob was about to leave and says, “I would like to pretend that disqualification doesn’t matter sometimes, but congrats. At least the little bitch is out of the way.”

 

“Umbriel is not like that!” Spongebob argued. “You don’t even know her.”

 

“You at least made the Top 4, so that’s good,” Kale replied. “And yes, the fact that you lost aside from the Moonchild’s disqualification is a big deal for me. Now work harder during your next match.”

 

“Is everyone calling her a Moonchild now?” Spongebob questioned to himself and then spoke: “I would also like to acknowledge that I didn’t hear you saying something about the parasite’s side effects with Patrick’s powers. You know….after Patrick releases the energy to allow him to gain better control?”

 

“You perhaps weren’t paying attention.”

 

“No, you haven’t said anything about that, honest. Are you implying that you were trying to make sure that my best friend loses?”

 

Kale lets go of his marker and faces Spongebob after that little question.

 

“It’s the truth that letting go that energy will make your powers less automatic, but I am aware of the starfish’s struggling strength, so I thought I could let his usefulness as a “Moon Warrior” slip by not being specific about anything else concerning that parasite. For the record, pushing around the tournament participants is how I live. Now get off your ass and impress me!”

 

“Is there a remedy?” Spongebob asked.

 

“I’m a duel specialist and not very much a doctor so hell if I know, honestly,” Kale answered.

 

The next day, the Top 4 competitors of the cup were gathered around in the stadium field with Ned Newton, before starting up the finals.

 

“This is the final match. There will be no rest for who will be the remaining two, so they better stay heated!” Ned announced. “Anyways, I’d like to present the current four competitors: Europa, Sao, Luminous Samurai, and Spongebob Squarepants!”

 

“So we still have to continue after two of us get knocked out?” Sao asked.

 

“Precisely,” said Ned. “Are you guys ready? The first match of this round shall start…now!”

 

A short montage follows as Europa is matched up against the Luminous Samurai/Titan. Europa was shown using her white blast through her palms, which were avoided by the Samurai. The Samurai strikes Europa with his golden blade before she would use her claw attack several times. The Samurai uses a blade whip to retaliate as Europa uses the same white blast attack for her next move to successfully cause damage to the Samurai. Europa creates a scorpion of some sort and tosses it near the Samurai. He avoids the sting as the Samurai tosses the scorpion to Europa with her own intended attack poisoning her. Europa tries her claw attack, but gets finished by the swipe of the Samurai’s golden blade, making him advance.

 

Then Spongebob’s match with Sao would come by. Sao gives out the first move by using his asteroid blast, hitting Spongebob. Spongebob then uses his brightness tornado to cause damage to Sao. Sao attempts another one of his flaming asteroid blast combinations and it causes critical damage to Spongebob. Spongebob manages to stand up and attacks his opponent Sao with a Pisces Chop and does successfully. Sao conjures a set of fireballs and targets Spongebob, but the sponge uses his reflexes, stemmed from his last match with Iapetus and dodges the best that he could, but gets injured by one fireball. Spongebob loses his guard as Sao creates another asteroid blast. Spongebob attempts to counterattack with his Pisces Chop attack, and manages to block it off. Spongebob now uses another brightness tornado and it knocks down Sao from the tournament.

 

I don’t know if I could survive against the Luminous Samurai, Spongebob thought. Sao has dealt a good amount of damage to my energy…

 

“Now we’re down to the two remaining competitors Spongebob and the Luminous Samurai!” Ned announced. “Who will win it all? Oh, and just to make things interesting…”

 

Ned Newton was holding a remote and makes half of the field shift and slide out, causing nearly the entire battleground covered with boiling lava with Spongebob and the disguised Samurai reduced to a pedestal. The other half of the field was untouched with Ned and the safety of the stand.

 

Now at the final stretch of the Pisces Cup, Spongebob and the Samurai/Titan stare into each other and were preparing for each of their attacks before they were cued by Ned to do the duel. At the starting point from the dramatic build-up, the Samurai uses a blade whip at Spongebob as the sponge resists from falling off. After the Samurai jumps back from his platform, Spongebob fires a light blast and aurora blast and hits the Samurai, but wasn’t much to make him fall. The Samurai then jumps up and prepares a swing with his golden blade, but misses when Spongebob switches positions and moves over to the other pedestal. The Samurai takes the other as Spongebob then tries striking the Samurai with a brightness tornado. The Samurai barely dodges it as he jumps over and attacks Spongebob with a long swing of his weapon while in the air, and causes Spongebob to grip on to the platform.

 

To Spongebob’s confusion, the Samurai was going to hold out his hand and grab the sponge from his doom. Spongebob takes the Samurai’s hand and resumes to fighting him by using a Pisces Chop on his other hand. Spongebob then jumps back to his original pedestal and hits the Samurai again with a light blast, causing the Samurai to slip, but he manages to still stand in battle. Spongebob and the Samurai wait patiently at once for their next moves and clash with each as Spongebob shoots an aurora blast as the Samurai beams up a multicolor blast. An explosion was formed thereafter as Spongebob and the Samurai each appear slipping from their pedestals. Spongebob was about to make his next attack before the Samurai causes Spongebob to fall with another multicolor blast at chance. With the Samurai/Titan the last to stand, he becomes the winner before he loses his fall. Ned Newton prevents the two’s burning fates from the pit by using his powers to place them inside floating bubbles and shifts them towards the stand.

 

“Since I could have no winner that way, I’d thought I would keep your own lives intact,” Ned said to the two competitors. “Pisconarchs and other fellow civilians, we have a winner: congratulations to the Luminous Samurai!”

 

Ned hands over the trophy to the disguised Titan. The Samurai leans the trophy close to Spongebob while the crowd was applauding.

 

“I don’t usually say much, but you ought to take this,” the Samurai whispered towards Spongebob.

 

First Umbriel gets disqualified and now Titan is offering me this award. I don’t think I could take this very well….Spongebob thought.

 

The sea sponge then snags the microphone and takes the trophy and comes over to the podium.

 

“Everybody, I have a little announcement to make about this award,” Spongebob announced. He shows off his Pisces Chop technique and slices the trophy in half. “If I’m going to accept my loss while the Luminous Samurai feels he can’t accept this award, then I’m considering this a draw! This tournament is no professional brawler search and no popularity contest!”

 

“Actually sponge-for-brains, I think that’s what the tournament is really about,” Squidward rebuttals.

 

Much to the host’s chagrin, Ned Newton shoves Spongebob and the two halves of the trophy away from the podium.

 

“The point is that the Luminous Samurai still won the grand prize!” Ned announced.

 

The host takes a short pause, slowing showing off a grimacing look before continuing.

 

“You all know what that means right?” He questioned. “It is now time that you all go back to where you all came from, where you’ve always belonged! As for the so-called Samurai, he gets his prize and he’s still going elsewhere! I hope you all enjoyed the show, now so long and good riddance!”

 

Ned Newton held up a staff with its power kept inside the orb shaped concealment. With the power coming from his staff, Spongebob and the other Moon Warriors have disappeared from the crowd and the field, and eventually the same for other participants and the rest of the audience, leaving the disguised Titan and Ned Newton, his truly, in the field.

[Steel Sponge]

35. Bikini Bottom Chronicles

 

Sandy Cheeks

 

Sandy Cheeks seemed to be soaring through the atmosphere and beginning to crash somewhere into Bikini Bottom. She plummeted into the sandy seaside of Goo Lagoon. The lifeguard rushed over as the beachgoers came to where the squirrel landed before she would emerge feebly.

 

“It’s an underwater weasel that has been buried over there, and it’s alive!” One of the beachgoers shouted out.

 

“Why does nobody think I’m a squirrel?” Sandy questioned to herself while walking around clumsily. “It’s alright critters. It’s only me, Sandy Cheeks…”

 

The lifeguard who came to the squirrel’s side then says, “You’re conscious, that’s good. That thing from the lagoon must have gotten her seriously injured! Is anybody here a doctor?” He asked the beachgoers.

 

The doctor, with purple skin, came through and said, “Now it looks like a good day for me to go the beach…”

 

“I’m still fine! Also, what in tarnation is the “thing” y’all talking about in the lagoon!?” Sandy continued, backing away.

 

“It’s a rather long story, but don’t you want to have fun, like with the rest of us?” One of the beachgoers responded.

 

“I would be willing to, but I ain’t got time for fun!” Sandy replied in a panicked tone. “Have any of y’all seen Spongebob, Patrick, or even Squidward by any chance?” The squirrel then asked.

 

“You’re even more nuts as acorns than I thought,” one of the beachgoers said, the exact person revealed to be Dale amongst the crowd.

 

“Howdy there Dale, I thought you were going to spend most of your time in the courthouse.”

 

“And this would be a good day where I lay down my criminal side and spend quality time in Goo Lagoon,” Dale replied. “There’s going to be a party right here, hosted by Craig Mammalton. Don’t you want to come?”

 

“A party, you say? What kind of party?”

 

Sandy gazed upon the extremely tanned seal, Craig Mammalton, who happened to walk towards the squirrel.

 

“So, you’re Craig Mammalton?” Sandy assured. “That’s an awful lot of tan…”

 

“Thanks, I get that a lot,” Craig responded. “Are you the squirrel that just fell from heaven or whatever?” Sandy gave no answer as the seal continued. “I having a really cool party in Goo Lagoon and you’re invited as long as you have a good enough tan!”

 

“Thanks, but I’m not interested,” Sandy replied.

 

The beachgoers and Craig gasped upon Sandy’s response, looking a bit shell-shocked.

 

“Come on Sandy, you’re really cool!” Dale said and help up a badminton racket. “We’re going to be playing badminton at the party as well. Isn’t that your favorite sport?”

 

“I know I loved to, but you know what my situation is here, you know, busy, busy!”

 

“Sorry if it feels like I’m forcing you into this, but don’t you want to see my beautiful tan in its shining glory when the party starts tonight?” Craig asked. “I don’t think a squirrel with a skin like that could top it, just saying.”

 

“That’s great, now I’m outta here!” Sandy finished and quickly fled the seaside of Goo Lagoon.

 

She went back to her Treedome to work on more of her experiments and studies.

 

“I bet Titan will be surprising once as I become smarter than him,” Sandy monologues. “Hopefully I will know as much as I can about the history of Pisces Planet and these Moon Powers. I knew I should have asked him for that book at some point. Now it is back to making some of my inventions for me…”

 

Sandy takes a look around some of her unfinished products and takes her eyes on a machine that looks to be similar to a telescope.

 

“Hey, I think I remember this contraption,” said Sandy. “I think I forgot about workin’ on this thing after that meteor strike and introduce everybody to Valentine’s Day. Perhaps I couldn’t completely figure this out, because I couldn’t finish it?”

 

Sandy then turns to another one of her inventions scattered around and sees something that looks more than the size of an acorn. It even looked like one. It was made as a dispenser with more nuts, with the involucre being the cap.

 

“I don’t know why I put it here, but this looks to be the first device I’ve made,” said Sandy. “Trying to think of a way to improve my success as a Moon Warrior is only making me feel really nostalgic, ugh.

 

As Sandy sat there on her picnic bench, which was filled with some of her other unfinished works. She sat there with grief, but then her mind lit up soon after.

 

“I know I have to do something and now I have the idea of a new gadget I could work on!” Sandy said. “I can’t just keep worrying about the mission and my friends every time, and even try to work on something new. I need to carry on with something else for change.” She frowned for a moment before continuing her statement. “As much as I didn’t want to do this, I guess I’ll be seeing Craig at the party…”

 

Sandy then began working on her next experiment: it was a bottle of some sort of tanning spray. She gave herself the automatic tan before dressing herself back into her space suit and walking out the door, strolling back to the Goo Lagoon.

 

At the party, Sandy waited to see if she could get admission from the tan seal. Because it was now 8 at night, her armor was activated.

 

“That squirrel is back again!” One of the beachgoers called out. “And what is she doing in costume?”

 

“Golly, I didn’t know this tan party was going to be about dressing up as well,” said Sandy, trying to make an excuse illegible enough to still let her in the party.

 

“Very funny,” Craig responded. “All that matters is that you have the good enough tan to be at this party, so take your first step!”

 

A few minutes after Sandy was at the tan party, Dale approached the squirrel with a badminton racket and shuttle.

 

“I thought you weren’t going to come, but hey, now you’re here!” Dale said. “Why are you dressed like that?”

 

“That’s not important,” Sandy answered. “Let’s have some good old fashioned badminton with my favorite truancy criminal!”

 

As Sandy and Dale started their badminton game, the score was currently three to one, with Sandy winning. During the fourth throw, Sandy stopped the shuttle onto her racket as she became distracted by a rumbling sound. As it turns out, “the thing” emerged from the lagoon and gave out a load roar. Everyone except Sandy was at a state of panic and ran around in terror.

 

The creature looked like a giant octopus, but with a larger head. As for its features, it looked to be a light shade of black while its tentacles were light green with the suckers’ colored lavender.

 

Obviously that creature came from another planet, Sandy thought. “It’s nothing to worry about!” She hollered. “It’s going to look strange, but I got this handled!”

 

Sandy brawls with the creature by shooting a light blast and then an aurora blast at the giant. The octopus barely even flinched and retaliates at the squirrel with acid spray. Sandy manages to stay in battle and shoots her Pisces Shuriken several times. The giant creature then whacks Sandy 5 times with its tentacles. She managed to dodge at least from the three other times. After the damage taken from the creature, Sandy was starting to look worn out. She continues to fight with the creature by then firing some more of her light and aurora blast attacks.

 

“Yeah, vanquish that monster, Sandy! Beat it to a pulp!” Dale cried out.

 

Sandy continues off by throwing some more Pisces Shuriken and manages to avoid the incoming acid sprays and ink bombs from its gaping mouth. Sandy then tries to create a combination through her powers and was glowing with the hue of her light blast and goes mid-air with her Steamroller attack. At the same time, the creature fires up another acid spray. An explosion was formed and the impact from their attacks causes Sandy to fly up in mid-air and zoom off from the Goo Lagoon as the creature has now been diminished.

 

“Not this again!” Sandy exclaimed while flying off.

 

“Come on, we didn’t finish our game!” Dale called out.

 

Sandy then lands somewhere not too far from Goo Lagoon and near Bikini Bottom’s city heights. She regained stance and then finds a strange meteorite near from her feet. She glares at it carefully before making a closer examination….

 

--

 

Squidward Tentacles

 

After the fall Squidward already experience, Squidward gets back up and rubs his head.

 

“Ow, so much for being in that tournament and now falling flat on here…” Squidward grumbled. While walking around, he was approached by Mr. Krabs and the very restaurant he owns.

 

“Hey Squidward, it’s much unexpected to meet you again at a time like this,” said Mr. Krabs as Squidward bumped into him.

 

“That’s happens when I’m going around doing some intergalactic duels and some intergalactic chores,” Squidward responded. “It’s also very much unexpected that I was blown back over here.”

 

“That’s good, because you better be working here at the Krusty Krab again so we could at least have some business going on during this indefinite closing period!” Mr. Krabs replied and dragged Squidward back inside and placed him at the usual register booth.

 

Spongebob was there too, behind the grill.

 

“Hey Squidward, did you spontaneously land somewhere in Bikini Bottom too?” Spongebob asked eagerly.

 

“Yes I did, now stop bothering me while I begin taking the customers’ orders….again,” Squidward answered and then gave a deep sigh.

 

The first customer in a long while opens the doors to the restaurant and walks up to the register stand before telling Squidward his order.

 

“Welcome back to the Krusty Krab, you missed your old friend Squidward, didn’t you?” Squidward greeted in a rather sarcastic tone. “Don’t tell me, you probably haven’t. What do you want to order?”

 

“I would like a Krabby Patty please,” the customer declared.

 

“One Krabby Patty for the customer Spongebob,” said Squidward. “I hope its closing time soon enough…”

 

I wonder when we’ll ever get back to that mission, Spongebob thought. Now I better do what I like to do best now and ease out my thoughts on this whole Pisces Planet deal.

 

“Here we go, one Krabby Patty coming up!” Spongebob said.

 

While Squidward was still on the job, he looks at his magazine and sees an ad for a clarinet recital.

 

I should make a surprise appearance on that show somehow, Squidward thought. I hope my time at the Krusty Krab doesn’t go on for the rest of the day….

 

“Excuse me sir…” One of the customers said.

 

Squidward jumped up from the customer’s voice and immediately stopped zoning out.

 

“Oh yeah, I need to take your order,” Squidward responded.

 

Time goes by as it was 6:00 in the afternoon, the perfect time to close up the Krusty Krab, much to Squidward’s enjoyment and prepares to walk out the door as Mr. Krabs said goodbye to a pair of customers.

 

“Hold it up, Mr. Squidward!” Mr. Krabs said, halting his employee. “Who says I can let you put up the closed sign right now?”

 

“Excuse me? Don’t you always close this restaurant at this hour?” Squidward asked.

 

“The more customers we get mean more money and I cannot let you go at this time being,” Mr. Krabs replied. “You’re working overnight until I can let you go since you and Spongebob owe a lot since you two has been exploring the whole time.”

 

“I am now a certified Moon Warrior!” Squidward retorted. “It is my mission to prevent possible destruction of our world as serving customers high calorie burgers should wait!”

 

“That’s no excuse! What are you planning on doing tonight anyway?”

 

Squidward walks out the door and places his hat by the door and storms off. He continues on his trail away from the Krusty Krab until he sees the theater house, so he could do his recital.

 

Bringing out his trusty clarinet, Squidward goes over to the guard and negotiates with the guy.

 

“Hello there, I just wanted to let you know that I am a performer and I would like to do a clarinet recital here!” Squidward proclaimed.

 

“I would give you no admission since I’ve heard about your lack of talent, but I’ll let you go since we need somebody to fill in some time for our lack of special performers for tonight,” the guard said and lets Squidward through. “You’re on at 8.”

 

Squidward then remembers the precise hour and thinks about how he should hide his Moon Warrior armor, while sweating nervously.

 

It was now almost time for Squidward’s cue as he hides behind the curtains. Squidward was wearing a robe to mask up his warrior armor and goes up to the stage with his clarinet.

 

Squidward’s clarinet playing appeared to sound solemn than mediocre and continues to play it. The tone of Squidward’s clarinet then suddenly starts getting progressively screechy and more haunting. A shrouding mix of purple and black, in the form of ink, appeared above and around the crowd. The listeners in the crowd themselves were now gagging, clearing their throats, and covering their ears at once from Squidward’s music. Musical notes then appeared and appeared in front of each of the fish in the crowd, making their skins deep purple and even making them shake. Being aware of much of the trouble that was going on, Squidward lifted his clarinet from his tongue and stopped the playing.

 

“What’s going on? Even I couldn’t bear the sound of whatever the hell I was playing!” Squidward said to himself. “Could this be part of my powers?”

 

An angry mob was formed and chased Squidward out of the theater house. Squidward kept running away until he managed to lose them, hiding behind a behind as quickly as possible. As Squidward realizes, he could see a meteorite from the horizon. He walked up to it at the same time he would see Spongebob, Patrick, and Sandy going over to the solid object.

 

--

 

Patrick Star

 

After his own fall, Patrick landed somewhere in the middle of Jellyfish Fields and scared off some of the jellyfish.

 

“Spongebob, Squidward, Sandy, where are you guys?” Patrick questioned while casually walking round. “Not even Candy, Umbriel, or Patrick- oh wait, I’m Patrick! Where did everybody go and why am I in Jellyfish Fields? I don’t even have a net....I guess I’ll have to go and find one.”

 

As Patrick was still pondering around in Jellyfish Fields, he stops himself with a thought that just popped up.

 

“I bet Spongebob and the others are out playing hide and seek!” Patrick said to himself. “Why would they have me hanging around here for hours though?”

 

Patrick continues to look for a jellyfishing net around the field, high and low, under some rocks, buried in the kelp, or in his pockets. He still had no luck. After a while, it was now dusk.

 

“It’s getting really late here, so I guess I better leave after this very dull day,” said Patrick. “I hope my friends notice that I’m gone, but…oh, I hate being all alone here! Maybe I could practice with my Moon Powers and see if I could activate them randomly again, yeah!”

 

Patrick tries to use newfound psychic powers again and begins to concentrate until his Moon Warrior armor was activated, due to the 8 o’ clock witching hour.

 

“Yeah, that’s what I’m talking about!” Patrick said joyously. “I wonder if I could create a jellyfish net with these powers of mine…”

 

Patrick then concentrates on his powers and creates a neon-looking, artificial jellyfishing net.

 

“This is sweet!” Patrick exclaimed. “Now I can have some fun for once.”

 

 Patrick chases some jellyfish that he could find and swings away with his net. Things backfire as Patrick’s parasite problem comes back again and starts firing off blasts and attacks at random, even going into his Beast mode at one instance. He manages to catch one jellyfish, but only to give it a bit of a laser burn. After firing a dose of his dark blast, he falls over.

 

“Well, shoot!” Patrick uttered. “My powers are still acting up…”

 

Floating about, Patrick focuses his eyes on a very abnormal looking, giant jellyfish. Patrick slowly rises up his jellyfish net and prepares for an ambush on the creature.

 

“Come to papa!” Patrick shouted out.

 

Patricks jellyfish net expands from size as he takes the faithful swing on the monstrous jellyfish. It was green in texture with red and purple spots. It got tentacles that looked scrunched up and had sharp teeth. Patrick manages to catch the said jellyfish through surprise.

 

“Wait until Spongebob hears about this,” said Patrick.

 

Afterwards, the jellyfish rummages about through the force of Patrick’s net and flies off with him, trying to shake it off. Patrick screams in terror and he eventually finds himself near city heights of Bikini Bottom. Patrick gets shocked from the jellyfish and collapses into the ground. The net disappears as the jellyfish then got away.

 

“Hey, come back!” Patrick called out.

 

Patrick walks around and then notices the meteorite from the right direction he was taking from Squidward’s perspective. He tries to reach for it as he also sees Spongebob, Squidward, and Sandy coming for it.

 

--

 

Spongebob Squarepants

 

Spongebob was seen near the Krusty Krab, where he has landed since he was transported away from the Pisces Cup. He wasn’t close to Squidward’s spot, but he walks over the restaurant from his direction.

 

“That’s odd, it looks like I’m back in Bikini Bottom,” Spongebob said to himself. “I can see the Krusty Krab over there, so I better have a chat with my favorite boss.”

 

“Spongebob me boy, you’ve returned!” Mr. Krabs said once as Spongebob met up with him.

 

“I’m also rather confused at the moment, but I’m as glad as you are, being back here!” Spongebob responded.

 

“Now I just need to find Squidward and we can continue with our business after such a long halt,” Mr. Krabs replied.

 

Mr. Krabs and Spongebob then saw Squidward falling down and into the spot where he would land on.

 

“I think that’s him, so if you will, get back in the kitchen and start preparing some of those patties!” Mr. Krabs commanded and Spongebob goes through the door of the restaurant and dashes over in front of the grill.

 

Skipping over to the night shift, Spongebob was still cooking up some Krabby Patties before Mr. Krabs came bursting in.

 

“How’s it going, Spongebob?” Mr. Krabs asked. “You’re now in-charge with the register since Squidward decided to give himself a blatant day off for the rest of the night.”

 

“I’m doing swell, Mr. K!” Spongebob responded. “I have one question though, are you going to handle with the fact that Squidward and I are Moon Warriors, or have you worked on dealing with that already? I suppose you’re not that upset since Titan paid you for your debts for the long closing time?”

 

“That was Titan?” Mr. Krabs asked back. “I’m doing just fine, so carry on with your work, alright boy?”

 

Mr. Krabs went back to his office as Spongebob continued with the night shift while trying to juggle with handling the cashier.

 

“Welcome to the Krusty Krab, what would you like to order!?” Spongebob asked the customer joyously.

 

The customer takes a good look at the menu and says, “I’ll have an order of a Krabby Patty, some Chili Kelp Fries, medium Diet Dr. Kelp, oh and I was thinking of adding extra mustard and onions to that Krabby Patty, I’ll also have a double, a milkshake, some extra Chili Kelp Fries…..and that’s it.”

 

“Coming right away sir,” said Spongebob. “Your cashier will serve you with the food in however long the delay would be, but don’t worry.”

 

Right now, it was almost 8 in the night as Spongebob was now looking exhausted from doing two jobs at once. Mr. Krabs checks up on the employee.

 

“Ironic for me to admit this, but I could use a break from working on the grill and register,” said Spongebob.

 

“You got 6 minutes, but don’t go goofing around somewhere in town or something like that,” Mr. Krabs responded.

 

“I’ll make sure of that, sir!”

 

After Mr. Krabs went back to his office, Spongebob Moon Warrior armor was activated. Spongebob then decided to try his hand at the grill with his Moon Powers, only for his spatula to start acting wonky. It was to the point that another flip from the spatula would then cause Spongebob fly backwards from the restaurant as the flip from the utensil gave off a blustery impact. As he bumps into the nearest building, Spongebob now sees himself near Bikini Bottom’s city heights.

 

“That was too odd,” said Spongebob.

 

Looking from the left from Squidward’s perspective, Spongebob saw the meteorite and starting walking over to it and then saw Patrick, Squidward, and Sandy trying to grab the same object.

 

“Well, it looks like I found you guys….at the same time even,” Spongebob said to the others.

 

“This think looks really shiny, what is this thing anyways?” Patrick asked.

 

“Obviously, it’s got to be a meteorite,” said Sandy, “and it ought to be the exact meteorite that gave us the Moon Powers!”

 

“So much for my clarinet recital,” Squidward added. “Is this thing going to do anything? Also, what are we going to do now that we found the source to our powers?”

 

“Only one way to find out…” Spongebob said and put his hand over to the space rock.

 

Patrick, Squidward, and Sandy do the same as the meteorite now began to give off a strong white glow, but less significant from when it was hurling around Bikini Bottom….

------------------------------

NOTES/TRIVIA:

 

All main OC's are absent for this episode.

[Steel Sponge]

A lot more OC-based with this episode, but it's not like I forget to put the Spongebob characters in here, so it's all good.

 

36. Double Arrow Threat

 

Now shown in perspective were Umbriel and Candy. Apparently, it seemed to be a flashback on the two as small children. Furthermore, Umbriel and Candy were shown to be looking out their window during a starry night.

 

“Are you sure?” The young Umbriel asked Candy. “Is it the night?”

 

Candy faced over to her friend and started blabbing, “Have I ever made a lie? It’s just what I expect. There’s a meteor said to be hurling through space and that hasn’t happened in plenty of years! I really want to know what happens once as I finally see it cruise into the sea. That old legend surely cannot be a lie.”

 

“You seem to be really interested with gathering such crazy facts,” Umbriel replied, “You’re like something they call….a germologist, I think?”

 

“I’m not sure….” Candy responded and peered closer through the window. “I’ve been told that journalism is not as easy as anyone expects for it to be. People have told me I have to transfer elsewhere to get better knowledge and training with that one job. I don’t even have a journal and I don’t know how it’s going to feel if I lose my friend!”

 

“I don’t know what I’ll be like without you either. If you went away, don’t even change if we meet again.” Umbriel lies herself on her own bed while Candy continued staring at the outside. “This little sleepover should not be just an excuse for me to be stargazing. Also, you’re turning out the light, for the record.”

 

While Umbriel was in a haze, a bright white glow in the form of a comet gives Candy astonishment as she sees it cruising through the ocean. Candy tries to get Umbriel’s attention by immediately jumping on her bed.

 

“I saw it!” Candy exclaimed. “It’s the meteor. We need to check it out right now!”

 

“…In our pajamas?” Umbriel questioned.

 

“Forget about dressing out, any minute now that meteor is going to crash and give off massive power!” Candy replied.

 

So, Candy and Umbriel snuck outside to see where the meteor has gone to. No formidable blasts were occurring as the two try to find the so-called meteor and the source.

 

“Nothing is happening, Candy,” said Umbriel. “You’re awfully crazy tonight.”

 

Candy looked down on the ground and saw a moon rock lodged into the sandy surface. She held it up and gazed upon the object from space.

“We came all the way here in our pajamas for a rock?” Umbriel asked. “Sure it came from space, but I’m not impressed since there’s so great big meteor…”

 

“Forgive me about this,” said Candy. “I’ve always really wanted to look into the pheno….phenomenomenom….of such things. I got this book that tells me all about this meteor with huge powers that can give random people powers. I think I’ll just have to leave our place behind someday to gain better knowledge through the research I can get about the galaxy…”

 

“My parents told me that most people have to make sacrifices,” Umbriel replied. “I can forgive you about this fuss. After all, you’re the only person I know that wouldn’t make a big deal about my condition and treat me very well, which is why you are my friend. Also, I don’t think you have to leave….I’m thinking of trying to live a new life, just to get all that stress out of my mind with living as a “Moonchild.””

 

“Maybe when the real deal comes, I bet we’ll get amazing powers ourselves! Next time, if we ever separate, we’ll meet each other again and have a real adventure. That’s what I want to do with my life. Wouldn’t that be wonderful, Rosemary?”

 

Umbriel smiled back with her and continued, responding to her, “I’m only a child, but soon enough, you and my parents will only know about my change in the world. We’ll write letters to each other. If it will be awhile, then you would be surprised if you don’t recognize me at first!”

 

7 Years Later….

 

It was during the night of the meteor’s impact – February 19^th to be exact. Candy was distant from the suburbs of Umbriel’s home-place as she felt the intense vibration and went outside immediately. She saw the sky having the vibrant glow given off from the meteor.

 

“Amazing…” Candy gasped. “Wait a minute, this must be the meteor from the galaxy I was trying to find and its collision into underwater just happened now! I better tell Umbriel about this discovery!”

 

The next three mornings after the crash, Candy glimpsed on her DeoxyDNA marking on her chin, paying much attention to it for a good five minutes while getting dressed. After that, she was off to Umbriel’s house in a town named “Basin Borough.” Knocking on the door, Candy sees some unfamiliar faces.

 

“Excuse me, are you friends of Rosemary?” Candy asked.

 

“We don’t know any fish that has that name. Now please leave our sight, stranger,” a male fish said and closed the door.

 

Oh crap, I forgot that Rosemary wasn’t in this town anymore… Candy thought. She still gives me mail but she never said where she was going….I got it, I should talk with her grandparents, wherever they are!

 

Candy knocked on the door again and got the other family’s attention again.

 

“Do you have any information on the Quansara family?” Candy asked. “They used to live here…”

 

 The other family looks through the house for their landlord papers and holds them in front of Candy. She read along the document and realizes that Umbriel’s grandparents were currently living in the City of Southern Lights.

 

And so, Candy went off to the City of Southern Lights and arrived by dusk. Candy knocked on the door to the respective couple’s apartment room and almost immediately recognized her.

 

“Is Rosemary here?” Candy asked. “I have something important to tell her.”

 

“Nope,” Umbriel’s grandmother answered. “The last time she was in our house, she said she wanted to escape her life to start another elsewhere and requested that we legally change her name to ‘Umbriel.’”

 

“Do you know where I can find her?”

 

“We don’t know where she ran off too,” said Umbriel’s grandfather. “We can’t believe she decided to just run away because of her powers. By the way, don’t ask about that, it’s vital that you don’t know about the abilities she was born with.”

 

“Whatever you say, wish me luck on finding her,” Candy finished before her Moon Warrior armor was activated due to the effects from the meteor.

 

“Wait, what is that?” Umbriel’s grandfather asked, pointing to her armor.

 

“I have no idea. In fact, I was feeling normal before the meteor strike….” Candy responded. “I think I should leave now, thanks for the information!”

 

As Candy left, the parents couldn’t help but feel extremely puzzled. Now back to the present times, Candy and Umbriel appeared to be in their hometown, back in Basin Borough. Candy was first to take a good look at where she was from being transported away from the tournament.

 

“Get up Umbriel, I think we landed somewhere where I think it is!” Candy called out.

 

“Candy?” Umbriel asked, recognizing the sound of her voice.

 

From the perspective of her surroundings, Umbriel’s eyes glanced all the way around the area she was brought out into with Candy, clockwise. To her surprise, it was her own hometown.

 

“I can’t believe it. We’re back in Basin Borough!” Umbriel said. “Why would….that one guy decide to do this to us? Also, how does he know that we lived here?”

 

“Yeah, there’s something about that Ned Newton guy that we don’t know…” Candy mused. “He isn’t bothering us at this point. What matters the most is that I’m really happy to be with you again, except that you didn’t have your golden locks.”

 

“Since I lost the duel because of Iapetus, now I’ll never be able to get any answers about my abilities from him,” Umbriel continued. “What a waste, what does he know that I don’t know anyway?”

 

“We better communicate with the other Moon Warriors somehow, so that we know where they are.”

 

“That’s a bad idea!” Umbriel uttered, cutting Candy off. “Or you could ask any of them if they found a certain meteorite from where they landed…”

 

Later that night, Spongebob, Patrick, Squidward, and Sandy have touched the meteorite at once, from where they left off. The object was glowing white and hovered around, the point where Spongebob and co. stopped having their hands pressed on the object. Afterwards, it gave the warriors an electric shock and then abruptly stopped as its energy was being stored back.

 

“Should we leave it alone?” Spongebob asked as he was feeling static around his armor alongside the other three of his friends.

 

“We better take this to somebody who would know about such energy from this dang meteorite,” said Sandy. “The fact it used be the great big meteor from months ago, I shouldn’t have been surprised.”

 

“Yep, now we have been proven that this used to be the exact meteor that came from Pisces Planet and now we can’t touch it without getting ourselves damaged,” said Squidward.

 

“Yet again, we need to focus on finding the rest of our friends,” Spongebob pointed out. “Maybe this thing doesn’t function during the daytime so we’ll probably come back for it tomorrow.”

 

After Spongebob and co. went back to their respective homes, Lee was now shown, who was transferred to the planet Farside with Iapetus and some others.

 

That Ned Newton person, he sent me here….but why? Lee thought while pondering around and then spoke aloud, “What’s going on!? I do not belong here!”

 

That was when an answer appeared through a constellation in the form of Ned Newton’s face. As Lee realized, the constellation was alive and moving.

 

“It’s what people call the constellation manipulation technique, do you like it?” Ned said to Lee. “I hate to worsen your day but I just wanted to turn up to say how much of an interesting fellow you are.”

 

“You could just let me be alone but I want to know what I’m doing here anyway,” Lee responded.

 

“First off, I ought to send everyone back to the places they’ve grown with,” Ned explained. “The clean-up wouldn’t be as quick if I told the entire crowd to leave casually. The clean-up also gives me better space for my thoughts for what I am about to unfold. Second off….actually, that’s none of your business!”

 

“Just what are you, setting everyone up with a little tournament?” Lee asked.

 

“I’m not here to reveal my secret information. I just wanted to talk with you. Until next time that I talk with you, have fun getting yourself out of Farside Planet.”

 

The constellation disappears as Lee lied on the rocky surface and keeps on pondering.

 

I’m not going to live this life again, Lee thought. I’m part of the alien race of Farside, but if Ned knows that, then he might have known that I’m naturally an underwater dweller. I can’t completely tell if that was on purpose…”

 

Lee then looks around from his spot on the planet and sees Iapetus nearby.

 

“So much for that tournament,” Iapetus said to himself. “Obviously, Umbriel’s never going to forgive me. Why should I be doing here in Farside Planet? I’m going to bounce….”

 

Lee locked his eyes on Iapetus as he sees him use teleportation to get out of the planet. Lee’s copying technique gains him the ability to teleport and he does just that to get himself out of Farside Planet.

 

Meanwhile, Candy and Umbriel were on the balcony of a clock tower and gazes over at the stars while their armors are activated.

 

“That moon over there, it’s bringing me nostalgia,” said Candy, “especially when it comes to watching it with you. Did you know it represents the Sagittarius sign?”

 

Umbriel takes a closer examination at the moon and sees a Pisces-like symbol from what she can see of the mist.

 

“What is it about the alignment of these horoscope moons that’s forcing me into this quest?” Umbriel questioned. “I can see what Titan was getting at with all these moons having the same cloudy symbol as Pisces, but what could go haywire? Ugh, it’s hard to clear my mind on Pisces itself and the lifestyle of being a Moon Warrior!”

 

“So that moon is going to be revived at some point and it looks like you’ll be reunited with our partners,” said Candy.

 

“No, they can’t be coming here any day now!” Umbriel cried out. She stops to let all that stress out of her system and let herself seep into her modest side. “You’re going to be stuck with me, Candy, at least for now.”

 

“We should still contact the other Moon Warriors though,” said Candy. “We can restore the moon as long as we have that device the little square guy has right now, but that doesn’t mean we can’t do the work for our other partners, right?”

 

“Honestly, I don’t want to be a Moon Warrior for the rest of my life and I never wanted to be one of them.”

 

While Candy was dragging Umbriel over to the Sagittarius moon summit, Titan, who was still under his Luminous Samurai pseudonym, was then seen with Ned Newton, on an operating table.

 

“I’m sorry to say that you aren’t free to go…yet,” Ned said to the Samurai.

“What’s the deal behind this little scam?” Titan spoke.

 

“So, you can actually speak words,” Ned continued. “Scam is a very strong word. The purpose of the tournament is all part of the Pisces Planet tradition….and also for me to find the strongest player. There was Spongebob who decided to split the trophy like a goody-two-shoes, but in the first place, you were the last person standing. I need a lot more energy stored before I would start with my Blackhole of Quantanova project. Your Moon Powers, now that I know that you received that type of powers from that meteor with no name, are what I need to complete my supply.”

 

While Ned was explaining his purposes, Titan was hesitant to at least say a word.

 

“You’re not talking?” Ned asked. “Figures, but I wonder what that face is that you’re masking up….”

 

Ned Newton then confiscated Titan’s samurai mask to reveal himself as the Pisconarch that he is.

 

“Heh, I was expecting somebody more….important, I guess. You’re a Moon Warrior than the others I’ve come to know with higher power though. Yet again, you seem to be familiar to me, but I can’t a finger on it. Now it’s time that I fix you up!”

 

 “The point Spongebob was making about that cup is that no one is the strongest being!” Titan argued.

 

“Point taken, but not according to the separation of powers, especially among the royal party and royal family!” Ned retorted while threatening the being with tools, such as scalpels. “Take it like this for what I’m about to do: I don’t want all the power I could possibly have, I want to use yours for a major cause!”

 

Ned then proceeds with his experimentation with Titan’s Moon Powers as he uses his dissection tools to dig through his powers, even to dismantle through his armor to have an examination of its anatomy. Titan was struggling to escape the clutches but to no avail. Ned dissects through Titan’s armor and gets a look into his heart. He then sees the Moon Powers’ energy being connected to Titan’s bloodstream and the deoxyDNA marking on his crested left eye. First thing, Ned samples the energy of Titan’s powers from his bloodstream by using a pipette-like tool to siphon from his body and conserves it inside an empty capsule, now showing off a bright blue and white glow. Ned tried to remove the marking, which was too attached to remove, and so he stitched up the opening on Titan’s upper abdomen and puts everything else back together.

 

“Oh, and as for your getaway trip…” Ned said to Titan after unwrapping him from the table.

 

It then cuts to the outside of Pisces Planet and near a coastline filled with space rocks. Ned then tossed Titan over to the precise area.

“Good luck on the way through the asteroid belt!” He finished.

 

Candy and Umbriel were now at the summit and could already see Phobos and Deimos waiting. Before they would confront the two, Candy tries to dial Spongebob and/or his other friends through her cell-phone.

 

“Hello, Spongebob?” Candy said. “Where are you? We’re close to the Sagittarius summit in Basin Borough. Also, Umbriel wants to know if you have spotted a meteorite of some sort.”

 

“As of today, Patrick, Squidward, Sandy, and I are back in Bikini Bottom and we happen to have found the meteorite there, which seemed to be the source to our powers,” Spongebob responded.  “I hate to cut this short, but I have a snail to feed. We’ll see you tomorrow….oh, and congratulations for somehow finding Umbriel!”

 

“Ciao,” Candy concluded and the phone call ends. “Are you ready to nail these two guys, Umbriel?”

 

Umbriel gave a nervous smile as her response. Being all set up, she and Candy approach Phobos and Deimos, who were guarding the Sagittarius moon.

 

“What, just two?” Deimos questioned.

“We haven’t seen Umbriel in awhile though, that’s something,” said Phobos. “Where are those other Moon Warriors, like the so-called new leader?”

 

“Not here, that’s for sure. Don’t call me a hypocrite, but I didn’t come to fight, yet I’m doing this duel anyway,” Umbriel responded.

 

“Great, now let’s go!” Phobos replied.

 

“I bet you guys aren’t prepared for what we have in store,” said Deimos as he and Phobos were holding space-crafted crossbows. “It would be more interesting if all the other Moon Warriors are here though.”

 

The duel begins as Candy takes the first attack by trying to hit Deimos with a Blazing Beam, only to miss from Deimos’ swift avoidance. Phobos fires a round of arrows from her crossbow and strikes Umbriel successfully. As Phobos refills and before the arrows would vanish, Candy retaliates for Umbriel by firing a light and aurora blast at once, targeting both opponents. Deimos dodges by jumping up and shoots his arrows against Candy. They were blocked off when Umbriel, from the impact of Phobos’ attack, feebly blocks off the attack with her neutron star attack. Umbriel attacks again by shooting a light and aurora blast at both Phobos and Deimos. Deimos takes the hit as Phobos slides over to dodge and shoot her next pair of arrows at once, and targets Candy, giving her a little bit of intense damage. Candy tries another hand at a Blazing Beam at Deimos, but it misses due to Deimos’ reflexes, once again. Phobos fires more arrows from her crossbow, aiming for Umbriel, but Umbriel manages to dodge. Umbriel blasts away with another neutron star attack and hits Phobos successfully. On the other hand, Deimos hits Umbriel from his supply of arrows, making her weaker. Candy shoots an aurora blast, aiming for Deimos, but misses again. Phobos then strikes Candy with her next round of arrows while Candy and Umbriel try to attack them both before they become drained out from staying in the duel. Candy and Umbriel attempt a nova and aurora blast respectively, but the flows weren’t strong enough to reach their targets. Phobos and Deimos finish off the duel by shooting ‘special’ purple arrows at the two Moon Warriors, leaving them outcold on the field.

 

“Our work here is done,” said Deimos. “This was just easy as pie.”

 

With the duel being over, the pair then uses their teleportation techniques to go back to Pisces Planet.

 

The next day, Spongebob and co. entered Basin Borough for their next mission.

 

“I hope Candy and Umbriel are not injured or anything,” Spongebob wonders. “On another note, I wonder if Candy and Umbriel were actually trying to restore that moon and had a fight with Phobos and Deimos…”

 

While Squidward was dragging around the meteorite (concealed in a sack) with unease, he says, “I guess it’s all up to chance to see if anybody knows about this meteorite…”

 

As Patrick sees the family, whom rented Umbriel’s home, leaving the town, he saw a female fish dragging around a bunch of boxes and equipment.

 

“Hey, I saw you back in the City of Southern Lights when I tried to tell about my problems with my Moon Powers, I can’t believe you’re here!” Patrick hollered as the unknown fish resisted and ignored the starfish.

 

“Okay, I’ll see you later!” Patrick exclaimed.

 

“Now we have to find Candy and Umbriel,” said Spongebob. “Hopefully, we’ll run into Titan too!”

 

As for Lee, he appeared to have transported himself near what looks to be Solid Shell’s headquarters, walking very closely to it.

 

“Close enough,” Lee said to himself, referring to his escape.

------------------------------

NOTES/TRIVIA:

 

Not much to say but...

 

Candy and Umbriel have a duel with Phobos and Deimos alone, but only to lose.

This is the last episode until Blackhole of Quantanova would take place.

[Steel Sponge]

And it is done! Even before the clock would strike midnight in the East. Hallelujah.....

 

 

37. Blackhole of Quantanova (Part 1)

 

“So, where should we start?” Patrick asked Spongebob, going over to his group in Basin Borough.

 

“Don’t be silly!” Spongebob said. “Now we know where Candy and Umbriel have been, so let’s go and find them!”

 

Patrick moves over to the opposite direction as he was heading straight to Umbriel’s former home while Spongebob and the others were heading for the plaza.

 

“Whoa there Patrick, what’s stopping you?” Spongebob asked, giving him a tap on the back to stop his friend at his tracks. “We’re trying to get our team back together, remember?”

 

“I recognize that fish over there,” Patrick responded, pointing over to the female fish who was just adjusting her keys to open the rental house. “Since she says she knows about psychic powers, I could use some help controlling them from her.”

 

“We still don’t know what’s wrong with you!?” Squidward questioned. “Go ahead and see….that person, for all I care.”

 

“Lee did say that he’s gotten powers inherited from the planet called Farside,” Spongebob said. “Then Kale said that Patrick has some kind of parasite from the same planet crawling under his skin and causing problems with his powers…”

 

“What parasite?” Squidward asked, still confused.

 

“Since it’s also okay with me Patrick,” said Spongebob, “I guess you can stow away for a little while as we continue with our next step with our mission.”

 

“Thanks Spongebob,” Patrick responded and proceeded to rush over to the rental house and its mysterious owner.

 

Reducing Patrick from the team, Spongebob, Squidward, and Sandy waltzed through the plaza looking for the two licensed Moon Warriors. So far, they weren’t lucky.

“They could be home…wherever they’re staying at,” Spongebob guessed.

 

“Obviously they haven’t restored the moon since we never gave them that device on your arm,” said Squidward. “How about we move on with our second main issue with his meteorite and that I can’t heave it over any longer!?”

 

“Yeah, I didn’t plan that out clearly enough,” Spongebob said, feeling flustered. “Who could be willing to research this object, WHO!?”

 

“Relax and let your new buddy take care of this meteorite, trust me…” A mysterious voice whispered from afar, coming from one of the retail booths.

 

Looking over to the source of that voice, Spongebob, Squidward, and Sandy saw someone in a dark teal cloak with antennas from the person’s head being visible. The stand had a collection of moon rocks.

 

“I don’t mean to be part of the fashion police, but I don’t trust a guy wearing a cloak,” Squidward said to the shady merchant.

 

“Fine, treat me that way,” the guy said before promptly revealing himself from under his cloak and offering his hand. “You think I was going to slaughter you guys? I know you three have a rock to sell, cough it up.”

While it was still layered in a sack, Squidward lifted the meteorite and pounds it on the counter. The merchant unsealed the sack and saw the hefty meteorite through his own eyes.

 

“I know what you’re thinking,” said Squidward, “You do realize you can’t touch it since the thing itself goes out of control, right?”

 

The merchant gives the meteorite his test by pressing his hands onto the object as Spongebob, Squidward, and Sandy can feel their hearts beat out of anticipation. Nothing happened. The merchant tosses the meteorite back to Squidward, crushing him.

 

“Thanks for giving me a sham, good day sirs!” The unnamed merchant scourged.

 

“I guess that means it only works at night then,” said Sandy.

 

“Oh yeah, we almost forgot!” Squidward cried out. “Just wait until you see this thing at night, it will give off enormous power!”

 

“That thing would be shinier than a quarter if I could accept your donation,” the merchant responded.

 

“You said you’d trust us on whatever we offer you!”

 

“Sorry, we’re closed,” the merchant fibbed by immediately pushing the curtains through his stand.

 

“Forget about him, we’ve talked with enough alien beings over the course of our journey,” Sandy said to Squidward.
 

“Candy and Umbriel will probably be at the summit tonight, so we better head over there!” Spongebob suggested.

Meanwhile back to Patrick, he has waited in front of the rental house almost all day. It was now dusk and the new owner opened up the door with a displeased look on her face.

 

“You’re oddly familiar to me,” she said and gave herself a time to make an assumption before realizing that it was Patrick. “Oh…it’s you. What do you and your so-called psychic powers want? Actually…you can just go away now.”

 

As the female fish was tempted to close the door in front of Patrick, he interrupts and holds the knob tightly.

 

“I think I have a parasite that’s messing with my powers!” Patrick exclaimed.

 

“I’m an author, not a doctor!” She argued as he holds the knob tightly in her direction, enforcing to close the door to try and release Patrick’s grip.

 

“At night, you’ll see, trust me!” Patrick retorted.

 

The house owner sighed and kept the door opened up, letting Patrick inside as he looks around with amazement.

 

“I can’t be too cruel,” she said. “If you’re lying, you’re out of here. You can start off by staring at the walls while I continue with my work elsewhere.”

 

“Okay, lady.”

 

The female fish goes into an unspecified room before swiftly closing it and locking it.

 

“He’s got to be one of those Moon Warriors…” she mused. “People would never expect an idiot like him. If that’s true, then why are his powers being controlled by a parasite, as he proclaims?”

 

At the same time before eight at night, Spongebob, Squidward, and Sandy hurried over to the Sagittarius moon summit. They saw Umbriel and Candy lying on the ground immediately after, with the three exchanging stunned reactions.

 

“They’re unconscious, what happened to them? Have they been like that since last night?” Spongebob questioned.

 

“While you’re at it, I ain’t thinking we stand a chance against Phobos and Deimos if there are only three of us,” Sandy was saying, “while Titan is still missing, while we still can’t find Lee, with Umbriel and Candy outcold, and with Patrick still doing whatever he’s trying to do…”

 

“Oh man, where’s Patrick?” Spongebob said as his name shot up to his own thoughts. “We forgot about him!”

 

“Okay, let’s not panic,” Sandy reassured, “We found Umbriel and Candy, but this is bad since they’re not waking up. How in tarnation are we going rouse them up? Let’s focus on that.”

 

“Unless they’re dead,” Squidward added. Spongebob and Sandy exchanged unsatisfied grins.

 

Sandy goes over to Umbriel and Candy’s bodies and feels a pulse from the both of them.

 

“Nope, yet they’ve had one nasty duel, whatever caused them to be like this…”

 

“Maybe my music will do the trick to wake them up,” said Squidward and brought out his clarinet. “Apparently, this thing works for anything…”

 

Squidward starts playing the clarinet with a broken and sour melody. Spongebob and Sandy couldn’t help but cover their ears as the same purple and black shroud appeared spreading towards their faces, as well as in front of Candy and Umbriel. Candy and Umbriel opened up their eyes and felt like gagging.

 

“Squidward, what’s this foul smell….and hey, I think Candy and Umbriel are awake….” Spongebob said, now coughing and gagging until Squidward stopped playing the clarinet. “Oh boy…I think that stench is gone now…”

 

“Good thing I was wearing a helmet,” Sandy added.

 

“We failed to stop Phobos and Deimos…” said Candy and briefly groaned from the damage caused from the last duel.

 

From Umbriel’s point of view, her aura seeking ability was first shown as she could see black-colored aura hazing around her, as Umbriel could sense intense pain inside of her.

 

“You don’t look so hot,” said Umbriel, “and so I don’t, but I hope you’re able to hang in all that damage, Candy.”

 

“Don’t be so anxious, it was just a bunch of arrows,” Candy responded as her aura appeared to be dark blue in color at the moment, “I’m guessing they used some kind of material to make them more powerful and inflicting…”

 

“We finally found you Umbriel, that’s good!” Spongebob said while trying to make her stand again. “We could use your help with finding Titan, we’ve lost him too!”

 

“That’s grand,” Umbriel responded, “but the truth is that I’m not coming back into doing this Moon Warrior dirty work.”

 

“What about the time you and Candy had a duel with Phobos and Deimos?” Sandy asked.

 

“I was forced into it! I just can’t just leave Candy behind alone and have her mauled,” said Umbriel, “I’m not much of a bratty person, or an awful type of one by any circumstances.”

 

“Aren’t Phobos and Deimos supposed to be here?” Spongebob asked, looking around the summit. “I guess we have to wait another night.”

 

“Speaking of those two,” said Squidward, “it’s kinda funny how you both said that you got beaten by them when they gave up with the previous moon they were guarding not long ago and called off the duel, like that!”

 

Patrick was shown inside the fish’s house with his armor activated before she came back from the secretive room to see the starfish.

 

“Well I’ll be….you were right,” the fish said.

 

“Oh, I thought I was facing to the left,” said Patrick, looking at a giant painting. “What is this painting anyway?”

 

“Forget about that framed picture, I now believe that you are a Moon Warrior, am I right?” The fish asked.

 

“Uh, yeah….how did you know that?” Patrick replied.

 

“Come me with me now, I’ll tell you about myself once we get there, now that I trust you,” she said and escorts with him into the secretive room.

 

She unlocked the door and went inside, showing Patrick the way through the flights of stairs. At the bottom point, there was machinery, tubes, and all sorts of experimental objects and books positioned all over the place inside her keep.

 

“I’m Prendas Lilybud,” she introduced. “I study the phenomenon of planetary habitats and supernatural abilities that have stemmed from planets. I don’t mean to ask, but do you know where you’ve received those powers?”

 

“I’ve been wearing this heavy thing since after I saw a meteor crashing while stargazing,” Patrick answered.

 

“If my research is correct,” Prendas said while turning over pages of a glossary, “it was the Pisces meteor. Allow me another question: did you have to see a meteorite someplace?”

 

While Patrick was talking, Patrick was aimlessly firing his dark and light blasts, as well as shifting into his Beast mode.

 

“Spongebob, Squidward, Sandy and I found a giant rock wedged on the ground back in Bikini Bottom,” Patrick explained. “I forgot what it was after my friends were carrying around a sack…”

 

“I see….so much for trying to find it myself,” Prendas mused. “I need to get out more, don’t I? Sorry if I’m asking so many questions, but since I’m not used to being outside, can you find that meteorite for me?”

 

“Not a problem, lady…” Patrick was saying before his powers were getting more out of control.

 

In less than seconds, Patrick’s dark and nova blasts were being turned on, his armor was shifting off back and forth, every second he was shifting into Beast mode, and the books were being controlled through Patrick’s bout of psychic energy. Prendas instantly turned around. Patrick bent over and his mouth widened as an enlarged parasite, with a blue glow from the outside of its body showing, went through the inside of his body and out of his mouth. After that, Patrick’s powers were stable when they stopped and the mind controlled books dropped down, with one landing on Prendas’ head.

 

“I better look into my research about this parasite,” said Prendas, looking down on the plump organism. “One of them seems to be known for draining powers…”

 

Back to Spongebob and co., they were still at the summit with Umbriel and Candy.

 

“By the way, I have not mistaken that you said something about finding a meteorite,” Umbriel said to Spongebob.

 

“Oh yeah…” said Spongebob. “We brought in the meteorite here to see if anybody could identify its power or if it’s the former Pisces meteor. We can’t touch it because of its chain reaction, so we put in a sack, which Squidward is holding right now…..”

 

Spongebob cocks his head to Squidward and notices that he wasn’t carrying the sack.

 

“Oh no, where did we leave it!?” Spongebob panicked.

 

“I could have sworn I was hanging on to it the whole time,” said Squidward.

 

Spongebob and co. rushed back to the plaza and could see the merchant swiftly leave Basin Borough with the meteorite-filled sack.

 

“Hey you, what are you doing with the meteorite we found!?” Sandy hollered and the thief jumped and dropped the sack before quickly picking it back up nervously.

 

“Well, this plan already didn’t seem to go as intended,” the merchant said. “Now that you’ve caught me red-handed, let me tell you why I needed this meteorite.”

 

“I’d hit you hard with my Bungee Sucker Punch while you’re busy talking your gills off, but go ahead,” said Squidward, “You’re better off giving us the juicy details.”

 

“I collect rare space rocks from planets among the planetary horoscope cycle….and I sell them for a living,” the person was explaining. “I am Métis of Pisces Planet. So now you guys know who I am, the reason I want possession of this Pisces meteorite is for many reasons. I’ve had dealers who trade in anything that looks like the meteorite of the powerful meteor from Pisces Planet as a sham. When I believe them, the money goes to them before I realize they use their powers to manipulate the moon rocks they find. In the life of me, it’s not easy to find a new home under force by the emperor as I’m sent into this world like anybody else.”

 

“So, what’s your main purpose, to get money?” Candy asked.

 

“I’m not doing this to solely have more money, I’m turning over this meteor for money by the royal authorities, enough to make a museum of my own based on my collection of rare and supernatural space rocks, especially that I would now have my first horoscope planet meteorite added to the collection. Doesn’t that sound precious….?”

 

“The meteorite is concealed with power we can’t seem to declassify,” said Spongebob. “In fact, obsessing with greed isn’t getting you anywhere.”

 

“Because I have to do juggle with a job into the outside world, I have to sell some of my moon rocks with most of the money I make going to research for the meteorite,” Metis continued and shoves his blue glove-covered hand in front of the Moon Warriors. “Believe it or not, Pisconarchs and thieves from Farside Planet have tried to get their hands on it, but couldn’t due to some kind of anti-extra-terrestrial force when at night…and even during the day. When it crashes into the bottom of the surface zone, it releases an invisible shield to prevent the alien beings from touching it. I invented these gloves to pass through the force.”

 

“Yeah, yeah, Pisces Planet this, Pisces Planet that, and all of that other exposition,” said Squidward. “Now I know why this thing should be our responsibility.”

 

“And Moon Warriors are a piss-stain to our planet’s royal order,” Metis continued off. “What makes a plentiful of outcasts from the underwater world their destiny to be authorized with supernatural powers? Is that supposed to be some kind of prophecy? Now if you excuse me, I’ll be taking this meteor into space and do the best I can to cool it-“

 

Metis gets cut off when Squidward uses his Bungee Sucker Punch to hit his face.

 

“You’re such a fool,” said Squidward and quickly retrieved the bag from Metis while the alien was still holding in the pain.

 

“You’re not getting away with that precious meteorite!” Metis exclaimed and started chasing after them.

 

Meanwhile, Prendas was still reading through a page on energy-feeding parasites.

 

“Yes, now it has consumed all that matter into its place, and I didn’t expect the starfish to have parasite living in him for a long while,” Prendas said to herself.

 

She pulls down a screen and uses one of her machines to take an x-ray test on Patrick’s anatomy, to see the meteor’s energy still concealed within his head with a ripple shaped amount around his deoxyDNA marking.

 

“If not all that matter when it comes to a Moon Warrior,” said Prendas, “but what about that remaining luster in his brainless cranium?”

 

Patrick shuts his eyes and begins to focus, as his psychic powers were kicking in. He uses the powers to lift the x-ray machine without holding it and smash it into bits.

 

“Does this place have a restroom?” Patrick asked.

 

“Fool’s Powers….not bad,” said Prendas

 

She then uses her introduced psychic powers to carry Patrick and make him flying into the large tubes. She controls an empty book and makes some of the pages from a chain of paper dolls, to give Patrick some cuts on his face and scratch his armor a bit. She then controls them to constraint Patrick and forces him into immobility.

 

“I won’t let you go until the meteorite is in my fins,” said Prendas, “your help is no longer needed.”

 

“Wow, are you a Moon Warrior too?” Patrick asked, ignoring Prendas’ trap.

 

“At least I wish I was…” said Prendas. “I’ve gathered ingredients after ingredients collected from space and the Pisces Planet habitants to give myself the true powers of a Moon Warrior, what it gave me was a much different form of powers, Fool’s Powers as most people call it. I’ve gotten those after what technically became a test accident. I lived my life on both Pisces and Farside Planet until I was banished for sharing and sneaking data and information on the alien specimen, the royal family & branches of power, as well as publishing some of these secrets I’ve retrieved furthermore. For most of my life now, I’ve been waiting for the meteor to strike, trying my best to stay incognito from being a ‘traitor,’ and hiring somebody to hunt down some foreigners that have transported to this world.”

 

“What was that again?” Patrick questioned again. “That was too long for me to understand…”

 

“My problem with finding the meteorite is that I could never receive a transmission of its location,” Prendas continued, “which must be the precise location, so I’m always never getting the frequency to work. Do you know where your friends are, since they’re also witnesses of the meteorite?”

 

“I think they were in the same town from where I am, forgot the name…”

 

“That changes everything….don’t move, I’ll be outside for a moment!”

 

Prendas then escapes her secretive chamber to walk out the door of the rental house and sees Metis being chased by Spongebob and co. first thing while still carrying the sack.

 

“Is that a burglar?” Prendas questioned to herself. No wait, the starfish told me something about a sack, that meteorite must be inside it….

 

“We need that meteorite. We could tail you all night!” Umbriel said while consecutively firing light and aurora blasts, but the merchant kept avoiding and running away.

 

“A-ha, it is there!” Prendas spoke and ran sideways from Metis’ direction, joining in on the goose chase.

 

“Nothing can hold me down from dropping this valuable meteorite!” Metis cried.

 

Prendas tackled Metis from the left and sprinted away with the sack. Her feet were glowing blue, as part of Prendas’ Fool Powers abilities.

 

“Great, now who’s the lady!?” Squidward asked.

 

“This is none of your business, I need this meteorite,” Prendas said and turned south to come back to her rental house.

 

Along the way of the chase, Yang and Yin suddenly transported themselves into the town and nearby the bounds Spongebob and co., Metis, and Prendas. Yang and Yin’s presence causes a force field around him from the meteorite, making the others unable to move any further.

 

“What’s in that sack?” Yang asked. “Could it be the meteorite that fell into this world?”

 

“Truth is told,” said Metis. “While you were busy searching for Moon Warriors to fight and while your partner was arranging a marriage, I made these gloves to pass through the force of that meteorite!”

 

Yang gazed upon Prendas and then said, “You must be the one who wrote that book…”

 

“What book?” She stated. “You know nothing about me…”

 

“We took away your green card for Pisces Planet years ago,” said Yang, “do you think I wouldn’t know you?”

 

“What brings you here in the middle of….whatever’s going on that has to do with this meteorite?” Squidward asked.

 

“This is urgent, so you guys are coming with Yin and I,” Yang responded.

 

As Yang activates the teleportation technique on Spongebob and co., Metis and Prendas hold on to Spongebob and Squidward respectively, as they vanished from Basin Borough with them. The perspective briefly cuts to Patrick, still tied up.

 

“………Maybe she went grocery shopping,” Patrick said towards the parasite. “Hang in there, buddy.”

 

Plenty of hours ago, Lee stepped inside Solid Shell’s headquarters in the middle of nowhere.

“What’s up, anyone here?” Lee echoed in the distance. “I’m lost….”

 

“Oh, and I’ve lost somebody too,” Solid Shell said off-screen before being revealed through his feet appearing from the shadows and eventually the rest of his outer shell/body. “Sao hasn’t come back when I suddenly popped into this place after that tournament.”

 

“You know that guy from the tournament?” Lee asked.

“You look familiar to me as well,” Solid Shell replied. “Are you Lee….Scuttlepuddle?”

 

“Sadly, yes.” Lee replied. “I’m here because I was transported into Farside Planet and now transported myself here, so I’m still trying to find my friends.”

 

“What, are you asking for a lift!? Well….if I’m going to be stuck with you unless I take you to your friends, then I guess I’ll do just that.”

 

“Thanks. For a lone wolf, I have to consider that we’re developing a little bit of a friendship. It took a while to get used to hanging around with my teammates.”

 

Spongebob and co., courtesy of Yang and Yin, were transported to the limits of Pisces Planet.

 

“So, what is it that you wanted to tell us, Yang?” Spongebob asked.

 

“Look around you,” said Yang and pointed over to the blackhole in the distant, which was spreading near the planet itself.

 

“It’s a blackhole,” said Spongebob, “surely I haven’t caught my eye on that before. What do we have to worry?”

 

“Lee, Patrick, Titan, wherever they are, you need to find them!” Yang continued. “As a team of Moon Warriors, you’re all going to have to stop this blackhole from consuming this planet. It’s none other than the Blackhole of Quantanova!”

-----------------------------

NOTES/TRIVIA:

 

Character Debut(s): Prendas, Metis

[Steel Sponge]

37. Blackhole of Quantanova (Part 2)

 

“That sounds risky, how are we going to stop it?” Spongebob asked.

 

“The answer to take is going to take a long time to make clear,” Yang responded. “That meteorite you’re all hanging on to, forget about it. Yet, if it’s been held in the wrong hands, the way anybody could that could be potentially dangerous.”

 

“So we mustn’t worry about the blackhole and find our other three teammates, right?” Sandy asked.

 

“Yin will take you to the observation building,” Yang continued as Yin leisurely walked in front of Spongebob, “the idea of that sounds paranoid for you guys, but that will help you locate the rest of the Moon Warriors. It’s your responsibility that you’re now the new leader of your team, right?”

 

“He has a point,” said Yin. “I’ll have the responsibility to take to you the observatory. Sometimes, I’m really understood with how the planet’s technology works. So, let’s go…”

 

Yin then floats through Pisces Planet with Spongebob following her to find the building that manages the observations of the underwater world.

 

“I don’t know why Yin didn’t get the memo or why she can’t come, but I’ve got an important royal assembly to attend to,” Yang called over.

 

“In the meantime…” said Prendas, and then started floating around to try and see a chance for her to escape. “I’m going back with the meteorite in my hands once I find away out of anti-gravity!”

 

Squidward, Sandy, Umbriel, Candy, and Metis followed along with her and continued the chase. Squidward’s Bungee Sucker Punch gets dodged as Prendas revokes with her Fool’s Powers by using her mind to send him flying upwards regardless of the current anti-gravity environment. Metis introduces his non-Moon Powers and causes the rocky surface she was standing on to lift, leaving a chunk out of place. The chunk from where Prendas was standing shifted over to Metis and he swiftly snagged back the meteorite and was now ahead of the chase.

 

“We’re going to get tired of running around,” said Umbriel.

 

“That thing could be in the wrong hands…or fins, like Yang said,” Squidward responded. “Those two hacks could have the wrong hands.”

 

“What else is Metis going to do with the meteorite aside from making his own museum?” Sandy questioned. “I could only think, so we better stop him otherwise, we could already sense that he’s trouble!”

 

“Shouldn’t we be trying to stop the blackhole?” Candy asked. “Why are we after that meteorite in that sack?”

“Because, Candy….” Umbriel said without giving a specific answer.

 

“Just keep shooting at them!” Squidward ordered.

 

The Moon Warriors proceed to tail after Metis alongside Prendas as Squidward, Sandy, Candy, and Umbriel shoot their respective dark and aurora blasts at Metis, who dodges through his swift movements before sending himself down under the planet’s surface.

 

“Shoot!” Squidward exclaimed.

 

“Now he’s just cheating,” said Prendas.

 

She then uses her powers to lift part of the moon’s surface clairvoyantly to expose Metis. She then controls the pebbles and debris to bury Metis in her efforts of taking the sack from him. Metis uses his glowing, dark red force to break out of the rubble, with the blast causing the four Moon Warriors to leap backwards at a short distance. He dashes back and appears sideways in Prendas’ path

 

“I’m coming for you, my precious…” Metis whispered.

 

“God damn it!” Squidward cried. “We ought to pull their muscles for that sack if we’re never going to catch it!”

 

 Metis goes under the moon’s surface once again as Squidward uses his Lunar Drill attack to strike Metis from underground and then reaches Prendas’ trail. Squidward hits Prendas with a nova blast received possession of the sack. By now, the meteorite hunters reached city heights

 

“Run Squidward, run!” Candy shouted out over in the distance.

 

“Yeah, that’s what I’m exactly trying to do, now what since I have this freaking meteorite?” Squidward called back.

 

Using her psychic energy, Prendas causes a wheelbarrow filled with bread to shift into Squidward’s direction, causing him to crash into the cart.

 

“My bread rolls!” The merchant cried.

 

As Prendas now has the sack in her possession and was now in the lead of the chase, Metis, Umbriel, Candy, and Sandy bounced on his body and came after the author. Squidward came back onto the scene after Umbriel and Candy were firing aurora and light blasts with Sandy tossing Pisces Shuriken at Prendas, but Prendas still continued to stay frantic on the trail. Metis climbs onto the homes of the civilians and for Prendas by sliding away parts of the roofs, building them like blocks, and shooting them like beams. As Metis persists, one blast causes Prendas to jump and lose grip of the bagged meteorite.

 

Metis sprinted close to Prendas from above and snatched the sack again.

 

“I feel like my lungs are going to shrivel up from all that running…” said Sandy, “and I never usually feel this done in.”

 

“Quit complaining!” Umbriel rejoinders, “Whoever those people are, there’s no way we’re giving up on something valuable to one of them! It’s an understatement for me to say that being sitting ducks aren’t getting us anywhere into getting that meteorite back, but that’d be the truth if you’re all going stop running, so mush!”

 

“Good ol’ Umbriel,” Squidward added.

 

Meanwhile, Solid Shell has driven Lee into civilization by nighttime, they disembarked in Basin Borough. Of course, Solid Shell didn’t seem to mind Lee’s activated armor, but after that, he pushes Lee out of his vehicle and drops him off there before cruising away.

 

“There, you’re in town, wish you luck,” Solid Shell said.

 

“Don’t be so touchy!” Lee retorted.

 

At the sound of the screeching wheels from Solid Shell’s ride, he rode off and left Lee in front of the town. Lee could now hear his stomach groaning.

 

“I’m famished,” Lee said to himself. “There’s not even a five-star restaurant in sight, unless I have very good eyesight…”

 

And so, Lee strolls around town to find anything that intrigues him. Seeing the opened door of the rental house that Prendas apparently kept open, the house grabs Lee’s attention, yet he was hesitant to enter once as he was on the steps, tempting to turn back.

 

“This is a vacant house, you’re smarter than this,” Lee said to himself again. “Just ignore it and it you’ll be fine…”

 

Lee left the porch of the rental home...

 

– Until the curiosity got the best of him.

 

“Oh for the hell of it,” he said. He simply ran inside and took a good look all around. “And there’s nothing absolutely haunted about this. Perhaps some idiot forgot to close the door.”

 

Lee travels around the house and comes across the unlocked door to Prendas’ chamber, where Patrick was still kept inside alongside the parasite.

 

“Patrick, what brought you here?” Lee asked.

 

“There’s this lady I met who said she could tell me about how my powers work and fix my problem, but she’s gone now, probably on vacation,” Patrick answered. “I also had this parasite coming out of my mouth.”

 

“Disgusting,” Lee replied and then looked upon the paper doll trap wrapped around Patrick’s abdomen. “You couldn’t even do a thing to get yourself out of that? Who exactly did this to you?”

 

“Uhhhhhh….”

 

Spongebob and Yin explore through one of the cities held in Pisces Planet until they found the observatory building. They were met by the guards.

 

“Don’t forget that I have a pass to get in here,” said Yin. “Spongebob here is a certified Moon Warrior, so our presence here is urgent.” As the guards let them both through, she then said to the sponge, “See? No biggie.”

 

Spongebob and Yin rise up to the top floor through the elevator and reached the room where all sorts of places around the underwater world were monitored.

 

“We’re on the watch for illegal aliens, those who are hanging around in the underwater realms without circumstance,” said Yin. “Without all these places in our data, we wouldn’t know the locations of the Moon Warriors like you. Those are the two purposes for this control room.”

 

Standing among the shadows of the windows was Kale as Spongebob could see.

 

“Is there really any hope?” Kale said. “No matter what, the planets collide, and the powers among the civilians of high authority become unbalanced in a way.”

 

“Kale what are you doing here?” Spongebob asked. “What are you even talking about?”

 

“Contemplate this, what does being a Moon Warrior mean to you?” Kale rambles while still staring into blank space at the bay window. “Are Moon Warriors more than just being prophetic – a petty prophecy? There must be a reason why it’s one’s destiny to share powers from a meteor blast. What is your destiny, Mr. Squarepants?”

 

“Now that you think about it….” Spongebob replied. “…..I don’t really know what my destiny is. However, being a Moon Warrior, to me, it means serving honor for those you protect, and the new type of people you are honored by and come to support. There’s also serving justice, along with the people who serve justice with you. If this world needs saving, then that’s an honor that I’m sticking with. It’s a strange lifestyle that I’m not sure seems like a cursing or a blessing, but getting used to that lifestyle takes a while.”

 

After Spongebob’s little speech, Kale gave no response until he gave a mirthful grunt, of some sort, in exchange.

 

“Interesting for you to say,” Kale continues, “yet the desire to have that honor as a Moon Warrior would obviously turn into greed. There’s reasoning behind the Pisces meteor being the source while no one could be able to control its launch out of orbit. So many people tried. The feudal actions between Pisces Planet and Farside Planet are too much for you to know all about! People have been firing comets, destroying property without a cause by controlling asteroids! Most of all, there are people out there trying to sneak into the branches of royal power. The more you know, it sounds unsettling for the life of a Moon Warrior. Scum, that’s what they are. Some individuals just can’t be happy with the power they were born with. Coming from me, I’m not happy either.”

 

“That’s really deep for you to say,” Spongebob said, “Yin and I have a task to do.”

 

“While I’m surprised it’s taken you long for yourself to get murdered!” Kale exclaimed. “Same goes for your friends, go figure.”

 

Kale then slams Spongebob to the flipside of the top floor and threatens him with the balls of energy being formed from his hands and decides to let Spongebob go.

 

“Until next time, I challenge you,” Kale finished before taking the elevator out of the building. “If you bleed, I’m cleaning that mess.”

 

Back to the chase, it was shown that Sandy was now carrying the meteor prior to the events of the chase that is still technically going on. Prendas tries using her psychic powers to transfer the sack into her hands, with Metis using his next tactic with blocking Sandy’s path by creating a rocky wall at the same time. Prendas then lifts herself with her powers to cross upwards through the wall with Metris making his way over the wall he created himself.

 

“Is anyone up for rock climbing?” Candy asked towards Sandy, Squidward, and Umbriel.

 

“That does it! They just can’t just slow us down any longer!” Umbriel exclaimed.

 

Umbriel forces Squidward into his Bungee Sucker Punch attack and uses his tentacle to launch him over the wall. Next, Umbriel shoots at the middle of the wall, creating a large, passable hole into it with her neutron star attack.

 

“Come along now.”

 

Titan is shown floating around on the asteroid belt. Along the way, he kept dodging the incoming asteroids he was passing through, while smacking into some of them for a few instances.

 

“I don’t remember being here,” said Titan. “I do remember something about that Ned Newton guy, though. He’s up to something! I need to find away out of this coastline though.”

 

Titan then instantly ducks for another asteroid that was coming for him. Titan tries activating his blade and some of his blasts to destroy the asteroids, but it was to no avail and to where he crashed into another one of them.

 

“My powers aren’t working either, what have I missed?” Titan ponders.

 

After Titan was shown in the asteroid belt, the chase continues off to where Prendas was in the lead of getting away with the meteorite with Metis gaining on her. Squidward, Sandy, Umbriel, and Candy gain speed and kept railing through the trail through firing aurora blasts, dark blasts, light blasts, such as those in the Moon Warriors’ artillery. Prendas stops at her tracks once as he reaches off limits of the city at a dead end. Up in space, she saw the asteroid belt. Almost at once, Metis, Squidward, Sandy, Candy, and Umbriel tackled Prendas for the meteorite-filled sack.

 

“So this is where it ends, huh?” Metis said.

 

“Not on my watch!” Squidward remarked and shot a dark blast in front of Metis and Prendas.

 

The six now yielded into brawling against each other for the sack as Prendas then attacked Squidward by aiming his incoming nova blast into bursting on his body through her mind force. Umbriel used a neutron star blast against everyone at her range. Candy subsequently fired a Blazing Beam to strike at Metis and Prendas. Metis was able to block by creating a rectangular shield from upward and to the height of his body. Afterwards, Metis then causes his own shield to slam at Candy. Sandy ignites her aurora and light blasts against Prendas and Metis, with one hit causing Prendas to drop the sack, now giving her the possession of it….at least for a while until Metis uses his powers to make Sandy sink into the spot she stood and grabs the sack. Umbriel tackles Metis and shoots him with a light blast, as well as directly confiscating the sack from him.

 

“I hope you guys ain’t forgetting that I’m stuck,” Sandy said, referring to the sticky puddle formed around her.

 

Candy forms an Aurora Moonquake on the field, causing the rest of the opposing forces to get struck and injured, while it causes Sandy to get sprung out of Metis’ trap. As Umbriel was about to run off, Metis grabs it back from underground, which was where he was hiding after Candy’s Aurora Moonquake. For the rest of the way, senseless counterattacking and retrieving ensued until the last time Prendas grabbed the meteorite-filled sack.

 

“I’m the one who holds on to this meteorite, and that is final!” Prendas bellowed.

 

Squidward, Sandy, Candy, Umbriel, and Metis each fought for the meteorite now by shooting nova, aurora, light, and Blazing beams at once, with Metis shooting a beam formed out of polished rock. Prendas shoves the sack out of her aim as an opportunity to block their attacks. The meteorite gets launched over to the asteroid belt once the blasts caused the sack to become loosened.

 

Over towards Titan’s perspective, while still trying to pass through the asteroids in his way, the meteorite rotates into Titan’s direction and he gets touched by it. Titan faces forward at the sheer force of the meteorite, seeing it ignite a gleam. The energy causes Titan to be flung much far off from the asteroid belt, enough for him to escape the dimension by a twinkle in the blank space.

 

“So much for making good use for it,” said Metis. “I’ll show you something that I can launch off of this planet, or in this case – out of existence!”

 

Before Metis would threaten a killer attack on the other five, Umbriel was shown to be floating over to the asteroid belt to try and retrieve the meteorite.

 

“You’re insane!” Squidward called out. “Do you think you could survive over there?”

 

“That valuable meteorite is not leaving our sight when I’m around!” Umbriel said. “If you guys are going to stand over there like cowards, then fine, because it looks like I got this in the bag.”

 

“Don’t forget about the sack!” Candy hollered and tossed the empty sack near the coastline.

 

Now that Kale was gone, Spongebob and Yin monitored through Patrick, Lee, and Titan’s locations through the radar.

 

“According to this data, it appears that both Patrick and Lee are somewhere in Basin Borough,” said Yin.

 

“Have you got anything on Titan’s whereabouts?” Spongebob asked the Pisconarch.

 

Yin checked for results on Titan’s location, but the radar wasn’t able to read anything on his specific location.

 

“He’s nowhere?” Spongebob questioned.

 

“I’m getting no results for his location, he’s downright missing,” said Yin. “It could be said that Titan might have gotten himself into hyperspace….or that he got killed.”

 

“He can’t be dead!” Spongebob replied.

“Just try and ease that thought out of your head, we need to go and get Patrick and Lee here,” Yin replied.

 

She activated her teleportation technique and shares it with Spongebob, as they were now heading for Basin Borough. Once again, the perspective changes and shows the kingdom holding a meeting with varied members of the royal family.

 

The last person to arrive had spiked-up-grass black hair, white skin, red markings on his eyes, a tall shirt with lines of blue, black, and white, tan slacks, and steel-toed shoes. The meeting was taking place at the dinner table, and he grabbed a seat once as he approached it.

 

“This meeting will now be in session, for I have an announcement to make that’s beyond belief,” the Pisces Emperor announced. “I am Emperor Kerberos. Before we begin, let’s call roll for which we have gathered for this meeting and feast.”

 

“Please hurry up, I’m not hungry anyway,” the shady one said.

 

“I see that Yang, the chief of the royal guards is here, Kerberos said. “Speaking of him, where’s our Duchess, Yin?”

 

“She took a leave for an important mission, something like that,” Yang answered.

 

“Alright then…I guess I’ll honor her as an empress consort when the time comes,” Kerberos continued. “Let’s see who else is here…executive chief guard Io, check. Ladies Helene and Phoebe, I see you two there. Duke Callisto, check. As for the Baronesses: Eris, Haumea, and Ceres, its lovely seeing you three here. Baronet Pluto, check.”

 

Looking at Pluto, he was very much deadpan than enthusiastically happy. He couldn’t even tempt to touch his food while the Emperor goes on to list and check for the rest of the royal family members.

 

“Lastly, but not least, Archduke Makemake,” Kerberos finished, shifting his eyes over to the spike-haired alien. “It looks like we’ve got everyone arranged for this meeting, except for Yin.”

 

“It’s sad, but the rest is all so quaint,” Makemake responded.

 

It was after the royal feast that the Emperor would make his announcement in front of the dinner table.

 

“I am stuffed like a turkey,” Makemake said. Apparently though, he didn’t look or feel all that glutted. “Please do tell the big news, your highness.”

 

“I just don’t know how to put it this way…” Kerberos was saying, “I can’t believe I am telling you all this, but then again, an individual’s reign is not meant to last for eternity. Makemake, you are now next in-line for the emperor title, and your coronation will be settled subsequently by tomorrow.”

 

Yang couldn’t help but spit out his drink as soon as he heard of the news of a “new emperor.”

 

“How is that possible, your majesty!?” Yang exclaimed. “It hasn’t even two years since he became part of our family!”

 

“Yang, remember to use your manners in an important meeting like this,” Kerberos ordered. “It must be an honor, Makemake. We should all feel proud about this accomplishment of yours.”

 

“So, now that I’m going to be emperor, does this mean that I can get what I want….but most of all, even at this hour?” Makemake asked.

 

“What do you mean?” The Emperor asked back, feeling a bit bewildered.

 

“Your majesty, I would like my coronation to take place later today,” Makemake replied.

 

“Makemake, I am highly certain that it’s not how things work.”

 

Makemake slams his palms on the table after that response, which obviously angered the next-in-line ruler.

 

“You’re setting up the coronation in a few hours! You don’t want to see me furious,” Makemake commanded. “Once again, if you please, I would like to start my reign as emperor once as you all set up my coronation in no little than four hours, understand?”

 

All the people around the dinner table just stood in silence and fright.

 

“If that’s a threat, then I guess I have no choice than to meet your demands,” said Kerberos. “You’ll be promoted as the new emperor in short.”

 

Time goes by as it now leads up to the coronation of the new Pisces Emperor: Makemake. Kerberos appeared front and center with him and had his crown in a cushion to offer to him.

 

“Archduke Makemake,” the Emperor announces, “I retire the crown for your valiant efforts and promote you as the new official emperor of Pisces Planet. Use your powers responsibly. Hopefully, yours will be as great as mine.”

 

With that little speech, Makemake positions the crown on his head and the crowd, besides Yang, applauded for the new emperor.

 

“Thanks Kerberos, you are very kind,” said Makemake. “My first act as emperor….I will throw our former ruler into the dungeon!”

 

“What dungeon?” Yang asked from the quad.

 

Makemake grabbed Kerberos from the neck and threw him out of the stained window and uses his powers to level him into the basement floor of the kingdom and traps him there inside the supernatural-power-proof chamber. Makemake flew back up as royal family members looked in on the new emperor in terror.

 

“I am in-charge now and I sure as hell did all the work I could to achieve that rank,” said Makemake. “I drafted all the Pisconarchs needed to allow them into the underwater world, I did a load of emperor-related paperwork, I’ve married one of the members of the family, I’ve fought in plenty enough advanced ranked duels, how much more could I have done to become emperor? I’ve done enough, indeed.”

 

“So we’re all balanced into some master-plan?” Yang asked. “Do you care to tell the main purpose of claiming your reign?”

 

“It’s a long story,” Makemake responded. “In the meantime, the Blackhole of Quantanova will eventually swallow this planet in a matter of days. So, what’s the point of sharing rule over this planet if there’s a possibility of being taken by the blackhole? I better make these days, as an emperor, last…”

 

Makemake stepped down to the quad quietly and is grinning with sneer.

 

“What are you doing?” Ceres asked.

 

“You ought not to mess with the alien back at the Farside Planet, ya’ bastards!” Makemake derided.

 

Makemake slides through the auditorium and dashes at the baronesses Ceres, Haumea, and Eris. Makemake wrings out his staff rapidly and uses it to cause him to teleport out of the baronesses’ range and lashed a glowing attack from behind the three as critical damage is given to the baronesses afterwards. Makemake rushes to Eris. His hand glows a bright blue and he struck the area of her heart. She gets knocked unconscious at the very next moment where Makemake lets go of her abdomen.

 

“I think Eris is dead!” Haumea said once as he came up to her side. She was indeed completely unconscious.

 

Makemake brings the pain right back into Haumea and Ceres and whirs up the energy from his staff to create wraithlike hands and reaches for Haumea and Ceres’ abdomen for their hearts, and gives the same effect with Eris.

 

“Get out of here, Yang,” Io ordered in a deadpan tone.

 

“We’re all caught in his trap. I have to make this sacrifice too,” said Yang.

 

“Please listen to your father!” Io replied. “You’ve became a man of honor now! If I die, then I’m sorry for not setting myself free for this situation, even along with your mother. Sadly, you cannot protect us, I guess this is the end for me and your mother, Helene.”

 

“He can’t be that much of a threat. He’s utterly a spoiled rotten tyrant from the looks of this!”

 

Makemake prepares for his next move on Yang. Yang didn’t even bother to try and counterattack out of his own shock, but the bullet gets taken by Helene. That’s where Yang immediately ran out of the kingdom. After that, Makemake uses the same technique on Helene from when he permanently knocked out the baronesses.

 

“This is for our kingdom. You must not hurt or kill anyone no longer, for you are a tyrant and a traitor!” Io exclaimed as Makemake confronts the executive chief.

 

“Tough…” he taunted.

 

Io uses a multiple blade throwing attack, but Makemake jumps up quickly from the order and velocity of the blade’s movements. Makemake uses his staff to shoot a shocking blast aimed at Io, but he manages to dodge it. Io brings out his tall and narrow blade and prepares to lash it against Makemake. His opponent then uses his staff to have a shank fold upwards, forming it into a blade of his own. They clashed their weapons and blocked each other until Makemake strikes at Io. Io stands back up before Makemake could use his heart-stopping attack. Makemake gets struck by Io’s Silver Uppercut attack from his blade, tossing Makemake through the auditorium and dealing intense damage. Makemake remains at stance and dashes through, sending multiple shock beams at Io. Makemake then uses the magically crafted hand to go straight into Io’s abdomen and stop his heart, just like that.

 

“And now…” Makemake muttered.

 

Makemake forms the same wraith hands, plenty enough to stop the hearts of the rest of the royal family members in the quad. From the grips of those hands, all of the family members who were present inside the coronation room were unconscious, except for Pluto, the Baronet, who somehow disappeared suddenly.

 

Yang came back inside the kingdom to see the knights, guards, baronesses, other miscellaneous members, his mother and father, all lying there outcold and Makemake smiling with approval.

-----------------------------

NOTES/TRIVIA:

 

Character Debut(s): Makemake, Kerberos, Io, Helene, Ceres, Eris, Haumea, Pluto, Callisto, Phoebe

 

Spoiler

-Makemake kills the royal family line, but with Pluto, Yang, Yin, and Kerberos still being alive.

-Makemake hails as the main antagonist as well as becoming the new emperor of Pisces Planet.

[Steel Sponge]

37. Blackhole of Quantanova (Part 3)

 

“How does it feel, Yang?” Makemake asked the awestruck Pisconarch. “How does it feel to have most of the family line of power being swept away from their lives? Do you even know how it felt when the Farside Planet became reduced to almost no control, no Emperor, a scattered family tree of our own royalty? You probably haven’t anyway. Do you get my drift, though?”

 

 “I have no other option to avenge these people,” Yang responded after a long moment of silence. “You’ll be banished for good!”

 

“Such strong words,” Makemake replied and uses his powers to rearrange his figure and form himself into the looks of Ned Newton. His factual face was no different, except that he didn’t have the markings under his eyes. “I’ll agree to fight after I get the next thing done.”

 

“Where do you think you’re going?” Yang asked.

 

“The blackhole needs one thing to extend its control. I’ll be gone to bust some asteroids.”

 

At the asteroid belt, Umbriel was floating through the coastline to try and retrieve the meteorite, which was has been scattered around her path. She kept avoiding asteroids in her way and she could now see the meteorite out in the distance.

“I won’t stop at nothing, even for something as ridiculous and risky as this,” Umbriel uttered.

 

 After a long while, Umbriel reached much closer to the meteorite and tries to grab it.

 

“Just inch a little further, grab it, leave this planet, and it will all over…” Umbriel said to herself while extending her hand for the meteorite.

 

From Umbriel’s eye view of the meteorite’s aura, it’s shown to be shimmering with a mix of light blue and orange red. In a matter of a minute, Umbriel grabbed the meteorite. The pack of power from the meteorite blasts Umbriel backwards, but it was still wrapped around her. Umbriel lets out a wail as her eyes were flashing black to normal. The rest of her vision also became all red all around her surroundings. Her vision then blacked and her eyelids closed on her out as she’s left floating around modestly with the meteorite in front of her.

 

While in her sleeping state, she could envision a person coming out to her and taking her away, alongside the meteorite, whilst it all looked blurry for her. She hallucinate that person as Titan, before her point of view flashes to Ned Newton grabbing the meteorite and her from the asteroid belt and escapes. Umbriel’s vision blacked out again before witnessing her escape.

 

In a location, unknown, Umbriel awakens and could see perfectly as of now. Upon her awakening, she saw Ned Newton standing about.

 

“Ned Newton, the host from that tournament?” Umbriel questioned. “What do you want with me?”

 

From her eye view, Makemake, under the guise of Ned Newton, had a bright red aura with his eyes aligned with a white color and moving like a flame. It was the feeling of vendetta that she could see in him.

 

“The power you possess….what are you?” Umbriel asked again.

 

“I don’t know what you’re getting at, but I’m one of the most powerful alien beings under rule of Pisces Planet,” Ned Newton said, “And this Ned Newton person is just part of your imagination. I sent you here to make an offer.”

 

Umbriel, puzzled than ever, didn’t bother to respond.

 

“Of course, it’s about the meteorite. Just tell me that you’ll be willing to take this thing from your possession and hand it over to me,” Ned continued. “It’s nothing but scrap or some knick knack, right?”

 

“Well, do you have the thought that this is the authentic former Pisces meteor?” Umbriel replied. “No I am not giving this away to you? What do you offer in return?”

 

“Believe it or not, I descend from Farside Planet. These powers of mine, which are psychic, are able to read your current thoughts. I sense that you miss somebody by the name of…Titan.”

 

“Oh, you are good, but yes. I’m just thinking about where he could be right now.”

 

“He could have gone into hyperspace at this point,” Ned joked. “Seriously, I will go out onto a search for your precious friend and you’ll meet him once again. That will happen once as you give me the meteorite in return.”

 

A long moment of silence follows as Umbriel contemplates on the offer given by Ned Newton.

 

“No deal, since I can’t even trust you when you’ve set me up in this place like so,” said Umbriel. “If you’re saying that meteorite is crap, then why do you desire to have it for yourself?”

 

“Wrong answer, Miss Quansara,” Ned responded.

 

He takes Umbriel’s refusal with a swift kick. She began kicking her around for every five seconds.

 

“Come on, you can just give it to me, no trouble!” Ned continued. “I can just keep up with this until you hand it over.”

 

“I will not surrender it. I don’t accept any offer from you!”

 

As Umbriel continued to uphold her possession with the meteorite, Ned presumed kicking Umbriel, but at least for every second now.

 

“I don’t want to do it the hard way….yet,” Ned was saying, “but here’s one more chance while I reveal myself more…”

 

Makemake reveals himself by shifting his body and removing the textures and features of Ned Newton, other than his face, into that of his usual self, but with his red markings under his eyes being shown.

 

“I’ll beg for you again another time to hand-deliver that meteorite this instant. Do you understand, cross my heart and hope to die?” Makemake commanded.

 

“That depends. Do you understand what I’m trying to answer for you?” Umbriel asked.

 

“Well…..if you put it that way, I wouldn’t go as far to hit a girl, but your attitude and moxie make me imply that I should, just under those conditions,” Makemake replied. “I guess there’s no point in me for helping you!”

 

Makemake resumes with beating around Umbriel and even goes for her face with his kicks. It was until Umbriel stopped trying with defending herself and the meteorite from those beatings that Makemake would then snag the meteorite from her, put it in a bag, and teleport away – leaving her behind in the unknown room.

 

Titan was now in hyperspace after the effects from the meteorite. There was no way out in sight, no other solid objects, it was just light speed travel from the aspects of it.

 

“Ugh, how do I get out of this place?” Titan questioned. That asteroid I just ran into though….is it actually that former Pisces meteor? He thought. For sure, it’s gotten dangerous to the touch if it hasn’t been cooled….I’ll worry about that later.

 

While travelling through the outside world of space, Titan sees a person passing by and floating around before him.

 

….

 

“Are you a hyperspace nomad too?” The alien asked. “I’m Ferdinand if you’re thinking of knowing my name.” He greeted.

A moment of silence follows as Titan was hesitant to give a response.

 

“Don’t be so nervous. Are you trying to find a way out of here since you’re new to this place?” Ferdinand asked.

 

“Well, they call me the Luminous Samurai,” Titan responded. “Without masking myself up, I’m not sure what to refer to myself as now. I’m just stuck here travelling through light speed since I crossed into a meteorite with unexplained purge of energy.”

 

“That’s a strange story you’re sharing with me,” Ferdinand replied. “I believe you since there are nothing about you that I would disbelieve the slightest. If you want out, then follow me.”

 

“You know how to escape from hyperspace?” Titan asked eagerly.

 

“I could only wonder, but I’ll give it a shot.”

 

Meanwhile, Spongebob and Yin have transported away from Pisces Planet and the observatory and came over to Patrick and Lee’s precise location. They pinpointed their location inside the chamber and found Lee waiting around with Patrick still in wraps.

 

“You could have realized all the trouble my friends and I have gone through before finding you two again and – HOLY HALIBUT WHAT IS THAT THING!” Spongebob said and then suddenly shouted when he saw the parasite in the background.

 

“Relax Spongebob, it’s just some parasite that went out of my body,” said Patrick. “At least my powers aren’t malfunctioning anymore.”

 

“It’s the same parasite that sucked the Moon Power abilities right out of you, besides your armor,” Lee remarked.

 

“You two can’t just let it lie around here, now let’s return these abilities to you, Patrick,” said Yin.

 

Yin squeezed the energy out of the parasite, making the energy travel below Patrick’s throat and let it reenter his anatomy. Yin proceeds with the now-downsized parasite by squashing it like a bug. For a moment, the lines around Patrick’s armor glowed, assuring that his Moon Powers were set back in motion.

 

“Now we have return to Pisces Planet and focus on finding Titan,” said Spongebob. “Even the observatory’s database can’t read anything on his information and it’s like he just disappeared!”

 

“Wait, we’re going back?” Lee asked.

 

“It’s a long story,” Spongebob responded, “since this place feels uneasy, let’s go out into the open for a breath of fresh air.”

 

As Spongebob and co. stepped out of the house, they were ambushed once as Kale jumped in front of them

 

“Surely, I haven’t been hired to patrol the underwater realms of society,” said Kale. “That makes me out as a so-called illegal alien, but why should I care? I told you that we could fight the next time we run into each other, and I’ve waiting long enough to see you guys make an appearance here.”

 

“Kale….” Yin said.

 

“Come on, I won’t take no for an answer,” Kale continued. “It’s a duel I want and I’m afraid to use extreme force.”

 

“Since its still night, I’ll see you at the battlefield,” said Spongebob while Yin was undoing Prendas’ strap trap on Patrick.

 

Close to the summit, Spongebob and Kale confronted each other for the duel. Spongebob went for the first move and attacked Kale with his brightness tornado. Kale’s mind brought out a force of high winds to gust away and counterattack Spongebob’s technique.

 

“I forgot to tell you, I descend from Farside Planet,” said Kale. “I’ve been hired to mentor people in the tournament by Makemake. It wasn’t my first time since I’ve been around during a few other decades when the tournament was held. Now feel the wrath of my Fool’s Powers!”

 

The fight continues as Kale uses his powers to carry his own weight like anti-gravity and enforce a lunging attack on Spongebob, but the sponge avoids it and strikes him with an aurora blast. Kale uses his psychic powers to then create another series of strong winds. From the clouds, heavy rain followed suit. As Spongebob attempts to attack Kale with a Pisces Chop, a regular tornado appeared and directed into Spongebob’s direction through the force of Kale’s mind. After Spongebob gets hit, Spongebob tries another hand at his Pisces Chop and strikes at Kale successfully. In the next go, Kale uses his mind powers to cause Spongebob’s next attack to deal damage to himself once he was readying up his light blast. Kale uses his powers to rearrange the weather in the battlefield, once again, and creates an encircling array of cumulus clouds for his guard in monsoon weather. Spongebob prepares his Pisces Chop while trying to go through Kale’s guard, only to trigger and experience electric shocks. Kale uses his powers to retract the energy of the shocks and zap Spongebob again, seemingly knocking him out from the duel due to the damage done.

 

“You all don’t need to share this power, but when there’s always going to be a meteor to make a collision into this dominion, then there’s nothing anybody could do,” said Kale.

 

“Oh no, I think I could still handle more…” said Spongebob, getting back up impetuously.

 

“But you were knocked down after 10 seconds, what’s this supposed to mean?” He asked.

 

“I insured that I would be inches away from the ground and so I held it, even though I blacked out after you drew the electric shocks,” Spongebob replied.

 

“My mind could have conveyed me of those movements, I just happened to have thought you were touching the ground…”

 

“To make it clearer,” Spongebob continued and released a miniature brightness tornado that held his fall, “it looks like I now how to vary the sizes of my Moon Powers.”

 

Spongebob released a series of brightness tornados, like spinning tops, in front of Kale. The attacks were strong enough to let down Kale’s guard while Kale’s cloud guard itself was about to subside. Kale avoids Spongebob’s aurora and light blasts and gives out his next turn by using his powers to summon waves on the ground to cause Spongebob to fly into a nearest tree. Spongebob flies off from the treetop and pounds Kale with a Pisces Chop. Kale creates more high wind pressure for his attack and turns the clouds darker on Spongebob’s side of the field. Kale then generates the clouds for Spongebob to get zapped from high intensity. The shock causes Spongebob to lower to the ground, but Patrick then immediately steps in.

 

“I didn’t request for you to take responsibility for this duel,” Kale said to the armor-bearing starfish.

 

“I may have not very much of a brain,” said Patrick, “but I know that you give people with special abilities a bad name!”

 

“It’s amusing when I see you trying to threatening. I guess it’s on, then!” Kale replied. “Don’t be surprised if you end up like your little f-“

 

Kale gets cut off once as Patrick began with jumping the gun and firing a dark blast at him. Kale prepares to unleash his monsoon-based attack while Patrick has his Moonshine Manipulation attack set up. Patrick was in mid-air and causes Kale to fly off into a tree before triggering the lightning. Patrick continues to cream Kale with a big bang blast, swiping the next turn. Kale uses his powers to increase the force of the winds. Patrick attempts to retaliate by using his bout of psychic energy to create sonic waves and hits successfully while holding on from the velocity of the winds. Patrick ends the duel by one more big bang blast and knocks down Kale from attacking anymore.

 

“Looks like I have own strength of will to use my psychic powers now,” said Patrick.

 

“How could a person with Fool’s Powers be considered a Moon Warrior?” Kale groaned. “You merely had a parasite living in you…”

 

“That’s right Yin. I just beat Kale out of defense for Spongebob, that makes me attractive, doesn’t it?” Patrick asked her.

 

“Truth is Patrick….” Yin responded. “I’m starting to be very much aware to your admiration for me. It’s fine, but I’m already married to my husband back in Pisces Planet…”

 

“What husband!?” Patrick exclaimed.

 

“In my defense, I was forced into it, so that side of my life under royal rule isn’t that spectacular.”

 

In a turn of events, Yang warped in front of Kale. Before Yang had his hands crossed and seized him with his grasp, he has the nervous and traumatized look in front of his eyes and ran over to the group urgently. Behind him, Umbriel had arrived with him prior. She was still feeling lightheaded.

 

“You guys are going back to Pisces Planet, it’s an emergency!” Yang commanded.

 

“Now that Kale is taken care of, it feels like a good time to return to that place,” said Yin.

 

“Nearly the entire royal family has been wiped out and the now former emperor is being confined!” Yang uttered. “It’s all part of Makemake’s doing.”

 

“Wait, so you’re saying that Makemake….?” Yin questioned.

 

“If we’re going to have to face him in a duel, he has the ability to make peoples’ hearts into ice, so we better not get ourselves killed,” Yang continued. “Oh yeah, and to raise suspicions, I stealthy followed Makemake around and he came after a meteorite that used to be that great meteor. I found Umbriel after that has happened.”

 

Yang pulls out Umbriel in front of Spongebob and co., who was tired out from the beatings given by Makemake. After a small amount of time, Umbriel awakened from her fatigue.

 

“He wouldn’t dare hit a girl, but he did…” said Umbriel.

 

“Wait a minute, who is Makemake?” Spongebob asked.

 

“That will take a long time to explain, he’s up to something now that he has his hands on the meteorite,” said Yang.

 

“We better find out about his whereabouts and vanquish him as soon as possible!” Spongebob replied, “We also need to gather up Squidward and the others first. More reinforcements would be useful.”

 

Yang and Yin use their teleportation abilities to send Spongebob and friends, and themselves, back to Pisces Planet, specifically where Squidward, Sandy, Candy, Metis, and Prendas left off from the chase. They were still looking up at the asteroid belt with Candy showing sincere concern about Umbriel.

“Well, she’s a goner,” Squidward declared.

 

“Ugh, I can’t be separated from her in a lifetime like this again!” Candy said.

 

“Since you all let something go to waste, that doesn’t stop me from being angry!” Metis exclaimed. “I’ll destroy you guys like a boulder in a training field! No, that doesn’t work….”

 

“Yeah, tell us more about your affinity for rocks,” Prendas said in a snarky tone.

 

“I’ll smash you guys from the inside out like a rock and I’m the pickax! Ugh, that doesn’t do much justice either,” said Metis.

At the very next moment, Spongebob and co. appeared in their location through teleportation.

 

“Let’s go, guys! We need to find Makemake,” Yang ordered towards Squidward, Candy, and Sandy.

 

“Makemake, is that some kind of shoe brand or something?” Squidward questioned. “It’s not like I wear shoes though.”

 

“This is urgent, so I’ll take you guys to the observatory right away,” Yang said and pushed Kale aside. “In the meantime, Kale will wait for the people who will put him in the slammer for unauthorized trespassing.”

 

“Wait, did you guys just say the name Makemake?” Prendas asked curiously. She saw Yang and Yin activating their teleportation powers and seized them before they had the chance. “Take me with you! Believe me when I say that I know much about him!”

 

“That depends if you’re going to be a handful and that you’re not going to be like a traitor,” Yang responded. “Let’s get this over with then.”

 

As Spongebob and co. teleported away from the scene, Makemake was shown placing the meteorite in a machine of some sort.

 

“My scheme is now ready to completely unfold!” Makemake says to himself. “I can feel that blackhole expanding with such energy. Goodbye Pisces Planet and your foolish Pisconarchs…”

 

In the view of the blackhole increasing with power, Titan and Ferdinand could be seen exiting out of hyperspace through the opening of the blackhole.

 

“Lucky for us that we found that shortcut, but I have this feeling that my body is being pushed away,” said Ferdinand while the force of the blackhole was pulling him in through.

 

“Hang on a second, it’s the Blackhole of Quantanova, isn’t it!?” Titan presumes. “In fact, how did we exit hyperspace through that thing?”

 

“It’s no time for questions Titan, you got to make this thing stop!"

-------------------------------

NOTES/TRIVIA:

 

Character Debut(s): Ferdinand

[Steel Sponge]

37. Blackhole of Quantanova (Part 4)

 

At the observatory, Spongebob and all of the others were currently making an endeavor with locating Makemake’s whereabouts around Pisces Planet.

 

“Let’s see, that rascal could be in any private sector all around this planet,” said Yang. “Who knows what he’s going to do with the supply of the meteorites power, and…bingo!”

 

According to the data received, the monitor shows that Makemake is located someplace known as the “Star Factory.”

 

“If we’re going to stop that blackhole, then we can’t make a move without Titan since he’s still missing,” said Yang.

 

“We couldn’t track him, he might be somewhere in the outside world,” Yin pointed out.

 

“Try tracking him again.”

 

Yin, once again, monitors for Titan’s precise location. As it turns out, he has been tracked, as it reveals that he is close to the spot from a big purple line on the screen, representing the blackhole.

 

“The smaller dot should represent Titan, so he’s reached the premises of the blackhole,” Yang clarified. “Our current mission right now is to recover the meteorite to slow the process of the blackhole’s energy.”

 

“By the way, what happened to Umbriel while she had gone off into the asteroid belt?” Candy asked. “At least she’s alright, though.”

 

“Some guy who wanted that meteorite as badly as I do just beat the living the crap out of me to acquire it,” Umbriel answered. “I don’t know who he is now if his ego ranges from Ned Newton or Makemake.”

 

“That’s apparently another part of Makemake’s abilities,” said Yang. “He wears the same face while covering his face and the rest of his body with whatever disguise can make people deceive his looks.”

 

“Keep an eye on him,” Yin remarked. “Be cautious of the other ability Yang has mentioned as well. Alright then, next stop: the Star Factory!”

 

At the now-designated area of the Star Factory, Makemake was cranking up the power to supply for the blackhole while the meteorite was jarred inside the boiler-like machine. The power was being supplied into the atmosphere surrounding the blackhole through a heating up satellite around from the outside of the factory and on top of the machine.

 

Spongebob and co. warped into the inside of the factory. Yang constructs the members to remain incognito before making the approach.

 

“Those Pisconarchs will be forced to surrender and meet the demands of the new supreme ruler of the planet that will soon burn out like a candle,” Makemake monologues. “Or in this case, sucked in oblivion, and perhaps they could end up being cleansed from the blackhole with that beloved planet. This is what everyone will learn for disrespecting the Farsiders and taking too much, plenty control of the alignment and powers among the other planets.”

 

From Titan and Ferdinand’s perspectives, they’re still trying to free themselves from the force of the Blackhole of Quantanova.

 

“If only I had that book about the ancient history of the blackhole, I know just what to do….” Titan contemplates. “My memory should be jogging from some pieces of information, but I can’t put a finger on the blackhole’s weakness…”

 

“Please hurry! I sure am an expert with hyperspace travelling very much than a disaster!” Ferdinand cried.

 

“I think I know what might do it,” said Titan, “but we need more people to work against this. Just hold on there, my friend.”

 

“To be honest here, I don’t have my own variety of powers unlike you might have,” Ferdinand replied. “So I guess it was nice to have somebody to talk with for a while. I could just try and float away, but this thing is getting stronger from the looks of it!”

 

“Yeah, and if I might die, I don’t know what my team members think if my life threw the towel in – especially this girl, who’ve I’ve tried to make comfort for her place in the world.”

 

“You have a team, huh? You’re some man while I haven’t talked with anybody, such as my parents, in a long time. Speaking of time, I guess mine is done.”

 

As the blackhole was increasing in mass and power, Ferdinand was drifted away into it and was eventually swallowed up. As swiftly as he could, Titan tries to ascend away from the rift’s force. He tried to activate some of his notorious attacks, but they still won’t work.

 

“I need the Moon Warriors, wherever they are!” Titan proclaimed.

 

While Makemake was keeping up with the machine, Spongebob and co. went up next to him.

 

“May I help you?” Makemake asked and turned around to see the respective Moon Warriors and other cooperatives, much to his realization. “I can recognize you guys as the Moon Warriors I’ve known during that tournament. I see you too Yin, Yang, and….” He stops when he sees Prendas in the assembled group.

 

“Prendas Lilybud, I think we met, but you don’t seem to remember me,” she introduced.

 

“I suppose it was only for one time, but you have given me influence from that book you’ve written,” Makemake replied. “But I’ve got a bigger influence that I’m not going to explain for you guys.”

 

 “That book must’ve been “How to Overthrow a Position of Power,” isn’t it?” Prendas replied. “That book is no wonder how I’ve got myself banished, but Yang is courteous enough to let it slide and have me hang around this planet.”

 

“Prendas, what are you doin’?” Sandy asked.

 

“I’m calling him out for the mistake inherited by me,” said Prendas. “I knew too much when I used to be a regular inhabitant of Farside Planet and doing research from Pisces Planet to make inquiries for my literary work, but this is not the way to in position of power, because you are a tyrant!”

 

“Look, even Iapetus has gotten some influence from that same book,” Makemake replied. “Call me a tyrant all you want as well, I can see a lot of people calling me words like that while I’m doing something for a better world.”

 

“And you’re doing this by killing citizens who can’t escape from being sucked in by the blackhole’s gravity?” Yang questioned, making an indication.

 

“If they can’t bother to find a habitat to infiltrate, it’s their problem. What are you all going to do, beat me up? As a citizen from Farside Planet I have enough intelligence to get the battle styles, movements, and the own gimmicks memorized from the royal family members.”

 

“You just have to ask that question,” said Lee, “so, maybe we will do just that…”

 

“Alright guys, stick to my type of scheme….” Yang whispered.

 

Without notice from Yang, Makemake gets pounded by Yang’s Blade-erang attack. Makemake instantly keeps his stoutness to hold in the damage and activates his wraith hand attack without a specific target. He tries to take aim for Candy, who was going for the next attack, but she dodges as Makemake suddenly gets hit from Sandy’s Pisces Shuriken. Makemake focuses back on Candy, but gets outnumbered from the speed wasted once as Candy shoots at him her Blazing Beam. Yang uses his multiplication technique and prepares to clash at Makemake with his blade. Makemake uses his mind to cause the duplicates to fade before Spongebob hits him with a Pisces Chop. Thereafter, Yang attacks the one opponent with his Swift Assassination attack. Makemake uses the powers from his staff to cause a shocking reaction from under the ground to cause Spongebob and the others to fly off as Makemake prepares to target them all at that range. Squidward surprises the Farsider with Makemake being attacked by Squidward’s Lunar Drill first. Makemake now has Squidward at his aim and hits him from the non-physical energy of his staff. Makemake eventually gets served again when Yin strikes him with a white blade, at the same time Umbriel fired a neutron star attack from a different direction, but at the same aim.

 

Ugh, this is surely a hive mind that I can’t make out through, Makemake thought. “Enough is enough, I have the power against just about anybody, there’s a only a little chance that you all could defeat me!”

 

Makemake raises his staff below to discharge the power to create waves against the duelers on the field. Prendas was the only individual unharmed through a mind-powered force field. Prendas rolls around and gets into Makemake’s range while the force field was still running, surrounding her. Power was emitted from the guard itself and gives Makemake a shocking serve. For the rest of the way, Makemake was surrounded by the attacks being fired from the battlers, such as Spongebob’s aurora blast, Sandy’s light blast, Patrick’s Moonshine Manipulation, Squidward’s Bungee Sucker Punch, Umbriel’s light blast, Candy’s Aurora Moonquake, and Yang’s Blade-erang.

 

Makemake crawled over to the machine to try and raise the lever while taking all that damage.

 

“I guess I have no way of counterattacking now, you guys are vibrantly skilled from what I can see,” said Makemake.

 

Makemake then activates a series of his wraithlike hand attacks and was about to aim for all the attackers until Prendas nails him down again by slamming him with the boxes around the factory she was controlling. Prendas sees a combination lock for the area that locks in the meteorite and uses her mind powers to get the specific number combination and open up the meteorite’s area from inside the machine, which was attached to a bunch of cords.

 

“Oh no, you don’t!” Makemake said and tries to attack Prendas through a beam from his staff.

 

“Come on Prendas, grab that meteorite!” Candy called out.

 

 Makemake threatens Prendas with another beam as Prendas was using her mind powers to detach the cords and getting her focus interrupted every few seconds. Umbriel jumps in and keeps an eye on both Prendas and Makemake.

 

“So, you want it make it harder for me?” Makemake asked. “No problem!”

 

Makemake now directs his beams at both Umbriel and Prendas, and manages to hit Umbriel at least twice while Prendas was getting down to the last five cords. Squidward goes for a long-distance attack against Makemake with his Bungee Sucker Punch. Also joining Umbriel and Prendas’ side was Candy in defense for Umbriel. As Candy kept taking hits from Makemake whilst the other fighters were cancelling out Makemake’s heart-stopping attack, the last cord was detached. Prendas places the meteorite in the empty sack found around the factory and began running off. In perspective of the blackhole, it stopped increasing with power while Titan is still trying to hang on.

 

“There’s no escaping the newly crowned emperor, fellow traitor!” Makemake bellowed and continued blasting beams from his staff.

 

After a bunch of shots from Makemake’s staff, and a share of the mind powers that he would use, Prendas trips over while trying to avoid one of his beams and leaves the meteorite lying around and exposed. Prendas presses on the meteorite at the same Makemake would grab it and tug it away from the authoress. In a matter of seconds, Spongebob, Squidward, Patrick, Yang, Yin, (with the blue gloves in their utility) Umbriel, and Candy would spring into action and try to take possession of the shimmering meteorite. The effects from the touches would then cause the meteorite to make its pursuers fly off from its charging spark. Instead, an incredibly bright white flash filled the room. Spongebob saw his friends and enemy disappear from his views and could also see the meteorite forming a crack on itself in half. While Spongebob was left in the white void, a person then appears through the inside of the meteorite, starting to crumble.

 

“What is this?” Spongebob asked, dazed than ever.

 

“I’ve allowed my presence to stop space time continuum,” he greeted. “I am the concealed spirit of Magnus Puck Torrentus.”

 

“Yeah, I have so many questions to ask you now,” Spongebob responded. “This Moon Warrior stuff is a hard job for me to do. So, what were you doing from the inside of the meteorite?”

 

“My soul was concealed in there while my body has died out ages ago,” Magnus explained. “It was sometime after I retired my Moon Powers around 1,000 years ago. My spirit was transported into the meteor that wouldn’t cruise off into my own realm until after the next 1,000 years. Because of my concealment, the meteorite that would escape from obit wouldn’t be able to cool unless a greater force counters with the meteorite’s other dose of collective and unused power.”

 

“That sounds stranger than fiction. Honestly, I’m not used to this lifestyle along with almost everyone else. Why was I chosen to be a Moon Warrior, is it all part of some prophecy or anything like that?”

 

“It’s a blessing and a curse, either way you cut it,” Magnus continued. “It’s some price of honor, usually given to anybody without supernatural abilities. The meteor is said to give powers by choice from any citizen from the inside world and the outside world, based on a person’s some kind of ambition. If you don’t think that being a Moon Warrior is not your destiny and just given honor, I could understand that. What do you think of for your desire of destiny….? Oh, and since I didn’t catch your name, I’d like for you to reveal yourself.”

 

“I’m Spongebob Squarepants,” he introduced. “One friend of mine named Titan has said that I descend from you in terms of my family history. Could that be why the meteor chose for me to have those shared powers? Now that question is making me wonder.”

 

“Carry on, Spongebob.”

 

“Now, I guess a part of my destiny says that I want something larger than life. Becoming a Moon Warrior feels effortless if I were to earn that similar heroic destiny. I wanted to be a hero, but this seems too much. The fact that I had a book on Pisces Planet’s history also makes sense too for acquiring these powers. Come to think of it….anyone else that I have met could have had possession of the same book.”

 

“Take your time to get that answer. Soon enough, you’ll also realize your intentions as a Moon Warrior.”

 

“Is there a way that I can be stripped away from these powers and this deoxyDNA?”

 

Magnus’ spirit thought about it for a moment and then answered for him: “There’s a kingdom that used to be part of Pisces Planet that has now been drifted afar from the galaxy and the planet, as an island. It’s as hard as finding a way to get into light speed travel.”

 

“To rearrange the subject for a moment is there a technical reason why Patrick, my best friend, has psychic energy from his Moon Powers?” Spongebob asks again.

 

“You’re thinking of Fool’s Powers, right? In that scenario, people from Farside Planet would transfer those Fool’s Powers into the meteor and its energy. That share of energy must have happened to slip into your friend’s system.”

 

“At some point, I ought to return to reality.”

 

“I think I’ll just do that job for you…”

 

Magnus’ spirit was now preparing to vanish into nothing and transfer Spongebob from the white void, until….

 

“Wait! Do you know who the other two Moon Warriors are since I’ve been told that there are ten in existence?”

 

Before turning away from Spongebob and vanishing, Magnus responded, “Go ahead and tell Yang and Yin that you’ve already found them. Don’t worry about the meteorite now, since it should be cooled when you return from that last place. It will still have some power sealed in it though.”

 

After that, Magnus was completely out of sight and Spongebob appeared back inside the Star Factory where he and the others were holding on to the meteorite. The crumbles from the object reversed and the meteorite now looked good as new, like from when he first saw it. The difference with the meteorite now was that it wasn’t giving off harmful energy.

 

“This thing is mine!” Makemake barked.

 

“It’s ours you greedy little pain the royal ass!” Prendas retorted.

 

“This thing is nobody’s concern now,” said Spongebob.

 

Spongebob shoots various light and aurora blasts until the machine that was displaying power for the blackhole was destroyed. Thereafter, the electricity inside the factory went out.

 

“Who plugs in the machine with the power supply?” Squidward questioned.

 

“Come on guys, we can’t leave Pisces Planet hanging with that blackhole around!” Spongebob commanded.

 

With those words, Spongebob and co. floated off into the location of the blackhole. However, Spongebob was dragged down into the factory by Makemake through his wraith hands and starts threatening him by starting to enforce his heart-stopping attack.

 

“Even if that machine is busted, there’s no stopping the blackhole unless you figure out how to make it dissipate!” Makemake exclaimed. “Also, you surely will be a Moon Warrior no longer once I wipe you out!”

 

Coming straight out of the machine a trail of blue was travelling around the Star Factory and out.

“No….that can’t be, but of course!” Makemake said.

 

“Come again?” Spongebob asked.

 

“My source of energy is roaming off, but no matter, I still have time to kill you!” Makemake continued.

Spongebob attacks Makemake with a Pisces Chop and then both an aurora and light blast before swiftly taking off from the factory and following the trail of energy that was leading him to the location of the Blackhole of Quantanova. While the blackhole was in effect, the citizens could feel themselves floating away from the blackhole’s gravity pulling them in. The planet was also starting to move into the direction of the blackhole. Spongebob could see his friends waiting in the distance while the trail of energy was heading for Titan, out in the horizon.

 

“We found Titan,” said Sandy.

 

“Let’s save him, pronto!” Spongebob commanded.

 

As all the Moon Warriors arrived with Yang, Yin, and Prendas floating around, the trail of energy passed on through Titan’s armor and made it glow.

 

“Titan, we finally found you!” Spongebob called out. “How are you feeling, buddy?”

 

“At first, I felt hopeless….but I’m feeling empowered now,” Titan responded. “I feel like that I can use my powers again. In a situation like this, I knew that I shouldn’t have parted ways from you guys.”

 

“So, how do we destroy this blackhole?” Sandy asked.

 

“If we release in enough power for this blackhole to consume, it will eventually dissipate when it draws in too much,” said Titan. “It will take a long while for our powers to cause the thing to disappear, but what matters is that we’re working together!”

 

Spongebob starts blasting away at the blackhole with a series of aurora and light blasts. Umbriel supplies it with the same type of attacks from Spongebob, following by some neutron star attacks. Patrick shoots away with his dark, nova, and big bang blasts. While Squidward shoots at the blackhole with his two standardized non-physical attacks, Candy fires away with a series of Blazing Beams. Titan uses his Technicolor Beams while Yang and Yin shoot their own and introduced supply of non-physical blasts. Sandy blasts away her usual light and aurora blasts and Lee shoots a series of duplicated dark and nova blasts, as well as the Blazing Beams from Candy’s utility. The blackhole could be heard rumbling after all that energy it was collecting.

 

“It’s still not enough, let’s keep at it!” Titan said.

 

Spongebob and co. shot away against the blackhole again, but with their technique in a different order among the blasts they were using. The blackhole continues growling and it could be seen minimizing a bit.

 

“We’re getting closer to destroying it, while we continue at this pace, let’s think big on our powers,” said Titan.

 

The words that Titan has spoke out now wraps around Spongebob’s head as he could remember what happened from much earlier:

 

“It looks like I now how to vary the sizes of my Moon Powers.” – A memory from when Spongebob managed to minimize his brightness tornado makes Spongebob think for a good moment through that voice in his head.

 

While Spongebob’s cooperatives, besides Prendas, were firing away with their blasts into the mouth of the blackhole, Spongebob steadily focuses on his use on this light and aurora blasts. His incoming light blast in particular was increased in size and successfully enters into the blackhole. Spongebob continues with his mass-induction to his two attacks until the blackhole could be seen stopping its rotation, as well as the opening starting to close in. The anti-gravity on Pisces Planet comes to a stop while the blackhole itself began to explode.

 

Watching the destruction of the Blackhole of Quantanova, Spongebob and co. could feel themselves falling away from obit, regardless of the anti-gravity in space. They each continued to fall down and into the underwater world until taking the damage from the fall into the ground. Spongebob was feeling too fatigued to get back up due to the energy he wasted. The Moon Warriors and others could see that it was almost dawn in terms of the current time.

 

“The planet is saved, a job well done….” Spongebob groaned. “Looks like the team is back together now, is it?”

 

“Agreed,” Titan responded.

 

“Hold it up,” said Sandy. “Where did Umbriel go?”

 

“We better go and find her now, she can’t hide from us forever,” said Candy.

 

As it seems, Umbriel was nowhere to be seen, even as for Yin. Courtesy of Yin, she and Umbriel have transported into the premises of the witch doctor’s cottage. It was also revealed that Umbriel has kept the meteorite from behind her back prior to attacking the blackhole.

 

“Everyone else is going to realize that we’ve gone off,” Yin pointed out.

 

“I know, but I really needed to get this out of the way,” Umbriel responded and went up close to the cottage. “Oh witch doctor, I know it’s too early or too late, but I have something you should look into!”

 

Meanwhile, Makemake transported himself back to the throne room inside the kingdom, contemplating on his next plan.

 

“I guess it’s time I formulate the next step to my master-plan,” said Makemake. “With the blackhole destroyed, there must be another way to not only get rid of Pisces Planet, but to rid of those confounded Moon Warriors.”

 

Kale and Metis were then briefly shown as they were still hanging around. At that time, the planet’s police force was finally showing up.

 

“When I ever see those guys again, I’ll….I’ll grind them into sand like little pebbles, yeah that’s a good enough catch!” Metis said.

 

As the police were escorting Kale away, Kale then states, “Great, the authorities can now take me in. I deserve better than this.”

-----------------------------

NOTES/TRIVIA:

 

Character Debut(s): Magnus Puck Torrentus

 

Spoiler

-Ferdinand gets killed in action, due to being pulled away by the blackhole.

-Titan reinstates with the Moon Warriors with Umbriel's relationships with either being a stray or a team member still being at an impasse. Umbriel currently holds on to the meteorite.

-Yang and Yin are revealed to be the last two Moon Warriors, as mentioned by Magnus.

[Steel Sponge]

10 episodes left. Prepare yourselves.

 

 

38. The Team Complete

 

The Witch Doctor opened up the door from the inside and sees Umbriel and an unfamiliar face. She focused more on the meteorite in Umbriel’s hands.

 

“I’ve got something special….do you know how to perform the remedy now?” Umbriel asked.

 

“Lucky for you to say,” the Witch Doctor responded. “While you were missing, I’ve done more research about deoxyDNA removal. Where did you find that meteorite, and are you certain that it’s the meteor from Pisces Planet? AND who is that?” She was referring to Yin.

 

“I didn’t find it, but my so-called cooperatives did,” Umbriel replied. “I returned it after taking a holiday in Pisces Planet. Yin, who is right besides me, comes from that place.”

 

“May I pay a visit with your cooperatives that you speak of?” The Witch Doctor asked.

 

Umbriel’s face turns to a flustered expression and then revokes her previous statement, saying nervously, “Actually, forget that I said that! Cooperatives, what am I talking about?”

 

“What’s the truth then?”

 

Suddenly, Yang’s teleportation brought himself, Prendas, and the other Moon Warriors into view around the cottage in the woods.

 

“Apparently, my “friends” are aliens, some of them in particular,” said Umbriel.

 

“I’m not surprised that you already realized that I came here with Umbriel,” Yin said to Yang, What should we do now with Pisces Planet being endangered?”

 

“I don’t know. Never come back?” Yang responded. “We’re stuck here now and it’s just because Makemake turned things into hell.”

 

“Which one of you people found that meteorite first?” The Witch Doctor asked.

 

“I have!” Spongebob, Squidward, Patrick, and Sandy said simultaneously.

 

“In fact, I have a much bigger story about this meteorite,” Spongebob started explaining. “Patrick, Squidward, Sandy, and I found this in the middle of Bikini Bottom. It was too powerful to touch and so we put it in a handy little sack for the entire next day until a rock collector stole it from us and escaped with it in Pisces Planet. The next thing I supposed that happened was that Umbriel was then hanging onto it until some guy stole it back and used it as a power source to increase the energy of a blackhole before we destroyed it. The power from the inside of the meteorite cooled by the time I released the spirit of Magnus Torrentus and told me some important things. As I can see, now it’s here,” he concluded, gesturing towards Umbriel and the specific object.

 

The Witch Doctor took the time to get the information through her mind while listening.

 

“That’s certainly everything I need to know for a crazy story like that,” the Witch Doctor said. “Now I have all day until evening to work on a remedy for Umbriel’s Moon Powers, so I’ll see all of you until the time being.”

 

The Witch Doctor then closed the door shut while the Moon Warriors and others spent the rest of the day waiting around. It was now dark.

“So, you’re not going to turn away from us this time?” Titan asked Umbriel.

 

“Says you, but you’re not going to abandon the group members anymore now, right?” Umbriel asked back.

 

“Also, that woman said she was going to work on a remedy for you. Is that why you needed that meteorite so badly, to get rid of your powers?”

 

“I’m afraid you’ve got it all figured out now. And since I know you’re going to ask why, don’t.” Umbriel then starts walking towards the cottage and then states, “I at least need a sneak preview of what the Witch Doctor is creating.”

 

As Umbriel kept knocking on the door, the Witch Doctor didn’t rebound. Now shown was Spongebob discussing with Prendas.

 

“So, how’s the weather….miss Prendas?” Spongebob asked.

 

“I should really start arranging a relationship,” Prendas said to herself, then spoke: “The night sky is a beauty, as it was back when I was a legal citizen in Pisces Planet. Now I’m here and I don’t know what to do, except sitting here, thinking about what that witch is doing with that meteorite.”

 

“I recall that you betrayed the royals and got sent back to the deep blue, right?” Spongebob asked again.

 

“After that was done, all I could think of planning on was getting my own Moon Powers artificially, if only if I wasn’t lucky,” Prendas replied. “As it turns out, I wasn’t and you were.”

 

“No need to be so jealous,” Spongebob replied. “I have yet to understand the main reason for inheriting these powers among all the others.”

 

Yang looks over to see Spongebob and Prendas in his view, and turns his head around, thinking to himself: Now I recognize that face completely, Prendas is a spitting image of Pandora. Frankly, Pandora can’t be alive if she was killed back at the Bermuda Triangle. Yet again, Prendas is probably not the same person, but how could her looks pass up to me as Pandora’s then? I’m just going to warn the sponge about her identity, whether or not my theory is correct that the second coming of Pandora has come.

 

“Spongebob, come over here!” Yang called out.

 

Spongebob went trotting over to Yang for his attention as Prendas sits alone.

 

“You seem eager to tell me something….that I should know?” Spongebob said.

 

“Of course – say, has it ever occurred to you that Prendas is technically Pandora?” Yang questioned.

 

“Prendas is a little crazy, but she seems to be well-mannered and smooth to talk with,” Spongebob replied. “I don’t know what you’re getting at while Prendas is different in her own way and is an ordinary fish.”

 

“Open your eyes and think to yourself if Pandora somehow came back and became Prendas in some way. I’m raising my suspicions.”

Yang then walked away from Spongebob and went over to Yin’s side, sitting around on the field. A couple hours passed and the Witch Doctor stepped out.

 

“Are you sure this crazy method is possible?” Titan asked in front of Umbriel.

 

“The first practice of the removal of deoxyDNA was developed and performed ages ago, Neptune knows,” the Witch Doctor answered. “Indeed is it possible.”

 

Umbriel went over to clutch on the Witch Doctor tightly and then said, “Thank you! You sure were big help.”

 

“Now stop hugging me for this one moment,” the Witch Doctor said and makes the female Moon Warrior let go by her own force. “I’m getting the supplies.”

 

Minutes later, the Witch Doctor returned to the field, pushing away a dark red cauldron along with the meteorite.

“My backside used to be less undernourished enough to push this thing over here, but no matter,” she said. “I shall now demonstrate the first step of this remedy.”

 

She held a gadget and pressed it for the meteorite to defy the gravity from the cauldron. Sparkling particles were also shown moving upward.

 

“Basically, I’m using a form of sorcery to balance out the gravity from the inside of this cauldron and enhance the power of this meteorite with a batch of “asteroid powder” to follow suit with the anti-gravity effect. To keep the cauldron warming up with power, the dust has a molecule reaction in-between that and the meteorite.”

 

“What do you do to create the anti-gravity, and what asteroid dust?” Sandy asked.

 

“It’s easier that I explain how this remedy functions,” the Witch Doctor responded. “Umbriel, come over here and I’ll give you the next step to this process.”

 

Umbriel eases over to the cauldron and waits for the next command.

 

“Now this is the part where another volunteer could be used for this process,” the Witch Doctor explained. “How this remedy works is that your powers will be passed onto the inside of another’s anatomy.”

 

“So this doesn’t kill the radiation and works as an exchange?” Umbriel questioned, feeling baffled.

 

“Exactly, they don’t seem to just merely go away, at least according to my research. Certainly one of you fellows doesn’t possess Moon Powers whatsoever.”

 

“Yes!” Prendas exclaimed. She paced and peered closer to the place of the cauldron.

 

“Alright now, any final words before beginning the process?” The Witch Doctor asked.

 

“I’d like to know all the reasons for why Umbriel is turning over her powers and abandoning the Moon Warrior code,” said Titan.

 

“Not to mention why Umbriel is exchanging them to someone like Prendas, or Pandora,” Yang added. “Pick your poison.”

 

“And I still don’t see his point,” Spongebob declared, in subject to Yang’s statement.

 

Umbriel was tempted to touch the meteorite without making her last statement while having her heart race.

 

“You guys want the explanation? Fine, I’ll spill the beans!” Umbriel exclaimed, releasing all that stress. “After this is done, I’ll no longer and never again be part of this rotten team anyway!”

 

Everyone except Yang became stunned, even for the Witch Doctor. “Go ahead,” she then said.

 

“About 15 years ago, I was born under the moonlight,” Umbriel was explaining. “It was the first day of Pisces for the zodiac moon cycle and I was given the ability of reading auras. I don’t know how that came to be, but I’m certain it was the moon’s doing. Later in life, my aura reading has made me look like a fool in the outside world, mostly among my peers in school. They thought I was insane for speaking about their distinctiveness. I was otherwise known as a “Moonchild.” I haven’t heard from my mother since I was 5. I assume she might have died in absentia. I never met my father for no clear reason why. In the meantime, my grandparents were there for me, as well as the only person who looked up to me, as well as one of few who possessed a good aura: Candy. Ever since I had aura reading powers, my grandparents have been researching my abilities and how I can control them. Blessing or a curse, for better or worse, I increasingly wanted a more ordinary life. I changed my personality and my name, ran off into Rock Bottom, also left the school life and got rid of my yellow hair for white and black. It was a way to try and see if I could accept myself as a Moonchild. That didn’t benefit, even when I became a Moon Warrior, as my irregularity still felt like a big deal among almost everybody. That’s not the worst part, the more intensity I feel with my Moon Warriors rage that I increase of my own aura, the more closer I am to getting myself killed, as my grandparents said. Having two abilities apparently gets in the way of my own life, even though I’m still alive as long as I don’t use my powers that aren’t my aura reading. Therefore I have a lot of reasons why I’m not made for the honor of being a Moon Warrior. Long story, I know.”

 

“You at least have the guts to tell us all those details. You shouldn’t feel so stressed now, right?” Titan asked.

 

“You should take a look at our auras and tell us whether or not they’re good,” said Yin.

 

From Umbriel’s view of Spongebob and co.’s auras, they all seem to be showing a hue of orange. Prendas’ was more modest with orange and a light yellow while the Witch Doctor’s was shown to be light blue.

 

“Your auras seem to look powerful when it comes to your powers, except for the Witch Doctor,” said Umbriel.

 

“Here’s another thing: do we care about how extraordinary you are?” Spongebob asked. “It’s not just Candy who accepts the other half of your abilities that we all now know about. We cared for you all the way through your journey despite some of your antics.”

 

“In fact, we went through a lot of trouble to find you and Titan!” Sandy added.

 

“I never really cared for anybody in this team,” Lee proclaimed, “but I’m not saying you’re not exceptional, Umbriel.”

 

“…Wow,” Umbriel murmured, “Aside from all these risks I went through, I guess I wasn’t living too rough. I should stop caring too much.”

 

“One last thing….” Candy spoke. “I don’t think you should do this process. Do you think you can do a favor and let me trade away my Moon Powers instead?”

 

Those words struck Umbriel into a speechless state.

 

Umbriel continued and then asked her, “What are you saying? …Don’t you enjoy being a Moon Warrior a lot more than I do?”

 

“What if the ability that you were born with also gets passed over to Prendas?” Candy inquired. “What if the remedy ends up killing you? With double the energy, the higher the risk when the process triples it, since that’s what I’m thinking. I know, I’m sorry…I’m just too concerned.”

 

“Come on, what choice have I got?”

 

“Perhaps you can start realizing who you are now, not just by name. You say you’re not Rosemary, and you’re not Umbriel. Who do you think you are now?” Candy continued.

 

“Didn’t you want an adventure like this?”

 

“I can’t take the risk of having an adventure as a Moon Warrior. I’m not a coward, but it’s too dangerous for me, through my current thoughts. I still want an adventure: an adventure as my regular, old, journalist self with my good pal Umbriel. I will receive Prendas’ Fools Powers, but I wouldn’t be doing a huge job. Sensing that she wants Moon Powers as badly means that I have to make a generous decision.”

 

“Alright, fine…if I’m going to keep these powers, then I have to be careful not to….kill myself.”

 

“Now let’s get this over with!” The Witch Doctor began. “Next step: Candy, Prendas, hold on to the meteorite!”

 

As instructed, Candy and Prendas lay their hands onto the floating object.

 

“Great, much better than standing around and just watching that thing float, isn’t it?” The Witch Doctor said. “Now focus. Concentrate as much as you can and then press harder.”

 

The two continue with the process and do as so, grabbing the meteorite more tightly.

 

“Now, if you feel something streaming inside your skin, take the opportunity to let yourself go.”

 

Candy and Prendas then let go of the meteorite when they feel part of their body leaving and entering. As it now appears, Candy’s lavender armor was gone and was embossed onto Prendas’ body. The meteorite’s power that glowed from the inside faded away as well.

 

“This is just what the doctor ordered!” Prendas said. “Take a good look at the newest Moon Warrior!”

 

“Your welcome, don’t rub it in,” said the Witch Doctor, holding the absolutely ordinary space rock. “That will be four-hundred sand-dollars….nah, I kid!”

 

As the Moon Warriors were still hanging out near the woods, they went over to the hilltop close by. Spongebob saw Yang alone, looking up at the sky, and ran up to acquaintance with him.

 

“So, we’re in good terms and we can work together now along with your partner Yin, correct?” Spongebob asked.

 

“You and your other teammates should have enough skill to handle the duels between people like Phobos and Deimos,” Yang responded. “How much more help do you need?”

 

“Well….I had this strange vision with Magnus Torrentus involved with it, and that told me who the last two official Moon Warriors are,” Spongebob replied. “Could those two be Yin and you, Yang?”

 

“Oh, you’re crazy, you don’t know enough about me and Yin, and!-“Yang replied. He stopped in his sentence and gave a sigh. “You know, I can’t pretend anymore….you figured out the big mystery now.”
 

Yang’s abdomen and other parts of his body split and reveal his black Moon Warrior armor.

“As an expert Moon Warrior, I have the ability to hide my attire through cloaking,” said Yang. “I have a story too if you want to hear it.”

 

“The more I know, the better am I to understanding the Pisces Planet ethics, do tell,” Spongebob replied.

 

“For a while, you guys, especially Squidward, see me as an evil fighter,” Yang explained. “Really, I go around honoring people who received Moon Powers until they were officially licensed as skilled fighters like other two members of the royal family who receive said powers. Yin and I were the ones. Being fighters before receiving powers wasn’t so thrilling back in the planet.”

 

“Yeah, you’re not such a bad guy at all.”

 

“I’ve been practicing combat with Yin for roughly over 9100 years because two members of the royal group are said to be destined to become warriors,” Yang continued. “Well, I don’t believe in destiny. Being a child, I felt that I was forced to be practicing duel-styled combat for 5 times a week by Kerberos. My father Io was also stern with my practicing and would sometimes punish me for shirking. My definitely former friend Makemake has been pestering me about how he could become a Moon Warrior. Life was rougher when Makemake arranged marriage for Yin and started drafting soldiers for hire into the outside world. Then it was underway for him to cheat his way into the throne.”

 

“That’s pretty deep,” Spongebob commented. “Is there anything else you would add?”

 

“Kerberos wasn’t a bad emperor at all, but he seemed to be blinded by Makemake’s outrageous execution for me to understand my suggestion of renovating the work force among us and the other high authorities. Even without being an emperor, Makemake would be threatening me for something like “not killing the Moon Warriors,” but it was all part of the code that a Moon Warrior cannot be killed under any unreasonable manner that he didn’t understand. It was obvious that he hated the Moon Warriors concept. When Yin and I realized we had deoxyDNA within us, it was important that we mask up our powers so that Makemake wouldn’t go down into killing us and commit to seeking out the Moon Warriors, as well as lying to the same “new emperor” of seeking them to kill them in our act.”

 

“I think you said Makemake was from Farside Planet. How did he sneak his way into the royal line?”

 

“He is, and became part of it, even when he was totally honest about being from a different planet. The fact that he came in peace was a lie that he formed. There’s so much that I could say to you, but I’m breaking things down. I’m probably only safe here alongside Yin before we form our plan on defeating Makemake for good. Seeing all those deaths caused by Makemake and putting me at guilt….it was a pain – My father Io, my mother Helene, Yin’s parents, everyone else, all gone.”

 

“Oh, I’m sorry that’s happened to you.”

 

“Now Makemake is turning the planet into a living hell and he’s threatening the citizens to death for his Farside Planet. Honestly, I just don’t want to die….especially after what has happened so recently.”

 

“And this is coming from one of the most serious and bravest Moon Warriors I’ve known. You can’t just let some guy bring you long-lasting fear.”

 

“I can go without the pep talk and get over it though. Now we better head back to the summit that holds the Sagittarius moon…as soon as possible, now that you have a couple of warriors with a hand at teleportation.”

 

“Wait, you mean we’re going right now!?”

 

Yang now uses his teleportation technique to send Spongebob, all the other Moon Warriors aside from Candy, and himself all at the Basin Borough summit.

 

“No need to be such in a hurry,” Spongebob said towards Yang.

 

“It’s time that you would now be ready for anything,” Yang responded. “I won’t pressure you guys the rest of the way.”

 

“It’s been like, what, an hour until you guys showed up?” Deimos said, in front of the hilltop with Phobos. “You wouldn’t want to mess with us, especially with Makemake around making all the rules.”

 

“For a couple of Pisconarchs, I’m surprised that Makemake still has you two around,” said Titan.

 

“Well, don’t get us the wrong idea. We love Moon Warriors. Between us, we’re never here to try and kill you warriors,” Deimos replied.

“Whose side are you on!?” Yang questioned. “Don’t you fear that tyrant in any way?”

 

“No more time to explain! We’re going to have a duel with the same technique we created back when we pummeled your two female warriors,” Phobos concluded.

 

The duel begins with Phobos and Deimos each firing their crossbow arrow attacks, only for their technique to be avoided by the battlers. While Candy was in the sidelines, Prendas gives out the first attack by using Candy’s Blazing Beam on Deimos. Prendas quickly dodges the arrow through her reflexes as Umbriel takes the next turn to fire a neutron star attack at Phobos, alongside Sandy tossing Pisces Shuriken at the same target. Yang blocks the arrows coming for him with his Blade-er-rang and that attack successfully strikes the couple. Yin then uses her white blade against Phobos with multiple strikes. Squidward uses his Bungee Sucker Punch against Deimos alongside Yin’s side. Once as Phobos managed to hit Yin with one of her arrows, Patrick takes the counterattack with his big bang blast. Deimos also manages to directly damage Spongebob. Spongebob, almost feeling feeble, retaliates with his brightness tornado while the other Moon Warriors block out the incoming attacks from Phobos and Deimos. For the rest of the duel, Phobos and Deimos continue to get creamed by the Moon Warriors through a series of their other signature attacks until they were down and admitted to defeat.

 

By the fact that Spongebob still has the moon restoration device wrapped around his arm, he points it over to the Sagittarius moon and cleansed the Pisces mist from it from a press of a few buttons and the device’s vacuum-like power.

 

“For sure, Makemake said that he’ll remove us in a harmful way and send in “the ultimate Gemini” for the job,” Phobos proclaimed, panting from the respective duel, “at least after we fail for the next moon.”

 

“We’re not afraid…yet, but we’ll come back stronger than ever,” Deimos declared and left the battlefield with Phobos through teleportation.

 

“In subject to Makemake, I better start planning on that divorce,” said Yin.

 

“Good call,” Patrick uttered towards her.

-----------------------------------

NOTES/TRIVIA:

 

The Moon Warriors team becomes fully assembled, with Yin and Yang joining as the official last two of the bunch and Candy giving up her powers to Prendas.

[Steel Sponge]

39. Seasons of Love

 

“Where should we go now?” Spongebob asked. “We should probably prepare before going to the summit of our next objective moon.”

 

“I say we hang out here for a while before we camp out someplace,” Titan suggested.

 

Panning over to Pisces Planet, Makemake was inside the kingdom. He has the wellbeing of the throne room and set up a discussion with Phobos and Deimos.

 

“You know what I said,” Makemake stated sternly, “one more fluke and who knows what punishment I’ll decide for you two.”

 

“Short discussion, huh?” Deimos responded. “For what we can apprehend, those Moon Warriors get stronger, but we get lucky if we do defeat them.”

“No matter what, they’re always going to be able to restore the zodiac moon cycle, even after a rematch,” said Phobos, “and we’re going to rematch them and block them off with a duel until they drop dead or decide to give in to your new royal order.”

 

“Then why don’t you two just simply kill those two Moon Warriors!?” Makemake questioned with seething rage and leaning his head closer to the duo.

 

“I don’t think anybody could take you seriously if you’re going to sound so spoiled,” Deimos replied.

 

“If I may ask you, you’re from Farside Planet, then why do you show support for us and give us the authority to guard the other eleven moons?” Phobos asked.

 

For their sake, Makemake holds in his anger. His frown becomes neutralized and he then responds, “You two are the best combatants, affordable enough to bring down any Moon Warrior and you two might have proven me wrong. Either I will back you guys up with Iapetus or the ultimate Gemini is guarding the eleventh, or even the tenth, moon.”

“We need a better advantage, what do you got?” Deimos asked.

 

“I will create an attachment for your abilities,” Makemake answered. “You can consider them upgrades once you each receive them in due time.”

 

“What now?” Phobos said.

 

Makemake returned to lounging on his throne and replied, “I will direct the Farside soldiers to rearrange the conditions of the Pisconarchs, capture them or enlist them. The rest of our soldiers, part of this planet, will do some mandatory work with guarding this kingdom and making development plans for my next project.”

 

From the outside of the kingdom, an upright amount of Pisconarchs were being shackled and sent to a trolley, with engine combustion chambers and blue waves forming when it floats. Among the victims was Halimede, with Proteus being his “chauffeur.”

 

“So, we just had a new emperor?” Halimede asked.

“You’re being liberated, so that would mean that you just got the memo,” Proteus responded.

 

Meanwhile, Spongebob and co. were still spending the rest of their night at the hilltop and eating moon pies. Prendas was one of the two who didn’t eat one while Umbriel decided to be distant from their little activities and just walked around with a frown.

 

“Come on Umbriel,” said Titan. “Wouldn’t a moon pie make you feel happier?”

 

“Don’t you realize that I’m not hungry right now?” Umbriel asserted.

 

“Well, if it didn’t work for Lee the first time, then I shouldn’t have asked. It was only a suggestion,” Titan replied.

 

“Don’t be such a Debbie Downer and enjoy this treat like I am!” Lee said towards Umbriel and was given a stare from her afterwards. “Was that unnecessary?”

 

While Prendas and Patrick were sitting close to each other, Patrick starts talking it up.

 

“Do you want one?” Patrick asked.

 

“I’m diabetic,” Prendas responded. “It wouldn’t hurt so much for my strict diet, but I still don’t want a moon pie.”

 

“Hmmm…Spongebob knows how to make some good Krabby Patties. If he’s still at the Krusty Krab, you could go for one of those,” Patrick replied.

 

“I don’t tend to eat hearty, meaty foods either,” Prendas replied.

 

“Even though it’s been long since I was in Goofy Goober, but maybe you can go for a goober sundae whenever you drop by at Bikini Bottom.”

 

“I have a seanut allergy. In fact, I also happen to be lactose intolerant. Let’s see….I also hate the taste of seaweed and kelp, I can’t seem to digest anything that is wheat, most vegetables make me gassy so I’m certainly not prone to have that on my diet, fruit makes me hurl, and the concept of fish eating seafood is just flat out wrong to me. I think I’ll go roll with Spongebob for a moment.”

 

As Prendas walks over to the precise sea sponge, Patrick was puzzled and utterly speechless.

 

Patrick was at a loss for words until calling out to Prendas, “Well, I’m surprised to know that you’re alive!”

 

Patrick then moves from his spot and settled close to Yins side.

 

“This is going to be a blast, now that you’re part of the team, right Yin?” He asked.

 

“Marvelous,” Yin responded and started pointing upwards to the night sky when she saw a group of stars arranging. “Oh, I could see a constellation being formed.”

 

After the stars were aligned, it becomes animated and turned into a star arrangement of Makemake’s face.

 

“Surprised you guys, didn’t I?” Makemake began. “You’re all the ones that stopped my blackhole plan, but I’m not done with my next plan of getting rid of all of you. From the looks of it, now I know of Yang and Yin’s secret abilities and that you guys have a new Moon Warrior on your side.”

 

“I traded them away to Prendas anyway,” said Candy.

 

“You better not have been bringing harm to the rest of the Pisconarchs,” Yang argued to the constellation manipulation of his highness.

 

“Oh dear warrior, I already did punish most of them,” Makemake responded. “When the time comes, prepare to try and beat the heat. While you’re all still trying to restore the moon cycle, just remember that I still have an eye on all of you….12 shades of me are glimpsing an eye on you all!”

 

“What’s that supposed to mean?” Sandy asked angrily.

 

“I better stop chatting with you Moon Warriors,” Makemake continued. “Also don’t forget that you’re all part of a discrete group of “honor” and I am the master! Be warned when you each try and stop me the next time we convene!”

 

The conversation ends as the technique formed by Makemake dissipates from the ordinary starry sky.

 

“You know, who’s going to take him seriously?” Titan questioned. “Let’s all prepare for the next morning.”

 

“Yeah, what he said….” Yang said nervously. “So I’ll agree that he doesn’t sound so sincere, for one with the highest degree of power.”

 

The Moon Warriors then camped out near the summit and called it a night. Everyone except Umbriel has gotten up before the next morning arrived. Titan peered back inside to see her dozing around.

“Good old Umbriel….sort of,” Titan whispered. “She’s probably not going to be stubborn as she was for the rest of the missions. Umbriel! Are you getting up yet!?”

 

By the volume of his voice, Umbriel’s eye lit open and placed her pillow on her face.

 

“Oh….” Umbriel was saying before shifting her tone, “I guess I’ll get ready. Just don’t pressure me.”

 

After Umbriel became prepared, Spongebob and co. strolled around in the city heights of Basin Borough.

 

“Now, the Capricorn moon is our next objective,” said Yang. “It’s located somewhere in a pier. Depending on the place of the summit, it seems illogical when I think about it.”

“So, it turns out that you and Yin are the other two Moon Warriors the whole time,” Titan interrupted while looking through the Pisces Planet history book. “I was the leader before I departed, so we just stick to yours truly doing the leadership role.”

 

“I’m a higher-ranked specialist in Moon Powers than you are, technically,” Yang argued. “I think I’ll be the leader from this point.”

 

“Are you guys forgetting who was once named Moon Warrior #1?” Squidward questioned, butting in the conversation. “At least give me a chance at being the leader!”

 

“Yeah, brag all you want,” Yang responded. “You’ll get used to the trooper gig.”

 

“Whoever is leader is the one who has this device,” said Spongebob, shoving his watch-like gadget bearing arm in front of the group members. “Under that circumstance, I think it’s fair that I’m the still the leader.”

 

“And since Spongebob managed to have contact with Magnus, I have a reason to return to my research on him,” Titan added.

 

“Hey, I can see some of our old friends over there!” Spongebob uttered.

 

That was when Spongebob pointed over to Sao, Miranda, Galileo, and Celeste standing around town and the group started toddling over to them.

 

“Whoa, what brought them here!?” Titan questioned.

 

“How’s it going? We definitely haven’t seen you four in a while,” Spongebob greeted and offered them a shake for his hand.

 

“Looks like we’re not the only ones stuck here from our home planet,” Galileo proclaimed.

“For sure, I’m here because I lost track of Solid Shell when I got transported to Pisces Planet before returning to this world,” said Sao. “I’m not in my disguise currently, so I have to make sure Solid Shell doesn’t flip and all when I see him.”

 

“And we’re all in this mess because the new emperor, said Miranda. “You can call us “The Resistance!””

 

“I’ve heard that team name numerous times, sounds iffy,” Lee commented.

 

“Then you can call ourselves the “Freedom Fighters,”” Miranda replied.

 

“That’s also a name that tells me that I’ve heard of it all before,” Lee replied.

 

“Then let’s mix things around a bit, does the “Freedom Resistance” work for you?” Galileo suggested.

 

“If you guys are implying that you’re literally resisting freedom, then that makes little sense.”

 

“What do you think of “The Furious Four””? Celeste asked.

 

“Don’t tell me that you guys are actually so tense to be well-suited with that title.”

 

“Here’s one idea I’ve had in mind that I’m really tempted to share: somebody tell Lee to shut up,” said Sao. “Seriously though, I think we have the perfect name: we are the Gladiators of the Rising Stars. Like it, love it.”

 

“Great, now that we have our name, why don’t we tell these folks where we’re heading?” Miranda asked towards Sao.

 

“Before you guys talk that up, aren’t you guys performing illegal alien acts by wandering around the ocean without a cause?” Titan asked.

 

“Technically, I was commissioned to seek Moon Warriors, but I was too docile and decided to hang around until I got tired of the underwater world,” Sao explained. “It’s a good thing I never returned. It was also a good thing I learned of cloaking by the time I was going to be encountered by Solid Shell and forced into his gig, or else he bounds and gags me.”

 

“We actually did have the authority before we suddenly had a new emperor, so we’re all in the clear unless the opposing forces decide to take us away,” said Celeste.

 

“Onto the main subject, we each thought we unwind and go to the beach in Crystalline Coast,” said Miranda.
 

“You guys head on over there while we have to go straight to the Capricorn moon summit as soon as possible,” Titan responded.

 

 “Come on Titan, don’t we need a little vacation from the blood and sweat of all our previous duels?” Umbriel asked.

“If you insist that we should take a breather….” Titan was saying and gave a little moment of silence to wrap his thoughts around, “I guess we can go and make you guys feel less lonely.”

 

“Excellent!” Miranda said. “Now do your little thing, Yang…or Yin.”

 

“The things I do for you people…” Yang said to himself and momentarily speaks up to say, “If it’s a luau you guys want, let’s go.”

 

Through the courtesy of Yang and Yin’s teleportation ability, Spongebob and co. were warped directly into the beach area of Crystalline Coast. They could see the beachgoers bathing themselves near the sun and others doing all sorts of activities there.

 

“So, this is some kind of beach episode we’re having now?” Squidward asked.

 

“Let’s just unwind for this one time, we could go for a day at the beach,” said Spongebob.

 

“I’m already thinking of catching some waves and riding through the riptides!” Sandy said, grabbing a surfboard conveniently. “Strangely, I don’t leave without one of these.”

 

“Did you guys know that the seaside of Crystalline Coast is considered one of the finest places for love?” Celeste said. “I’m going to go canoe riding.”

 

“Count me in!” Squidward said, walking over to Celeste’s side, “You wouldn’t mind hanging out with me, right?”

 

“Cousins first,” said Galileo and went over to Celeste’s side as well. “If you’re thinking of making a move with her, don’t.”

 

“I’ll have you know that it was merely a friendly gesture!” Squidward replied. “What are we waiting for? Let’s head out to sea!”

 

When the three started going out to shore and after Sandy started drifting through the waves, Patrick says to Yin, “While they’re at it, we can spend some time with each other, is that alright with you?”

 

“Sure we can….but I’m not too fond of that,” Yin responded.

 

“Combat partners first,” Yang uttered, going over to Patrick and Yin’s side. “I like playing this type of love game.”

 

After that, Patrick, Yang, and Yin head out to the snack bar while the other members of the resistance and Moon Warriors team stood on the seaside, still trying to think of how they could spend their day.

 

“Say Umbriel, how about we go out for a canoe ride too?” Titan suggested.

 

“What are you getting at?” Umbriel asked.

 

“I’ll show you what it’s like!” Titan said and grabbed her arm to drag her over to the nearest wooden canoe on shore.

 

“If this is a place for romance, then this is how I’m going to go around relationship-hunting,” said Prendas. She walked over to one of the beach umbrellas.

 

“Sounds interesting, I’ll back you up!” Candy said and immediately went to her side.

 

“I’m just going to practically do nothing,” said Lee, “how about you, Spongebob?”

 

As Lee walked away, Spongebob stood on the sandy surface, all alone.

 

“I guess I’m on my own for this little vacation,” Spongebob said. Entrapping himself into his thoughts, his voice then echoes to him: Or you could just wait until Sandy is done with her surfing. Not only that, you can’t just sit around, you always seem to seize the day! Well….whatever I can do is the choice I’ve made.

 

The current main perspective shows Patrick, Yang, and Yin sitting around at the snack bar.

 

“So, what do you two want to talk about?” Patrick said, sipping through his cold soda.

 

“Well…isn’t it funny how alike Prendas and Pandora are, like they’re clones of some sort?” Yang proclaimed.

 

“Lame,” Patrick responded and peers closer to Yin, “Tell me about you, there are a lot of things that I need to know.”

 

“Truthfully, I’m a typical boring person who doesn’t really like to tell and rather show,” Yin replied. “Yang on the other hand is pretty dynamic in comparison. One secret I got underway was the fact that I’m technically married to Makemake and he forced me into tying the knot. I’ll admit that there’s more classified stuff about me, and I’m not going to bother telling you them, Patrick.”

 

“That’s okay. There’s one thing important that I want to tell you,” Patrick replied. “When I first encountered you, I was madly in love with you. I didn’t have the nerve to tell you until now. I’m in love with you and I could do anything to protect you and win your affection. Now here’s a question I want to ask: do you want to be in a relationship with me?”

 

“I’m sorry Patrick…but I’m too joyous about this type of commitment. Now that’s another secret I got underway: I’m just not attracted to you.”

 

“Oh… “Patrick said softly and expressed a frown. “But if you’re not going to be married to what’s-his-face anymore, then who you will be in love with now?”

 

“You have a point. I’ll decide when I know that I’m in love,” said Yin. “For now, please understand that I’m not interested with being in a relationship with you.”

 

“Fine….” Patrick replied. “I would usually remind myself that there’s plenty of other fish in the sea. You’re an alien, but still. Maybe someday, I will make love with someone such as a beautiful mermaid. What do you think?”

 

“Find someone. Other than that, your wild imagination is rather charming, but that’s it.”

 

It was now sundown as the sky was preparing to dim. Prendas and Candy were then shown bathing under the sun. As it turns out, Prendas didn’t have any luck with trying to woo any of the beachgoers.

 

“Nobody seemed to be interested in you, huh?” Candy said.

 

“I gave it a shot. Who knows who is interested in my own tastes and charm anyway?” Prendas responded and literally held onto the charm around her neck.

 

“Do you ever have the thought that Titan and Umbriel is quite a pair?” Candy asked. “They seem like the couple that could hook up, you know.”

 

“I don’t know them as much, but I could make an agreement with that,” Prendas replied. “I hear that you’re a journalist.”

 

“And I never thought I’d spend some fun in the sun time with a somehow-controversial writer. Should we leave? Its getting dusk.”

 

“Don’t you want to see the lovebirds getting themselves into the moment?” Prendas replied, referring to Titan and Umbriel out in the horizon.

 

Panning over to the couple, riding on the canoe, Titan and Umbriel buckled close to each over.

 

“Is this a date?” Umbriel asked. “You can be honest.”

 

“Umbriel, it’s time that I would express my feelings to you,” said Titan. “When we first talked, you were haughty and stubborn. Even before you’d think about rearranging your personality, I like you. Even more honestly, I’m in love with you.”

 

“That’s sweet, for an alien being,” Umbriel replied. “I don’t know how the standards of my usual aquatic self being in a relationship with a Pisconarch are going to work.”

 

“Who says it needs to matter? Do you love me back, Umbriel?”

“Because I didn’t say this before – Wow, just wow. If I was in love with you, I can tell you how I find you so charming. For a Moon Warrior in battle, you have great moves….I guess.”

 

Titan lays Umbriel closer to him and then says, “This would be the part where we seal a special kiss.”

 

“That sounds savvy. I like that.”

 

As Titan and Umbriel were about to exchange a kiss, it gets blocked due to Titan and Umbriel’s armor being activated. Titan gives a bump into her armor and ends up balancing out from the canoe and getting himself wet.

 

“What was that?” Umbriel asked.

“Sorry, I was being clumsy,” said Titan. “Since it’s late, shouldn’t we find a place to camp out here and leave?”

 

“Sure it’s late, but what about the moment we were going to have?” Umbriel replied.

 

“Forget about the kiss, we can shoot some other time,” Titan concluded and began swimming away from shore and into the soft moisture ground.

 

“Oh Titan, sometimes you can even be so unpredictable,” Umbriel said to herself and paddled away from the ocean with the canoe and followed after Titan.

 

While Umbriel was paddling out of the ocean, Sandy could be seen with Spongebob on her surfboard, having a little chat with each other.

 

“What if I told you I wanted to be in a relationship with you?” Spongebob asked. “I’m not too sure about that, but I’ve been thinking about it.”

 

“A sea sponge and an underwater squirrel being sweethearts sound so bizarre, from what I’m thinkin’,” said Sandy. “Because you’re friends with a girl squirrel wouldn’t mean we’re compatible, right?”

 

“Strange relationships happen, Titan and Umbriel is a likely pair, don’t you think?” Spongebob replied. “I’m usually not that lover type of guy, but I’m aware that I’ve never dated or even been on a date.”

 

“Don’t worry about it,” Sandy replied. “Someday, we’ll both know whether or not we could be in a relationship.”

 

After that, Sandy paddled away on her surfboard with Spongebob while Squidward, Celeste, and Galileo were now shown, still on their canoe.

 

“We can be in a relationship, what do you think?” Squidward inquired.

 

“Just don’t act like you’re going to force me into it,” said Celeste. “Otherwise, I’d say no, I’m not in love with you. I hope you understand.”

 

“Yep, this certainly was a waste of my time,” Galileo said while paddling the canoe.

 

Out from a distance, a giant wave could be seen building up and rising higher and coming even closer to the three.

 

“That’s a massive wave I’m looking at there,” said Celeste. Suddenly freaking out, she then exclaims towards her cousin, “Get us out of here! We can’t row any farther!”

 

With the giant tidal wave coming close, Galileo paddles faster and faster to try and reach back out of shore.

 

“Damn it Leo, where did you learn to paddle!?” Squidward barked and snatched the second paddle from Galileo, “Give me this. If I save you from that disaster, will you be able to love me, Celeste?”

 

“No, I’m fine, don’t-!” Galileo said before the wave completely caught up with the trio.

 

The wave crashed into the canoe and the water flowed through Squidward, and Celeste, and Galileo, causing them to be engulfed and sunk underwater.

----------------------------

NOTES/TRIVIA:

 

The Moon Warriors meet up with Sao, Miranda, Galileo, and Celeste as they formed their own team, under the pseudonym "Gladiators of the Rising Stars."

[Steel Sponge]

40. Mine Games

 

Squidward and Celeste woke up in the middle of an unspecified island as they were washed up onto shore prior to the tidal crash. Galileo was nowhere to be seen from their point of view.

 

“This can’t be good!” Celeste said. “This isn’t Crystalline Coast, we’re lost; we have to find a way out of this place – and find my cousin!”

 

“And we’re alone….together,” Squidward said with an idealistic tone. Celeste gave him a sensitive look. “Don’t worry, I’ll protect you. It’s not like we’re in love.”

 

“Or are you?” Celeste questioned.

 

“Look over there, Celeste,” Squidward replied and directed his tentacle towards a yellow brick road. “I see a yellow brick road up ahead, that’s telling us something!”

 

“So we’re off to see the wizard now or Leo in particular?” Celeste asked. “All we need to come across next is some witch friend of his.”

 

“Why couldn’t we just forget about your cousin, find our canoe, and escape back to where we were before?”

 

“You’re so funny, Moon Warrior,” Celeste chuckled and instantly showed a look of disapproval. “Last time, we were at sea, our canoe is gone, we’re stranded in the middle of someplace we don’t know, and it’s rude if we leave Galileo behind and make our own conclusion of his fate.”

 

“You’re right,” said Squidward before snagging Celeste’s arm and dragging her with him over to the yellow brick road. “What are we waiting for?”

 

“I hope my other pals are concerned about my disappearance.”

 

Spongebob and co. were immediately shown during the morning after their day at the Crystalline Coast beach.

 

“Has anybody seen Squidward?” Spongebob asked.

 

“Furthermore, have you guys seen Celeste and Leo?” Sao asked back.

 

“Alright Yang, do your thing and teleport us our missing cooperatives,” said Lee.

 

“I would, but I couldn’t….” Yang affirmed stoically. “The conditions of the area they’re in are harmful to our powers. Hopefully they survive.”

 

“You’re a coward!” Lee replied. “What’s going to be the damage? If it’s vulnerable to us, then the same goes for Squidward and Celeste and we have to go out and quickly save them!”

 

“I hate to challenge you, but I’d like to see you teleport us to where Squidward and Celeste are located,” Yang replied.

 

“We have a couple lives in danger, Yang,” Yin mumbled.

 

“Well….funny thing is that I actually did copy Iapetus’ teleportation ability,” Lee was saying nervously.

 

“Can you try?”

 

Lee does his best to focus on using his energy, without his armor, to create proper teleportation. They appeared in front of a tall tower, reminiscent of Japan’s tower. The main difference was that it was underwater.

 

“Lee. We’re in Japan,” Yang proclaimed.

 

“I never seem to get this method right,” said Lee.

 

With a flash, Yang uses his teleportation power to send him and the rest back to Crystalline Coast.

 

“It’s time that you all practice in becoming more than just experienced Moon Warriors and shape up into veteran combatants,” Yang commanded.

 

“We’ll do some work before we ever get to the Capricorn summit,” Titan said and brings out his cube, the supply storage was low. “We have something that’s more of our worries.”

 

“We’re out of food, now!?” Miranda exclaimed.

 

“I’d never though our journey would be this long, so we do have enough supplies, but we’re just about done with our fiddles,” said Titan.

 

“The worst part is, we don’t have money!” Sandy added.

 

Titan eyes a marketplace stand. A sign sticks out in front of the cart and has a picture resembling sticks of sugar-filled crystals.

 

“Obviously, we’re going to have to get more food and the best way to receive in money is….rock candy!” Titan continued. “As far as I know, one of the most abundant sources of rock candy is at the mines in a small area close to Pisces Planet.”

 

“No, we’ll make money ourselves! It’s not hard to find a way!” Yang uttered.

 

“I’m pretty sure Titan is pointing out that we have no other option than the mines in space,” said Spongebob, “and are we really going to expect Makemake to kill us there?”

 

Yang leaves himself inside his own thoughts. Thinking about Pisces Planet has still got him feeling concerned. Regardless, his face was stoic on the outside. Meanwhile, near Pisces Planet, Halimede and other “prisoners” were seen being escorted to the mining area, each in shackles and in a single-file line.

 

Among one of the other prisoners was also Europa. A good amount of the Pisconarchs has started doing their unwarranted punishment while Metis and Proteus were watching over.

 

“I seem to already miss the smell of food and fresh air…” Halimede said to himself.

 

“Since I’m generous, you guys can have a 3 minute break once directed, but don’t stop until you guys struck lunar soil!” Metis ordered.

 

“But we are standing in dirt,” an unnamed Pisconarch pointed out.

 

“If I don’t see a light shade of gray, I’d know! Oh yeah, and don’t think about getting a taste of rock candy around here if any of you find some!” Metis continued as he sees [an unnamed] Pisconarch staring at a piece of the particular sugar-coated crystal.

 

Proteus turns on his electronic device around his arm to activate a hologram of Makemake. His left hand was glowing light green and he was gripping with it like if he’s pulling strings. On his other hand, it was glowing bright red.

 

Through the way Makemake was using his hands, his red one was to communicate with people at his range without communicating through a controlled individual in the outside world, yet controlling a person from the outside world at the same time. With his green hand, he was using it as a way to control the movements and speech of an individual. Without the force of the red arm, he would communicate through the person he’s controlling.

 

“How are you doing at this time, Makemake?” Proteus asked.

 

“I have successfully tricked the Moon Warriors and their friends into negotiating with the fellow embodiment of Leo,” Makemake responded.

 

“Care to elaborate?”

 

“I only have one Moon Warrior and one regular Pisconarch in my trap, but the powers of Leomaris will do a good enough job with only two,” Makemake replied.

 

“Moon Warriors, you say?” Proteus replied, “Now that you mention it, I did get myself into a fight with them and caught their names, if not all of them. This will be interesting…”

 

“Great. Now I request for you to haul your ass over to the underwater realm, find the rest of the Moon Warriors and challenge them,” he commanded. “While you’re at it with the duel, trap them in the mines once you have the time.”

 

Proteus turns off his device and teleports his way over to where the Moon Warriors were located. The viewpoint shifts to Crystalline Coast.

 

“It’s now or never,” said Titan, towards his teammates. “When we’re all prepared, we’re going to the quarry in space.”

 

Proteus appears from behind and then says, “How about now? Makemake’s orders, you see.”

 

“Aw man, it’s….it’s….who’s this guy again?” Spongebob asked after turning his head around to see one of the formerly fought enemies.

 

“I am Proteus!” He proclaimed, “Either I’ll send you all to the cavern, or you all face me in a duel.”

 

“Way too sudden for a match,” said Titan, “but we’re game.”

 

“You request a duel out of nowhere while going against all of us without any allies?” Sandy asked. “Surely, he could be on to sumthin.’”

 

“By the way, Miranda and I will stay here,” said Sao. “It’s not selfish, as part of a resistance team, we insure to resist Pisces Planet.”

 

At dark, Spongebob and co. moves over to a spot good enough for their battlefield. Proteus gives out the first assault and deals damage with everyone except Yang and Yin on the field with a tremor-like attack, blasting a blue beam. Yang and Yin dodged as Yang aims for Proteus with his Blade-er-rang. Proteus uses his reflexes to avoid the signature attack as well as Yin’s white blade for the next opponent move. Proteus then scatters around pieces of sparkling lunar rocks, which explode when tossed, giving off multi-colored smoke. Proteus dashes over to the Warriors engulfed in the smoke as Prendas, Spongebob, and Yang jump through and avoid Proteus’ energy beams. Yang tries using his Swift Assassin, but it gets blocked by Proteus’ card-shield. Spongebob uses his Pisces Chop to break the shield but he gets grabbed and thrown into the treetop leaves. Proteus tosses more of his lunar rock grenades, as Umbriel takes the escape and hits him with an aurora blast. Prendas uses her Blazing Beam and gives him a hit. Her next Blazing Beam becomes countered by Proteus’ Frosty Flare and manages to give Prendas direct damage. Patrick goes a big bang blast against Proteus and hits, but he dodges when Sandy tosses her Pisces Shuriken. Lee uses his copied big bang blast against the usual target, but Proteus jumps away and blows him with his multicolor beams. Titan brings out the next attack and strikes him with his golden blade at least four times. Proteus hangs during the battle and fires away another tremor attack of his. Proteus knocks out the Warriors on the field by releasing a stronger fire attack, targeting all around and striking the warriors with the roaring flames.

 

Proteus walks over to the battered and immobilized Moon Warriors and then said, “I’ve worked hard for this. Now it’s off to working in the mines for you all!”

 

“No, I don’t want to work with mimes!” Patrick cried out.

 

“I’m not even a Moon Warrior anymore,” Candy added.

 

In the meantime, Squidward and Celeste were moving along through the yellow brick road and stopped when they saw a person standing around like a scarecrow.

 

“It’s just standing there….and that thing is creeping me out,” said Squidward. “Are there any munchkins inhabited in this island too?”

 

“Let’s just give him a hand. We just got stuck here and you’re already not helping,” said Celeste.

 

Celeste lifts the scarecrow-like being from the stick and waits for it to budge.

 

“I am freed by a group of people, who two you are?” The person asked.

 

“You must be the one who doesn’t get his words right,” Squidward responded. “By the way, I’m Squidward.”

 

“Pleased to meet you, I’m Celeste,” she greeted.

 

“And I am….what’s my name again? Bergelmir is it?” He asked himself. “Yeah…I’m certain that my name is Bergelmir.”

 

“If your name could “possibly” not be Bergelmir, then what do you think it could be then?” Squidward questioned.

 

“I could hardly think, even if I could try. Sorry, it’s just that I don’t have a brain,” said Bergelmir. “I came from Farside Planet and I was brought down into this world, because I was considered as a prototype alien. I have Fool’s Powers, which are really weak because I don’t have a brain to operate more energy.”

 

“You’re almost like Patrick. Well, what’s two plus two?”

 

“Cucumber soup,” Bergelmir answered foolishly.

 

“We can’t leave you hanging like a scarecrow, so how about you come with us?” Squidward asked.

 

“Along this purple brick road, maybe I could find a brain, I accept!”

 

As the three continue to stroll through the path, Celeste tells Squidward, “If we’re in danger along the way, do you know what to do? You’re the leader here.”

 

So I am…. Squidward thought. It’s time I know what it’s like to be a leader and what it feels like to be one….I won’t let you down, Celeste.

 

The next person Squidward and the others encounter along the path was an individual that resembles a robot.

 

“So, if you dont have a brain, then how are you able to speak words and walk?” Squidward asked Bergelmir.

 

“It’s complicated for me to imply,” he replied.

 

“You probably mean “infer,” but whatever.”

 

When Squidward, Celeste, and Bergelmir took notice of the robotic being, which turns out to be shut down, they sat with him to try and give aid. Words appeared on his eyes, acting as a screen, saying “Batteries.”

 

“Do we have batteries?” Celeste asked.

 

Squidward peeks at a couple of conveniently placed batteries lodged on the sand covered ground and said, “I don’t know what these are doing around here, but I found a hefty pair of them.”

 

Celeste inserts the batteries in the back of the robot body and it begins to turn on and become mobilized.

 

“Where am I? I think I have fallen from space…” it stated.

 

“I believe you did, but don’t worry, we’re here to provide some assistance,” said Celeste. “1’m Celeste, these two are Squidward and Bergelmir.”

 

“I am a subject known as ASTR0-0, the other zero is silent,” he introduced. “I remember being in Pisces Planet last and now I supposed I’m stranded like you guys.”

 

“This is too odd for my standards, but are you willing to come with us to find a close acquaintance of ours, known as Galileo?” Squidward asked.

 

“You know….that name reminds me someone I call the “Cowardly Leo,” who knows if we find him too?” ASTR0-0 replied. “There’s also one other thing I want. Maybe this Galileo person could give me a heart. I always want to know what it is like to live with one…to feel it go thump, thumpity, thump….”

 

“First you could get some real emotion, now let’s go, shall we?”

“It’s a pleasure to serve with you and your friends.”

 

While Squidward and co. continue along the road, Spongebob and co. were shown to be inside the mines and covered in shackles that differ from the ordinary ones that the other Pisconarchs bear.

 

The Moon Warriors team and the rest of the captive Pisconarchs were at work with their shovels, pickaxes, drills, and other various tools while Spongebob and co. try what they can to escape the clutches.

 

“Good work Proteus. I wonder what we should do with them,” said Metis.

 

“I don’t know whether or not we should go for the kill. Maybe we’ll imprison them after we find

 

“We could try to escape, but these cuffs lock us from using Moon Powers,” said Titan.

 

“I have Prendas’ old powers, so maybe I could try to release ourselves from these things,” Candy declared.

 

“Hmmm….that will be worth a shot,” Spongebob commented.

 

Candy uses her Fool’s Powers, inherited from Prendas, to undo the cuffs around her arms and legs. With enough focus, she was loosened without notice from Metis and Proteus.

 

“Another thing we need now is probably a key,” Yin whispered.

 

“As long as we make sure that those two don’t realize that Candy freed herself, we’re in the clear and we can get out of this miserable place,” Umbriel murmured. “We might as well free everyone else too, nobody should be a slave to a bunch of fools.”

 

As the Pisconarchs are still shown burrowing at the ground, Candy sneaks in front of Metis for the key, but gets herself caught when Metis immediately takes notice.

 

“And why are you not working with all the other peasants!?” Metis barked.

 

Squidward and his fellow travelling partners were shown, still waltzing around through the mysterious island. They eventually spotted the “Cowardly Leo” from the horizon.

 

“I think I see Leo right over there!” ASTR0-0 remarked.

 

“It’s probably just a duck or something,” said Bergelmir.

 

Squidward and friends slowly came closer to where the proclaimed “Cowardly Leo” was hiding. The individual jumped and appeared for the group in the open from the palm trees.

 

“You must be the Cowardly Leo, unless I could have mistaken,” said Celeste.

 

“Celeste….are you alright, is that really you? Wait, what are you doing stuck here like me?” Leo asked.

 

“He’s paranoid, that robot sure wasn’t kidding,” Squidward added.

 

“The Cowardly Leo thing is just something between ASTR0-0 and I, I feel relieved to see you guys all here,” said Leo and faces the cephalopod. “I reckon you were that octopus that got brainwashed by Iapetus.”

 

“Right you are, Squidward Tentacles,” he replied.

 

“Anyways, have you guys seen someone who goes around as “Galileo”?” Leo asked. “I am Galileo, the authentic one from when Iapetus, Phobos, and Deimos infiltrated Bikini Bottom. The other Galileo is an imposter and I think he’s around here.”

 

“Sorry pal, but I’ve been foiled by enough traps and you’re probably the imposter in my eyes,” said Squidward.

 

“I have my suspicions, so I think Squidward has a point,” said Celeste.

 

“How could I be the faker? Does it look like I’m going to my magic against you guys or whatever? Galileo asked.

 

“Let’s see, do you know what Celeste and I did before we ended up here?” Squidward asked back.

 

“I honestly don’t know since I was stuck here the whole time you were….?”

 

“Celeste and I took a day off at the beach in Crystalline Coast. While we were in a canoe, a giant wave came for us and crash! Now you know, and the real Galileo would have known that.”

 

“Look, I’m the real wizard here and I can prove it!”

 

Squidward and Galileo resorted into arguing with each other until ASTR0-0 came in front of the bickering pair without warning. The robot scanned Galileo’s body and forced his tongue out for a saliva sample. Text appears on his eye-screen to read Galileo’s DNA.

“This person is Galileo of Pisces Planet,” ASTR0-0 asserted. “He is clean of any form of black magic and functions with a heart.”

 

“It’s better that I just travel and let you guys see the imposter for yourselves,” said Galileo.

 

“Suit yourself, but like Celeste, I still have my suspicions,” Squidward responded.

 

And so, Galileo followed along with Squidward, Celeste, Bergelmir, and ASTR0-0 through the yellow brick road until they reached the ending point. By the time they got to the highest point of the island, Squidward and the other group members were rather breathless.

 

“I hate walking so much…” Celeste gasped.

 

“I do not breathe, but I will when I feel my heart pumping,” said ASTR0-0.

 

“We made it though,” said Bergelmir.

 

They saw Galileo, technically an imposter, who was facing back and looking over to the night sky.

 

“Galileo, we found you! Now let’s go and find the rest of our resistance!” Celeste called over.

 

“That’s great! That’s enough trouble we’ve had to go through. I can sense that Spongebob and the others have gone missing though,” the imposter Galileo responded.

 

“We’ve been gone for very long, haven’t we, cousin?” Celeste questioned.

 

“Oh and Celeste….have you ever been to an underground railroad?” The imposter Galileo replied and turned back to see Squidward and the others. He uses his powers to get rid of his little disguise, revealing his true form as Leomaris. “No matter what, you’re all coming with me for imprisonment!”

 

“I told ya’ so!” Galileo cried out.

 

Squidward attacks the Leomaris with his Bungee Sucker Punch and lands a hit on him. Galileo strikes at Leomaris with his elemental blasts. The opponent eventually retaliates by using his lion claw attack against Galileo. For Squidward’s next attack, he uses his Lunar Drill. Once as Squidward emerges, Leomaris interrupts with his red hot blast. Galileo charges up 6 different beams at once and targets them at the same opponent. Leomaris dodges every blast except one. Seeing him out of focus for that one attack, Squidward fires a dark and nova blast to give away more damage. Leomaris attacks both Squidward and Galileo with his cloning technique. Galileo blasts away all around until he fires at the authentic one. Squidward then uses another dark blast to Leomaris before he was glowing to initiate his teleportation ability.

 

“Let’s take this someplace else!” Leomaris exclaimed.

 

As Leomaris uses his teleportation and takes Squidward and the rest of the group with him, Candy was shown quickly removing the cuffs from the Moon Warriors and tossing the key to the other Pisconarchs.

 

“Metis, go after those escapees!” Proteus ordered.

 

“I could go for some rock candy right now,” said Patrick, who was being dragged by Spongebob while Yang was confiscating an amount of the sugar-coated crystals into a sack.

 

“Maybe later, Patrick. Right now, we don’t have time!” Spongebob said.

 

Before Spongebob and co. were leaving the area inside the cavern, the Pisconarchs shoveled deep enough to find lunar soil.

 

“Good….Makemake will be proud that we have found another energy source for him – hey wait, where are you all going!?” Proteus said.

 

The Pisconarchs were escaping, thanks to the key given by Candy. Prendas runs back near Proteus to tell him, “You guys seem to have a thing about slavery, and they are not your slaves.”

 

“Hopefully, those Pisconarchs will stay out of the mines,” said Yang.

As an opportunity to escape, Spongebob and co. got into pairs through two tramcars. They each swiftly pressed up and down on the lever as Metis dashes over to block their way.

 

“You know, I could have just teleported us out of this freaking cavern!” Yang exclaimed.

 

“Too bad for you, I gave these mines some warp-proofing,” said Metis, “don’t try to escape, I’m coming at ya’!”

 

Before Metis would attack, Leomaris transported himself alongside Squidward’s group into the railroad passage of the caverns, still fighting at each other with all the attacks they could throw at each other.

 

“Squidward, Celeste, you’re back!” Spongebob cheered.

 

“You guys are in the same messy situation, huh?” Squidward said. “Galileo and I will stall these guys while you all protect Celeste, Bergelmir, and ASTR0-0 for me!”

 

As directing, Spongebob and co. continue riding through on their tramcars while Metis and Leomaris keep focused on attacking Squidward and Galileo. Metis controls an assortment of rock candy and forms a tidal wave of them, attacking both Squidward and Galileo. Galileo controls the enclosed gems around the mines to act out as elemental blasts and attacks successfully. Leomaris blasts away with several red hot blasts and then Squidward targets both with his dark and nova blasts. Metis uses his powers to cause an avalanche to block the railroad paths and then shoots away with several rocks, most of them being dodged by the opposing duelers. Galileo uses his warlock abilities to remove the chunks of gravel in the way and uses his elemental blasts against Metis.

 

“You guys are tough, but are you all tough enough against this?” Metis showcases dynamite made out of rock and lights it up.

 

 “Yang, we have to get out of here, quick! Yin hollered.

 

“We’re almost to the outside!” Yang said.

 

At the same time Metis tossed his explosive attack, Yang uses all the energy he could use to activate his teleportation ability to send him and all the others away from space once they got outside of the mines.

 

Metis, Leomaris, and Proteus remained inside as the bang causes the caverns to collapse. Metis and Proteus manage to escape while Leomaris gets himself compressed by an avalanche, knocking him out. After Spongebob and co. got out, they then appear with the sack filled with rock candy in the long run, most of their faces expressed joy and relief.

 

“We’re in luck,” said Titan. “We still have some business to take care of.” He refers to all the former Pisconarch prisoners around them, as they all seemed to be part of Yang’s teleportation method.

 

“Took you guys long enough,” said Sao.

 

“I don’t leave a Pisconarch in the middle of danger, unless it’s a shady one,” Yang responded.

-----------------------------------------

NOTES/TRIVIA:

 

Character Debut(s): Bergelmir, ASTR0-0, Leomaris

[Steel Sponge]

41. Capricorn Festival
 

 

At the stands, Spongebob and co. exchanged their assortment of rock candy for sand dollars to obtain more rations for their travels.

 

“So, what do you guys got?” Umbriel asked, peering over towards the supplies.

 

“You know, a bunch of bread, potatoes, butter, seahorse milk, eggs, kelp, moon pies,” Titan was saying. Umbriel began to question the last bit of the means that Titan mentioned. “We were out of those too. Lighten up, Umbriel.”

 

“We also got ourselves enough food to cater these former prisoners,” Yang said, referring to the rest of the Pisconarchs.

 

“This is great, now what should we do?” Spongebob asked.

 

“The best thing we could do now for these Pisconarchs is to place them incognito,” said Yin, “someplace only where we would set up ourselves and be able to seek. We should do it quickly…”

 

At a flash, Yang and Yin use their teleportation to transfer them, their cooperatives, the resistance, and the other escapees into the inside of an unspecified facility.

 

“Now what’s this?” Spongebob asked.

 

“This is a shelter that the now-former emperor located,” Yin explained. “He insures for a Pisconarch to keep guard of other Pisconarchs in situations like this.”

 

“This reminds of me of the first time Solid Shell and I had to find a containment facility and then he complained about this for little things such as the atmosphere,” Sao proclaimed. “Before him, I was in-charge of this place.”

 

“You just hope that Solid Shell doesn’t find you like this,” said Sandy.

 

Damn it, Solid Shell is going to find me like this and go crazy about all the Pisconarchs we were securing, Sao thought. In his own terms, I ought to make sure the Shell is still apart from me.

 

“This is much cozier than living in the caverns, isn’t it?” Spongebob said towards the former prisoners.

 

“What do you think? Makemake is an all-out dictator of our planet and apparently using even Pisces Planet powers against us! It makes me so mad!” Europa exclaimed.

 

“And I’m sure you haven’t met these guys yet: Portia, Herse, Aoede, Skathi, Skoll, Stephano-“Halimede said, introducing the names of the other Pisconarchs.

 

“Good, good, but we don’t need anymore Pisconarchs to become important to our mission,” Umbriel interrupted, “especially now that those two are with us now,” she then spoke out, addressing towards Bergelmir and ASTR0-0.

 

“Is there a way that the two are going to have a brain and heart?” Celeste asked Galileo.

 

Galileo kept himself silent for a few seconds….

 

“Here’s something for you all to know first: Leomaris, the embodiment of Leo we just encountered,” Galileo uttered. “In the meantime of Makemake’s success, he decided to attack me to attain a sample of my DNA. I’m also certain that he’s taken anybody else’s blood or what not for DNA. That was days before he became emperor and then he put me in a strange island. He also imprisoned me there with Bergelmir and ASTR0-0. From what they told me, Makemake deserted them for what he believes are complete prototypes of Pisces Planet’s society.”

 

“Anything else we should know?” Titan questioned.

 

“Bergelmir and ASTR0-0 were the friends I’ve had for a while before we got stranded and help accompany me when Makemake transported me to that island,” Galileo continued. “To change the subject He’s created just clones that have powers ranging from all 12 of the zodiac signs and sealed them as statues.”

 

Titan flips through his book and redirects to a page discerning statues of some sort.

 

“If the statues mean the exact ones from the far away, abandoned sanctuary island separated from Pisces Planet, then we ought to go there after restoring the 11 moons,” said Titan.

 

“Huh, I remember Magnus’ spirit telling me something like that,” Spongebob added.

 

“Like I said before, the main problem with our powers is that the delayed cycle of the moons is making them permanent to us,” Titan was explaining. “To be more specific, it is unlike when the deoxyDNA disappears after the end of Pisces Planet’s zodiac phase. Another thing….it’s going to be much harder to restore the host planet.”

 

“This could go on,” said Prendas. “Elaborate.”

 

 “At first, restoring the moons is the least of our worries, but when Makemake showed his skilled strengths among his powers AND our host planet’s variety of powers, I have the impression that he’s been planning on something before the meteor strike and that he’s behind the infection of the other moons….also known as the radiation effect. Once the greenhouse particles reach a moon before turning into fog, the atmosphere radiates it into a different looking planet, each became of the Pisces zodiac all the same.”

 

Panning above, all the way to the perspective of the kingdom in Pisces Planet, Makemake was shown with Phobos and Deimos front and center.

 

“Remember my words: one more fluke and you two will be axed from your job of protecting the Pisces infected moons,” Makemake said grimly.

 

“Whatever, we’ll do it, but how long are we going to keep stalling?” Deimos asked.

 

“When the final stretch of my plan is complete, there’ll be no need to prevent those confounded Moon Warriors from restoring the planets,” Makemake replied. “The blackhole seemed to be a little test, but another thing Quantanova had in mind should do the trick. With enough carbon energy collected, Betelgeuse will rise.”

 

“There’s three moons left untouched, including Pisces Planet with its special type of greenhouse radiation,” Deimos replied. “Would that only slow it down?”

 

“Not if I obtain some particles from the sun,” Makemake said, looking over to the brightest star from the distance.

 

“We’re still uncomfortable with giving support to a Farside citizen, but we won’t let you down,” said Phobos.

 

As soon as Phobos and Deimos teleported off to the next summit, Makemake goes to his own laboratory a few floors upwards from the ground floor and eyes on a ball of fire inside a chamber.

 

“You look angry, precious Betelgeuse. In a little while, everything’s going to be splendid, especially for you.”

 

Back to the shelter area, Titan was finishing explaining the next method of restoring the moons.

 

“Once we restore the moons of Capricorn of Aquarius, all that we have to do know is reach the island in the middle of space and use a device in there that will consume all the greenhouse energy from Pisces,” said Titan, “mainly because the energy is too strong for our device to vacuum away.”

 

“Come again? I just dozed off on everything you said…” said Squidward.

 

“Before we leave, we need to jumpstart with constructing our own rocket if we’re going to get to that island,” Titan continued. “We can’t just waltz over there without a powerful enough source of fuel to allow us to pass through the strong gravity force nearby the island.”

 

“Sounds like the plan,” Spongebob commented.

 

“Sandy, you have a lot of knowledge about rocket science, right?” Titan assured.

 

“Aw shucks,” Sandy responded, “I’ll certainly help with building the rocket.”

 

“After restoring the moon, we’ll build the rocket. What I could use now is some lunar soil for fuel.”

 

Carrying around a sacked filled exactly with that, Halimede tossed the lunar soil over to Titan.

 

“Splendid. Now let’s go find the place that holds the summit of Capricorn’s moon,” said Prendas.

 

“If somebody catches you all, just defend yourselves,” Yin added, directing to the Pisconarchs.

 

Afterwards, Yang and Yin used their teleportation ability to transfer them and the rest of the main party members over to the location of the next summit. They turned up at a pier known as “Horoscope Harbor.”

 

“So that’s the name of this joint,” Yang said, reading off the sign.

 

“Are you guys here for the festival?” An unknown fish said.

 

“We’re here for a big reason, but I didn’t know a festival was going to take place,” Spongebob responded.

 

“Well, this festival is already ruined,” the fish replied. “No Capricorn sign, no festival. It’s a disaster! Now I better confiscate all these decorations.”

 

“Whoever is in-charge of this, tell that guy that the festival must go on,” Yang said, getting himself closer to the employee. “Even due to the most major circumstance, we got this taken care of.”

 

Time passes by as it was almost dark and the festival has just begun. Spongebob and co. spend their time pondering by the docks.

 

“Can I at least get some Capricorn-shaped cotton candy?” Patrick asked.

 

“Phobos and Deimos are going to be here in about 9 minutes and we still can’t locate the moon’s summit,” Yang responded. “We’re just going to stay put.”

 

“Come on, Yin would think it’s a good idea if we just hang out for a few minutes, right?” Patrick replied.

 

He still has a thing for me. That’s unsurprising, Yin thought before she remarks, “Sorry, I’m going to pass on that. Do you think you know where it is, Yang?”

 

“I see an island with that hill over there,” Spongebob pointing out. He fingers over to the exact area over the horizon.

 

“What’s stranger is that it’s the same island I got stranded in,” Galileo added.

 

“Well that’s great. That summit was the exact place where I used to be stuck in with that sorcerer and his two other dumb friends!” Squidward complained. “And I got stuck with you too Celeste…” he added with a change of tone.

 

“Who are you calling dumb?” Bergelmir uttered.

 

“Now you know how it feels, don’t you?” Yin said towards Patrick.

 

“One problem is that Patrick and I can’t swim,” said Spongebob.

 

“Oh boy, but don’t worry,” Sandy was saying. “If y’all need a lift, I’m right here.”

 

After a few minutes, the armor was activated for the Moon Warriors as they each swim to shore on the summit of the Capricorn moon. Sandy nonchalantly rides her surfboard gently as Spongebob and Patrick laugh with merriment. Candy, Sao, Miranda, Galileo, Celeste, Bergelmir, and ASTR0-0 were left behind.

 

“I guess we can just hang out at this point,” said Candy.

 

“Stuffed sea dragon wizard, here I come!” Galileo remarked and ran off from the docks to the boardwalk games with Bergelmir and ASTR0-0.

 

“Maybe we can do some stuff around here together, Miranda,” Sao suggested in an enticing tone.

 

“Squidward and Patrick’s attempts were bad enough, so get bent,” Miranda responded and casually walked off the docks before Sao roamed off on his own.

 

Meanwhile, Solid Shell was driving over to the shelter based facility, courtesy of his tracking device. The area was blocked off by a row of gates. He jumps over and reaches the doorsteps before he makes the door creak open. The lights were out. He could see some faces as the door’s shadow brightens up the view. Immediately, a group of the Pisconarchs ambush and seize him.

 

“What’s going on? I can smell alien blood!” Solid Shell exclaimed.

 

“Yep, we got an intruder,” a random Pisconarch spoke.

 

Solid Shell regains his focus and completely recognizes the group of Pisconarchs.

 

“Excellent, I found myself a gold mine of vermin!” Solid Shell said and proceeded to retaliate with his net blaster and ray gun.

 

Moments later, while some of the Pisconarchs were still running around in panic, he captures some of them, including Halimede.

 

“I recognize you. You were one of the first that I’ve caught,” Solid Shell said towards Halimede.

 

“I definitely need to stop letting myself in a situation like this,” Halimede said to himself before responding, “You let us go! All of us are not the enemies here!”

 

“In my eyes you all are!”

 

“So, you’re running in for the dough, if I could be mistaken?” One of the Pisconarchs questioned.

 

“Hunting mysterious creatures are how I live and it’s a job that I enjoy, it’s not all about the money!” Solid Shell continued. “While you’re all begging me to free you aliens, I have one question: have any of you seen my co-worker Sao?”

 

“You mean that one guy from Pisc-?” A random Pisconarch said before Halimede covers his mouth. (He was one of few who was next to him.)

 

“No we haven’t. We sure are useful, aren’t we?” Halimede said, lying at the same time.

 

“Maybe he’ll give us a chance of escape if we tell him where Sao went,” a random Pisconarch whispered.

 

Thinking about it for a moment, Halimede then said to the sheriff, “You know, I actually know where Sao is. Do you have any idea where the Capricorn moon would be?”

 

Back to the Moon Warriors, they reach the moon summit and already spotted Phobos and Deimos.

 

It’s been a long month, things are still the same just seeing you two around,” said Titan.

 

“If we lose this duel, we’re done here under Makemake’s orders,” said Phobos. “Deimos and I would like to know who the leader of your pack is.”

 

“Even if your home planet is being threatened by some guy from Farside Planet who has overthrown the now-former emperor, I don’t see how you two are showing support for him,” Yin replied.

 

“I’ll admit that it’s weird to be acquaintance with Makemake, but we don’t know if he could do much worse,” said Deimos. “At this point, we’d only stop guarding these moons if we lose. Now, may I see the leader among one of you folks?”

 

“That would be me, and why?” Yang proclaimed.

 

Squidward shoves Yang out of the way and then remarks, “I was the one who blocked off those two minions from earlier, even Galileo’s imposter! I’m definitely leader material!”

 

“At the start of the journey, I was technically the leader,” said Titan.

 

“Oh man, this again…” Lee said to himself.

 

“No…” Spongebob murmured before speaking up. “I believe the person who carries this watch thing around is the leader. It’s me!”

 

“Good, now we’d like to have Spongebob come over here while the rest of you step aside,” Deimos declared.

 

Like so, Spongebob steps closer to the summit.

 

“We’ve already proposed a deal that only the leader of the Moon Warrior team would have duel with both of us. Ten of you guys at once…that will only make things easier now that we see how skilled each of you is,” Deimos continued.

 

“Okay. …I’m ready!” Spongebob responded.

 

“Don’t be scared, we come equipped with Pisces Planet powers, another brand of them given to us by Makemake!” Phobos added.”

 

On Phobos and Deimos’ cue, the battle begins as Deimos gives Spongebob the first blow with a type of attack that forms a visible star-shaped aura around him with burning damage to the touch. After that, Spongebob clenches at his wounds with Phobos catching him off-guard and then giving him the next attack with multicolored beams, similar to Titan’s. Spongebob attains the next turn and unleashes his brightness tornado, hitting both of his opponents. Phobos uses her next attack with neon speed lines appearing upon her jump and gives Spongebob an uppercut to blast him into the lagoon. Spongebob uses his brightness tornado again for him to able to emerge and attacks Phobos with a Pisces Chop in the air, creating a boom. Phobos steadily prepares her attack against Spongebob on the field, where ice shoots out from the ground. Spongebob uses his Pisces Chop to avoid getting himself frosted up and then shoots a light and aurora blast at once against Deimos. Deimos gets back up and blasts beams of fire while Phobos uses her freeze beams again, taking the damage from Phobos and after dodging Deimos, Spongebob flinches from a further frostbite. Getting himself off-guard again, Deimos prepares his next fire attack at the form of a shark’s face, and strikes at Spongebob. The next time Deimos uses the same attack, Spongebob dodges as he rolls over on the field and the singe is given to Phobos instead. Spongebob attacks next with a light and aurora blast at Deimos and Phobos respectively and finish things up with his brightness tornado, making him the winner of the duel.

 

“Ugh…we lost – again,” Deimos grunted.

 

“And we hope you’re happy,” Phobos said to Spongebob. “Now we better deal with Makemake’s plans of sending in Gemini…”

 

“Dont say we’re backing ourselves down or that we’ve lost all hope, you did well regardless,” said Deimos.

 

After the duel, Phobos and Deimos teleported back to the kingdom in Pisces Planet as Spongebob and co. swim back to place of the festival. Sao sees Umbriel walking alone, like most of the other Moon Warriors, and comes to her side.

 

“Have you had a rough night?” Sao asked. “If you’d like, you can hang out with me for the night, now wouldn’t that be a pleasure?”

 

“I don’t always have it rough, and it was more likely Spongebob’s rough night,” Umbriel responded. “I’ll hang around in this festival with you, you’re quite a charmer.”

 

“That sounds grand.”

 

While Sao and Umbriel were spending time together at the festival, such as playing games, sharing some candy, and going on the ferris wheel, Titan and Miranda glimpse on them during their sudden relationship.

 

“So, you are totally attracted to that Moonchild girl,” said Miranda.

 

“I thought you were going to stop with calling her that vapid word,” said Titan with an annoyed tone.

 

“Lighten up. They just talked, so I don’t think it’s going to last,” Miranda replied. “Also, I suppose you have a hard time picking a girlfriend and I’m one of them.”

 

“It’s not always like that, sure it similarly happened with me and Europa, but I was undercover,” Titan replied. “I also had a thing for you for a while, but then I decided to stick with Umbriel being my biggest interest while on our journey.”

 

“It’s your choice. If Umbriel admires you back, then I would trust you on relationships.”

 

After the ride, Sao and Umbriel spot Solid Shell running by and he quickly shows himself to the couple.

 

“Are you Sao!?” Solid Shell asked eagerly.

 

“No,” Sao said doubtfully, yet also bluffing.

 

Of course he’s not Sao, he wouldn’t be an alien….but what if that alien really is Sao? Ugh, my brain’s hurting! Solid Shell thought. “You seem to have the same voice. I’m also certain that he wears that same shirt with his name at the back of it.”

 

“I don’t know what you’re talking about. I was about to leave, so I must be on my….way!” Sao said, suddenly sprinting away from the sheriff.

 

So, he really is an alien playing some tricks with me if my mind is right! Solid Shell thought to himself again. But he’s a comrade to me, he doesn’t hurt me….but he’s a mysterious creature who somehow betrayed me, so he’s mine for hunting!

[Steel Sponge]

Sorry, this was too long than needed for a standard ep. Doesn't help that I've had some writer's block for a while.

 

 

42. One More Blue Moon

 

During the events of the festival, Spongebob and co. set back the Capricorn moon to its original form of its cycle and everyone at the festival were happy. Solid Shell then just caught Sao uncloaked and raises his suspicions that Sao has been masking himself up as an imposter the whole time he was his co-worker. As for Solid Shell’s captives, it turns out that he missed Europa, so she clawed the net traps to loosen them and frees the rest of the Pisconarchs.

 

“You know what I’m thinking, he enrages me. I know that I just can’t get myself captured and think thoroughly of getting myself away from the trap,” said Europa. “Now that I have freed you guys, do whatever.”

 

For the rest of that night, Spongebob and co. camped out and Titan was immediately working on the rocket the next morning with Sandy.

 

“Makemake wanted something with that lunar soil,” Titan whispered. “Now let’s keep that out of discussion before someone starts tracking us down for our supply of fuel.”

 

Also coming out of the tent was Yang, getting up just to see what was going on.

 

“Howdy there Yang,” said Sandy.

 

“This rocket should take us about a week to finish up, and then we’ll start launching ourselves back into space,” Titan added.

 

“It’s going to be a week!?” Yang bellowed, obviously feeling unhappy about the production.

 

“Thanks for waking me up,” Squidward called out off-screen before exiting the tent himself. “So, this is the rocket?”

 

“Do you expect us to build a flying bathtub?” Sandy inquired sarcastically. “Now what’s yer problem, Yang?”

 

“This can’t wait a week as long as I’m around,” said Yang. “Makemake is ahead of us with his plans and I’d like to see if it’s possible to finish working on that rocket and revive the next moon before the time he destroys something major for Pisces Planet.”

 

Wrapping his tentacle around him, Squidward responds to him, “You sure are feeling paranoid.”

 

“I am not paranoid!” Yang continued. “Fine, never mind, I guess I’m a little bit like that, but right now we better head to the summit of Aquarius’ moon!”

 

“Yang, aren’t you pushing it with trying to coerce us into doing our mission?” Yin asked. Just now, she left the tent. “Even if you think it’s important, what I’m saying is that this isn’t a good time to force us into our standard mission.”

 

“I said I’d take that back,” Yang replied. “I’m also surprised that you would make a point like that, it’s unlike your usual content self. I mean, what else should I expect you guys to do?”

 

“Try speaking with the authentic leader our group,” said Titan, “that’s for sure, once as Spongebob is awake.”

 

Just recently exiting the tent and letting out a drowsy breath of fresh air, Spongebob says, “What’s happening?”

 

“Just in time,” Yang remarked. “Hey square-head, do you think we should all come to the Aquarius summit and help build this rocket? That way, we’ll be at a steadier pace in restoring the full cycle.” He asked the naïve sea sponge.

 

“Golly,” Spongebob responded, “but I’m feeling burned out. I think knowing more about my Moon Powers is enough for me to do today.”

 

“What do you mean!? You interfaced with Magnus and we usually do not have enough time before Makemake gets ahead of his next plan!” Yang exclaimed.

 

“You’re blowing a casket again, Yang with the whole Makemake dilemma.” Yin said. “I think what Spongebob meant was to be able to learn more techniques before facing our biggest enemy. It’s like you’re so focused on restoring all the moons that we’re all unprepared to fight Makemake. Isn’t that what we’re supposed to be prepared for?”

 

“Pretty much what Yin said means she’s right, am I going to do more practice or what?” Spongebob asked.

 

“….The future is scary, don’t you think, Yin?” Yang questioned. “I’ve known Makemake was shady ever since he became “family” to us. I’ve never known that he would kill Io, Helene, and the others from the flick of his fingers. That prompted for me to see if we could use a strategy against him and we managed to have the upper hand. Strangely enough, I’m not worried about getting my heart chilled by him, but I feel like I’m going to expect a bigger threat. I’ll admit the blackhole project was close for his success, but because of how we were able to make his blackhole plan turn up faulty doesn’t mean he’s not a brilliant schemer.”

 

“I’m certain that your parents would know that you’re not making strong choices from this point,” Yin continued.

 

“I know more about how Io and Helene feel, and I know them as well as Callisto and Phoebe,” Yang replied. “They would tell me that I’m making progress than making problems.”

 

The little dispute goes on as Yin then dialogs, “And why do you have to bring mention of the dead into this? In case you failed to notice, those are my parents you’re also talking about and you don’t have to say that you think they’d feel the same way as yours would! I can’t believe I’m still arguing over whether or not we should already go to the summit of Aquarius’ moon. I want us to go through one day without worrying about the enemy. Since the rocket is going to take time for construction, the other Moon Warriors ought to practice and seek any new techniques for their powers.”

 

“Technically, I’m the leader and I would like to set up a night’s worth of practice, if you please, can you make that happen?” Spongebob asked.

 

Yang still had a stern look towards his cooperatives and said with a disgruntled tone, “Alright, damn it. We can have a test fight tonight instead of going to the summit.”

 

Later that night, Yang, Yin, and the eight other Moon Warriors were assembled in the battlefield, not too close to the unfinished rocket, while Candy and the Gladiators were there to watch.

 

“I will take half of you guys alongside Yin,” Yang announced.

 

“Sounds like a good idea,” said Patrick.

 

“Yeah, you’re lucky I’m not dragging you into my side of this practice routine,” Yang replied with a shifted look of bewilderment. “From what I’d like to see from you guys is your constellation summon. Certainly, I think that’s what you each need to learn since I suppose you each reached high expertise on your powers. Now it’s time to become professionals.”

 

“Constellation summon….” Spongebob thought aloud and tapped a finger below his lip, “I think Squidward and I have already done that technique before.”

 

“Alright then, let me have a look.”

 

With much focus, Spongebob unleashes his summoning power and the koi spirit arises after shouting out the usual spell. Yang watches as the spirit stood gracefully in the battlefield.

 

“Squidward figured that out too. Have you known about our second-to-previous match?” Spongebob asked.

 

“That reminds me, I ought to show off in front you too, Yang!” Squidward said and speaks of the usual spell for the summoning – then appeared the unagi spirit.

 

“So you two have proven me,” Yang continues, “and it looks like the both of you have already performed your ultimate technique. I’m not impressed yet, let out the energy and I’ll know what your summoning skills are like.”

 

Spongebob and Squidward then prepare to launch out each of their summons’ attacks by letting them fire out a light and dark blast overhead at Yang and create an explosion afterwards.

 

“Well, that blew up in my face, you two are excused,” said Yang with black smudges covering his body. “Okay, Titan, Prendas, Lee, come with me. Yin, you practice with Patrick, Sandy, and Umbriel.”

 

Focused towards Yin’s session, the three aforementioned Moon Warriors were rallied up with her.

 

“Basically if you have stored enough energy, and have enough focus, that’s when you’ll know that you have your summon by your side,” said Yin.

 

“With short instructions like that, I can perform this,” said Umbriel.

 

“But Umbriel,” Candy was inquiring out in the distance, “what about your condition?”

 

“Oh please…” Umbriel muttered and positioned herself for the summon technique, “Okay Moon Warrior spirit, I summon you…” she said simply spoke in a flat tone.

 

“Maybe once more with feeling…” said Yin.

 

“Come on out!” Umbriel suddenly shouted out and then came her Moon Warrior spirit in the form of a manta ray. “I still feel fine and it worked, I’m getting the hang of this.”

 

“Moon Warrior spirit, I summon you!” Patrick cried out after shoving Umbriel from her spot.

 

Patrick formed up a spirit that resembled a reef lobster and he sees as it surfaced onto the battlefield.

 

“It looks really cool doesn’t it, Yin?” Patrick asked in his boastful tone.

 

“Well I haven’t ever been unimpressed…” Yin answered.

 

“That was darn rude for you to take Umbriel’s session to show off like that,” Sandy said to Patrick. “I see you still got your eye on Yin while the square dude similarly tried to make a move on me twice already.”

 

“Hey Sandy, you like this!?” Spongebob called out.

 

With his summon still being active and in place, he then uses it to launch out a ray to try and form fireworks, but only to cause a shower of heated lights to sting the folks.

 

“Now that’s three….” Sandy continued. “Okay Yin, take a gander at my spirit once I call it out! Moon Warrior spirit, I summon you!”

 

The squirrel’s summon begins to appear and appears to be under the form of a shrimp once all the energy was released to bring forth her summon.

 

“A pistol shrimp?” Yin questioned.

 

“Oh man, I think I’m going to laugh about this all night…” Patrick said as started to chuckle until letting out a big laugh.

 

“Y’all haven’t seen this thing’s potential!” Sandy said.

 

Meanwhile, Titan and Yang seek Sao going over to Umbriel after Patrick knocked her out of his way and before he launched out his summon.

 

“Oh dear, hopefully you won’t have to deal with something like that any longer,” said Sao.

 

“I can stand up like a normal person Sao. Don’t take this so seriously since I’ve known Patrick longer than you have…” Umbriel responded. “Thanks for your patronage though.”

 

“It’s a pleasure, miss.”

 

Titan then mocks Sao’s aforementioned words and then says towards Yang, “I can’t believe he’s got it easy when it comes to her.”

 

“And I can’t afford you being so focused on Umbriel and feeling jealous about her,” said Yang. “Now, I haven’t your constellation spirit power yet, so you might as well show it to me….”

 

“Yeah, I totally forgot I haven’t gone ahead to that part of my Moon Powers yet,” Titan replied and then positioned himself for his summon technique.

 

Shouting out the usual expression, Titan brings out his Moon Warrior spirit summon in the form of a sunfish with rainbow texture.

 

“Rainbow sunfish, looking good so far,” Yang complimented. “Let’s see you force an attack from this spirit.”

 

Titan does as directed, but the spirit’s multicolored blast is backed out when Titan flinches and causes the spirit to disappear.

 

“What the fuss?” Yang questioned. “Why did you let it dissipate!?”

 

“Apparently, the energy I’ve let out was rather too much for me to control,” Titan responded.

 

“Just look at Prendas….or Pandora back there. She’s got it taken care of,” Yang replied, directing towards Prendas’ summon, in the form of a seahorse.

“That’s not my name,” Prendas muttered and uses the seahorse spirit to give off a Blazing Beam and blast at Yang.

 

“You’re cleared, but nobody please shoot at me again,” said Yang.

 

Peeking from the bushes, Solid Shell was shown eying at the Moon Warriors playing with their powers in the battlefield (except Lee, who was sitting away from the action).

 

“This time…” Solid Shell speaks to himself, “even capturing those armored fish will have me as the highest priority for creature hunting. And as for you Sao…if that’s what you really look like, I’ll show you to mess with your former comrade.”

 

After Solid Shell’s briefing, Yang then walks over to lonely Lee.

 

“You’re shirking. Do I have to cheer you up?” Yang asked.

 

Lee continues to face away from Yang and simply replies to him, “No.”

 

Yang pauses for a moment and then scoots in front of Lee to then tell him, “I suppose you do have an ultimate technique, most specifically a Moon Warrior spirit summon that you could launch out.”

 

“Now I’ve realized that I’m not doing something careful with my knack of powers,” Lee replied. “I’m certain that having too many different styles of attacks is going to override with my deoxyDNA and such.”

 

“I think it would be about time that you would show off a technique of your own than adapting others into your own power source, but I’m afraid there’s no need for that now since you wasted that opportunity for your copied powers, am I right?”

 

“What am I supposed to learn now?”

 

Before Yang would speak, a noise filters through the battlefield of the crack of a ray-gun.

 

“Just great, we’re under attack. Go! Go! Go! Your legs aren’t broken!” Yang said and runs off with Lee whilst watching over the fired shots.

 

Momentarily, the Moon Warriors are cornered before Solid Shells springs out into ambush.

 

“Daddy’s back, savage beings!” Solid Shell cried. “Now I also got a much bigger and more interesting prize…” he immediately then saunters over to Sao (undisguised now) and points the ray-gun to his face. “Looks like your dead, mister.”

 

Sao instantly drops down from Solid Shell’s incoming blast and runs off from him. Solid Shell continues to gun him down, but Sao kept dodging the laser beam shots by the shuffling of his feet until he climbs up to the nearest tree.

 

Hey, this guy is familiar…. Lee thought.

 

With Sao out of sight, Solid Shell aims for the Moon Warriors, including Lee.

 

“Soon, I’ll rope you guys up and turn you guys in!” Solid Shell exclaimed.

 

Fending off the hunter, Squidward starts it off with his Bungee Sucker Punch, but gets interrupted by Solid Shell’s blast. Yang succeeds in hitting Solid Shell through his Blade-er-rang attack to his feet, and causes him to stop at his current position to wince the pain.

 

“Ach, that stings!” Solid Shell said. “Now, where is Sao?”

 

Sao attacks Solid Shell by surprise by dashing over to him with a flaming asteroid blast at his side. Solid Shell falls over and continues launching shots, aiming for his former partner, while on his knees.

 

“I can’t believe you weren’t the alien scum I didn’t know you were the whole time I reinforced you!” Solid Shell exclaimed.

While getting attacked, Sao keeps up with avoiding through using his fireballs to counterattack. “Listen to me! I can even spare you!”

 

Running out of juice, Solid Shell discards his weapon to go against Sao, hand in hand. Sao follows suit, continuing to counter-attack.

 

“It’s for your own good, old partner. You have become the prey and I will not dare listen to what you have to say!”

 

“Then I will force you to meet my demands once I triumph against you in this petty match!”

 

Sao and Solid Shell continue to try and outmatch each other bare handed before Sao launches an asteroid blast and seizes Solid Shell by gripping on the arms.

 

“I never intend to hurt you, most Pisconarchs like us never intended to bring harm to you, but I am aware of how crazy you are about hunting the supernatural,” said Sao.

 

“Why would you pose as a normal sea creature?” Solid Shell asked.

 

“I wanted to get on your good side. I sensed that you would hunt down beings like me,” Sao explains, “and even though I wouldn’t feel secure in front of you if I was going to be disguise, I feel secure down here than in my home planet, so I decided to stick with you….and maybe later on teach you something.”

 

Solid Shell became silent, but was still grunting from his easy defeat.

 

“How about we reconcile?” Sao asked. “Try not to bother with my Pisconarch ego.”

 

“I can’t make a deal with you….” Solid Shell replied.

 

“Unfortunately, I’m going to make a deal. I am now part of a resistance with Miranda, Galileo, and Celeste. Under one condition, would you like to take part of it with me? You cannot hunt down my own kind….except for the real enemy: Makemake.”

 

Sao then holds up a poster he made himself that depicts Makemake, poorly drawn.

 

“Don’t mind how my drawings are crap, but under one condition, you can reconcile with me if you help us defeat this guy. Now leave us alone…”

 

Spongebob and co. leave the battlefield and Solid Shell behind and subsequently return to the tent. The next day follows. The rocket’s completion was half-done and the Moon Warriors were already prepped up as that day changes to night.

 

“Lee, you may have not done any practice at all, but there’s one thing I’d like for you to do right now,” said Yang. “You know how to use teleportation, so I’d like for you to try and transport us to the Aquarius summit.”

 

“Can we come along?” Miranda asked.

 

“You guys are staying for now,” Yang responded.

 

“Fine, I’ll try that,” said Lee and started concentrating.

 

At a flash, Spongebob and co. were no longer spotted at their campgrounds and appeared elsewhere. However, Lee transported him and the group to Bikini Bottom downtown.

 

“This is Bikini Bottom, try again,” said Yang.

 

After several attempts that including transporting to Shell City, Rock Bottom, City of Northern Lights, City of Southern Lights, Squidward’s bedroom, the same campgrounds, Bikini Atoll, and then finally by the treetops of Kelp Forest…

 

“There! This is where the summit should be!”

 

“You’re right! I can totally see those two shady figures….” Spongebob says.

 

The Moon Warriors walk closer to the summit and gently went near the two guards, who are apparently not Phobos and Deimos.

 

“So, you’ve all made it this far….” One of the guards spoke from behind, a male voice.

 

“Makemake has been expecting you Moon Warriors, including us,” the other said, but a female voice came out.

 

“Looks like Phobos and Deimos are out of the job, huh?” Squidward asked. “Well, we aren’t afraid of you two!”

 

“It certainly is too bad they got sacked by our faithful emperor,” one of the mysterious figures responded.

 

“You should also realize who you’re speaking to.” The other said. “The two of us are of 12 of the embodiments of the zodiac, Gemini! It’s not even just the two of us out here….”

 

Gemini, as in both of the individuals, turned around to look at the Moon Warriors in the eye. One of Gemini then continued off to say, “Get them, Iapetus.”

 

Iapetus pops out from above and stands in the way of Gemini.

 

“Here we are again,” said Iapetus. “If you guys manage to restore this moon, I’m at a loss for how I could still serve the new emperor. This time, I won’t let myself be taken down by you, sponge!”

 

After Iapetus directs his statement towards Spongebob, he responds, “Alright, if we’re going to have to take turns in attacking you and Gemini, then I’m ready to face that task!”

 

The duel begins as Spongebob whirs up a brightness tornado and hits Iapetus. Squidward gets in front of Spongebob and then swipes the next attack to deal more against Iapetus with his Bungee Sucker Punch. Iapetus strikes Spongebob with his scythe while Gemini prepare for their splitting formation and their battle styles become launched out at once. A dark blast gives damage to Prendas, Sandy, and Patrick while the light blast hits Yang and Yin. The duo then position themselves in front of Gemini while Iapetus continues to attack the other Moon Warriors with a series of strokes from the Soul Reaper.

 

“You know, you seem familiar….” The male half of Gemini said to Prendas.

 

“You too…” Prendas responded. “No matter what you say, I am my own person, and that is Prendas! Don’t wear it out…”

 

Prendas uses her Blazing Beam to hit Gemini while Yang fends off the same opponent with his Swift Assassin attack and does successfully. On the other hand, Yin takes on Gemini with her white blade. While that was being dodged by the pair a few times, Yin manages to give a couple of hits. Gemini attack by unleashing a double meteor-like attack and does greater damage on the two Warriors. Onto Iapetus’ duel perspective, he and Spongebob block each other’s scythe swipes and Pisces Chop attacks respectively until Iapetus gives him the strike to diminish Spongebob’s energy. Patrick then takes the time to fend off Iapetus, but gets stricken by Iapetus’ multiple blades attack, now putting Lee at the helm by striking at Iapetus with a dark blast. Afterwards, Spongebob regains ground by trying to hit Iapetus with a light blast, but gets deflected by the rapier. Squidward attacks next by using a Lunar Drill. While that was going on, Gemini, Yang, and Yin, continue to block off against each other until Gemini forms a wide electrical wave of lunar energy and unleash it to hit all the Moon Warriors, except Squidward. Iapetus jumps out of way of the attack and waits for Squidward to take aim. Iapetus’ incoming strike was halted when Spongebob jumps out to give him a dose of his Pisces Chop. With Squidward’s attack being interrupted, he snags the next move by hitting Iapetus with a nova blast. Titan then uses his golden blade to counter with Iapetus’ scythe and manages to succeed. The next opportunity is taken by Umbriel as she launches a neutron star attack to loosen Iapetus’ guard, followed by Sandy’s Pisces Shuriken. Gemini yet again uses another attack to range against all the Moon Warriors and send out multiple comets. Spongebob, Titan, and Iapetus remain to standby in the duel while the others struggle to keep attacking, while still holding on. Iapetus clashes with Spongebob and Titan once again. Titan’s thunderflash attacks miss, and Iapetus manages to strike Spongebob and the latter at once. As Iapetus threatens to use his finishing blow, Spongebob resists and sends out his brightness tornado to strike. Eventually, Iapetus is defeated by the time Titan uses his blade whip and Spongebob uses both a light and aurora blast.

 

“This cannot be happening….” Iapetus groaned. “Gemini, eliminate them once and for all…”

 

Yang and Yin get back into fighting and clash against Gemini with their one sword against Yins white blade and Yang’s Poltergeist Blades attack. While they each were still attacking, Gemini then resort into avoiding in order to then retrieves Iapetus’ Soul Reaper. With Gemini’s two-sided sword and the rapier attacking Yang and Yin at once, they are now at the brink of defeat as their attacks fail to work out of Gemini’s higher advantage. While holding on to their artillery, Gemini launches another wide-ranged beam to hit all the Moon Warriors.

 

“Now we’ll just have to do Iapetus’ usual job and rid of you Moon Warriors…” the female half of Gemini said.

 

All of a sudden, dashing off from the cove to the summit, Phobos and Deimos get behind the Warriors and eventually strike at Gemini.

 

“This is our job, bitch!” Deimos exclaimed.

 

With ease, Phobos and Deimos’ series of attacks cause Gemini to become more vulnerable. While they were each still attacking and blocking against one another, Phobos and Deimos carry out a blast known as “Mars Mash” and it gives off a big explosion. After the intense blowout, Gemini was lying flat on the ground, and not conscious. However, Iapetus already disappeared.

 

“How…and why?” Spongebob asked.

 

“Makemake laid us off, but we still decided to take action against Gemini,” said Phobos. “Being nasty is how we get our fun, but we care about Pisces Planet.”

 

“Because we completely realize that we’re guarding the moons over a ploy and that we usually despise Gemini, take this as our gratitude,” Deimos added, “but this is just for this one time.”

 

“Care to elaborate on the ploy involved with the messed up cycle?” Yang asked.

 

“That’s all we can tell you. Goodbye,” Deimos finished. At a flash, Phobos and Deimos were out.

 

“Yep, that was too uncalled for and pretty ironic, but now we can restore this moon,” said Titan.

 

At the press of the device Spongebob held, the fog that plagues the Aquarius moon was cleared off. Calling it a night, Spongebob and co. transported back to the tent. As the rest of the night goes on and skips to the next morning, Spongebob exits the tent and notices something far off.

 

In place of the sun in the sky, there appeared to be another form, but it appeared to be more red orange in color.

 

“Hey Titan, have you ever noticed that there are two suns now?” Spongebob asked when the Pisconarch exited the tent as well.

 

“What do you mean there’s two suns!? This is definitely not a good sign!” Titan exclaimed, went wide-eyed, and started flipping through pages in his book. “Just what I thought: Betelgeuse!”

----------------------------------------

NOTES/TRIVIA:

 

Character Debut(s): Gemini

 

All moons except Pisces are now 'restored.'

[Steel Sponge]

43. Blast Off

 

It was the distant past. Another story, showcasing the perspective of Yang and Yin out in the topiary garden of the kingdom, was now unveiling.

 

“It should be time for you two fellows to meet Makemake,” said Io.

 

“I thought we were outside to practice the ‘thing’ you were talking to us about,” said Yin.

 

“It’s not a thing. This is a practice routine is for your usual abilities before we forge onto the times of the phenomenon-based tradition for the folk of Pisces Planet…” Io responded and paused for one moment. “This isn’t to say that you both have Moon Powers and that the meteor is going to hurdle into the outer-dimension of the universe. Like I’m saying, this is a jumpstart to combat training while the distinctive future of the meteor strike is withheld.”

 

“Talk normal,” Yin replied. “It makes me feel intimidated.”

 

“Show me how you both fight!” Io reassured. “Some day, you’ll be Moon Warriors, which is why I set up this routine.”

 

Zooming farther from the perspective of the three Pisconarchs, a group of floating targets and training dummies (even ones in forms of bushes), can be seen to have been arranged.

 

“See those targets?” Io continued. “Put your usual powers to the test, which is how you will break through the barriers of each one of the targets.”

 

Before Yang and Yin aim fire, Makemake has had snuck his way into the yard and got next to Io.

 

Makemake uttered out, “Hey! It’s nice for me to become recruited as a corporal – just like you guys, isn’t it?” Upon his words, the duo was started and missed the targets, causing their beams to be deflected. They both nearly got blitzed from their respective shots.

 

“Wait a moment, does that mean….?” Yang asked Io.

 

“He’s making a run for the royal line, but he’s not so close,” Io proclaimed. “He’s fought real hard, done some prolific paperwork, and is making his bachelor plans. Now get back to your training!”

 

“Yes, Io….” Yin whispered.

 

She forms a laser beam across the field and pelts one of the training dummies. The effect wasn’t enough to break it and one of the dummies provokes, bringing out ray gun arms and shooting at Yin.

 

“Not enough finger strength I’m seeing,” said Io.

 

“Oh please, I didn’t even want to be put into this!” Yin argued. “Don’t you realize that I never really wanted to fight?”

 

“I’m sorry, but for now, you just have to resume your training!” Io replied.

 

“I’m canceling it and you can stay out of it!” Yin retorted. “I’m going back inside the marble room.”

 

As Yin was walking away from the courtyard, the younger Titan appeared from a bush and started off his way to greet with the higher authorities to salute to the Pisconarch.

 

“Hello Titan,” Yin said, pilfering his chance to speak.

 

After Yin closed the door on herself to leave the courtyard, Yang says to Io, “Now what’s the kid doing right here?”

 

“He’s just an authorized guest,” Io answered.

 

“You have powers, don’t you?” Titan asked.

 

“Obviously, I do,” Yang responded. “Yin bailed out on this, but at least you’ll watch me try and destroy these targets.”

 

Yang gets near in front of Io for his process of launching out his blaze of laser beam blasts and smashes against the targets from the ground and above, successfully demolishing them.

 

“I’ve guessed it that you were amazing and I’m right, you are cool!” Titan complimented. “If only I had abilities like that. Hopefully the next time that meteor is formed and crashes, I’m chosen!”

 

“Then I’d say you’re on track with that research,” said Yang. “While Yin hopes that isn’t a Moon Warrior at some point, I’ll give you my word that you’ll probably be a Moon Warrior.”

“Looks like I have some respect for the little guy,” Makemake said towards Yang before facing his head over to Titan. “Yeah, hopefully you’ll gain some Pisces powers.”

 

“Right, there’s so much I could do when I have Moon Powers,” Titan replied.

 

After Yang was done with the routine, Io was met by Callisto, Phoebe, and Helene as the three of them left the kingdom to check on Yang and Yin inside the courtyard.

 

“Yin went back inside, what went wrong?” Callisto asked.

 

“Teenagers….even in the standards of being in the royal line, they get feisty,” Io muttered.

 

“Even I have high hopes for our daughter,” Phoebe added. “She could withhold our great power someday. She should just look at how Pluto’s doing, wherever he is right now.”

 

“Yeah, he’s gone astray from our kingdom several times, but I understand how busy he is,” Yang said, walking over to the locals.

 

“Yeah, busy for something….” Makemake said in a discontent tone. “Even though I descend from Farside Planet and don’t have real Pisces Planet powers, it is pleasure for you guys to accept me into the lower part of the royal line.”

 

“I’m proud of your training, Yang. Keep at it,” Helene stated.

 

“No problem, but don’t push Yin and I think she’ll do fine,” said Yang.

 

The backstory ends, shifting to Yang, whom after had his rest in his arranged sleeping grounds of the tent.

 

The practice we’ve had, Yang thought. It reminds me of the last time Yin actually got peeved and lost her mind for a moment. Now that we just have to restore Pisces Planet from the radiation, we’re at good hands.

 

Yang rolls over and gets himself pushed by Solid Shell, who suddenly got inside the tent and had a slumber.

 

“Yes, Solid Shell came up and talked with me about joining our resistance and helping with me take out Makemake,” said Sao. “I know the tent’s crowded now, so I’m not pleased with the additional sleeping arrangement that I had to make.”

 

“This is the fault of Titan not thinking of having a bigger tent, isn’t that right?” Squidward questioned, expecting an answer from Titan, but with no response.

 

“He’s already freshened up, so I better go outside…” said Yang and leaves the tent to see Titan and Spongebob looming over at what Titan has called “Betelgeuse.”

 

“Oh no, so this must be the type of plan that Makemake was formulating at the same time of that blackhole,” said Titan.

 

“Tell me more,” Spongebob responded.

 

“This form of a red giant is said to expand from amounts of greenhouse energy until it can rival with the sun and burn bright enough to wipe out every living thing and resources from the nearest planet AND the lowest region of the universe until it implodes in due to its expansion, and that thing is coming for us!” Titan explained. “This is indeed a horrible sight! – And Yang’s behind us, probably going to freak-out right about now.”

 

“Please tell me we have enough time….” Yang said softly before suddenly belting out, “Did we have enough time to complete the rocket and get to the god damn island!?”

 

“We actually did,” said Titan. “You’d be surprised it got done as fast once as you pressured for us to complete it. The finishing it in a week thing was more of an assumption apparently.”

“I told you so that Makemake was getting ahead in his plans, now go wake everyone else up and we can board the rocket!” Yang commanded.

 

“Spongebob, you’re the leader. Get everyone else up, please,” Titan restated.

 

With that said, Spongebob re-enters the tent to see everyone has already awakened, while Umbriel’s eyes were just starting to roll up.

 

“This sudden increase in temperature is making me lose sleep, I don’t like this…” Umbriel mumbled.

 

“A red giant is taking over, which is no wonder why it’s so hot, so can you please wake up and head to the rocket….now?” Spongebob asked in his polite tenor.

 

“You’re so naïve. Giants don’t exist,” Umbriel said drowsily, while unaware of the background around her shifting to outside the tent and the inside of the rocketship.

 

“I hope you enjoy the passenger’s seat,” Spongebob continued.

 

“Where are we going?”

 

“We’re just taking a ride to outer space,” said Sandy.

 

Upon that realization, Umbriel then instantly exclaims, “Hey, I didn’t ask for this! I want to get off!”

 

While the Moon Warriors and others were blasting off, Bergelmir and ASTR0-0 were shown outside from the rocket.

 

“We’ll get you two what you need, I promise that!” Galileo hollered.

 

Meanwhile in Pisces Planet, Makemake was sitting around in his throne and watching as Betelgeuse expands near Pisces Planet and the Earth’s surface.

 

“Even though those Moon Warriors managed to clean off that radioactive material from all the other planets, it’s a good thing Pisces is still under effect and that I have enough collected material to see this thing take its toll,” said Makemake.

 

The doors opened up from the chamber room as Iapetus ran up to the steps of the emperor’s throne.

 

“Emperor Makemake, the embodiment of Gemini has been disposed of by the Moon Warriors,” Iapetus announced. “After you fired Phobos and Deimos, they apparently got the upper-hand from the pair themselves.”

 

“Not a problem, how did you do though?” Makemake asked.

 

“I admitted defeat, but maybe that’s because the Warriors became familiar with my strategy during my espionage,” Iapetus replied. “Do you need me for anymore service?”

 

Makemake became silent and mused on Iapetus’ fate, he then said, “Follow me….”

 

Makemake led Iapetus out of the throne room and then escorted him around the kingdom until he was leading the way down to the dungeon room where he kept Kerberos.

 

“Is there something I’m supposed to do in the dungeon?” Iapetus asked.

 

“No….I was wandering about your usefulness and….” Makemake responded.

 

“Well, you’re the boss, but come on, let me hear it! Why I am in the dungeon?” Iapetus asked once more.

 

“I’m going to have you sit around here while I think about a way of how to eradicate you and pay a visit over to Farside Planet.”

 

“Hey, I am one of you Farside folk and you certainly don’t have much of a reason to put me here!”

 

“You brute, you’ll never get away with your ruling and putting me in the cellar with a rogue!” Kerberos remarked.

 

At the same time, Makemake was prepared to force Iapetus inside the cell, lock him up, and charge up his staff to transport him to Farside Planet. At the time he inserted the key to give it a great lock, Iapetus burst through and was about to jab him with his rapier.

 

…Eventually, they were both transported to the proposed location.

 

“Now I’m stuck with you. Promise you’ll provide help while I’m at it with “him,” alright?” Makemake said towards Iapetus.

Iapetus looks around and sees an object floating around in space that looked as small as a raisin from his eye view. The most notable factor was the engine flaring from the object, which was the rocket being piloted by Spongebob and co.

 

“Isn’t that a rocket? Oh, now I remember….” Iapetus said to himself.

 

Briefly flashing back to the morning where Titan and Spongebob approached the view of the sky with Betelgeuse, Iapetus was seen behind the tent and eying on the rocket and taking a small sample of the fuel supply.

 

“This should be authentic lunar soil,” said Iapetus. “Now that I have to come back to Pisces Planet, I better let him know about this rocket.”

 

Fading back to the scenery of Farside Planet, Iapetus and Makemake were now shown inching closer to the entrance to the planet’s keep.

 

“By the way Makemake, there is something you should know,” said Iapetus. “I can see that rocket overhead and it has been constructed by the Moon Warriors.”

 

“Is that so?” Makemake muttered. “Whatever embodiment from the zodiac I didn’t lose, I will send it over to where the rocket’s line of sight lays. I suspect they must be going to the only place where the greenhouse radiation will be extracted. So, after I pay a visit with Pluto, I’m going on a mission to that abandoned piece of land.”

 

“Come hither, Taren.”

 

Through the emitting controls from Makemake’s hands, the embodiment of Taurus, concealed in a statue in an unspecified area, was unleashed and pushed away from his frozen state. Makemake then controls Taren to float over to where the Moon Warriors were currently hanging around in the rocket.

 

“I’m going to be extremely careful with this since getting close to Betelgeuse will get us pulled into its gravity,” said Yang. “Right now, I’m in-charge with the rocket’s controls.”

 

“But Yang isn’t there another way of flying the rocket without being at least 50 centimeters away from Betelgeuse?” Yin pointed out, showing the rocket to be partly close to the boundaries of Betelgeuse and its gravity.

 

“And you know, I’m not really used to this flying thing, so can’t we put aside flying a rocket all the way to island what’s-its-name?” Lee suggested.

 

“That’s weird, our system is starting to override….” said Yang.

 

“Look, didn’t I tell you before that I had some experience with aviation? This is why I should be controlling the rocket,” said Yin.

 

“I haven’t done anything wrong! I’m just flying the rocket and out of nowhere, something’s causing our system to glitch a bit!” Yang replied. “Something’s going on with the rocket going on and off autopilot. Because of that, it keeps shooting up and down…”

 

“Okay, I’m piloting….” Yin replied.

 

“Please don’t go down, please don’t go down, please don’t go down,” Lee whispered to himself, having his arms and legs wrapped around his body in his seat.

 

Yin was about to take over the captain’s seat, but it was until Yang yelled out, “Hold on! One of you guys must get outside the rocket and look into the source of our problem!”

 

“I’ll go outside the rocket,” Titan declared.

 

“And I guess I’ll go with him,” Umbriel added.

“This seems unlike you, Umbriel….” Titan said towards her.

 

“I’m the leader here, so I’ll make my decision to go with Titan and Umbriel,” Spongebob affirmed. “It will also be my task to ensure we’ll be back all right.”

 

Spongebob, Titan, and Umbriel enter the outer-side of the rocket by pulling the exit. Walking around on the outside of the rocket, they could see Taren damaging the flying machine by jabbing through the shielded texture and denting the mechanisms.

 

“I knew someone was causing trouble,” Spongebob said.

“You won’t be able to diminish Makemake and his plans as long as I can “benefit” with it!” Taren exclaimed.

 

The embodiment of Taurus ran across the rocket until he got near the rocket’s exhaust to try and strike through the fuel tank. He was seized by Spongebob and Umbriel’s respective light and aurora blasts.

 

“Okay, let’s get to dueling!” Taren said. “Alright, constellation spirit, standby!”

 

Through his commands, a constellation in form of a bull appeared in front of Taren.

 

“Looks like we’ll have to fight with our Moon Warrior spirits for this guy,” said Spongebob.

 

All at once, Spongebob, Titan, and Umbriel exclaimed, “Moon Warrior spirit, I summon you!”

 

Spongebob’s koi spirit, Titan’s sunfish spirit, and Umbriel’s manta ray spirit each appeared in front of the Moon Warriors and stood with Taren’s aforementioned spirit. The duel begins as Taren controls his constellation spirit to perform an attack of his, known as the “Raging Bull.” The spirit dashes over and hits Titan and the sunfish. Spongebob uses the koi spirit to launch out a light blast, then aurora blast to hit the bull. Titan uses his spirit next to form a blade around it and gives the opposing force his Blade Whip attack. Taren whips up another attack through his constellation spirit, known to be a “Rampart Smash.” The bull spirit jolts about and unleashes a beam through its horns to send the three Moon Warriors and spirits flying. Taren attempts with the same attack again, but it gets blocked when Umbriel controls the spirit to halt the horn beams with another new attack in her utility. Known as the Solar Guard, the opposing spirit was unable to break through. The Solar Guard then launches into an attack by becoming a wide, blazing beam of light and hits effectively. With the spirit being stalled from the impact of Umbriel’s attack, Spongebob sends his koi spirit to form a brightness tornado and give it more intense damage. Taren uses his bull spirit to give out another different attack by dashing around, fast as the average wild cat, and lashing at the Moon Warriors from behind. The Moon Warriors attain their balance and Spongebob then uses his spirit to give out a light blast, preceded by Umbriel’s spirit using a neutron star attack against the bull.

 

While the three Warriors were still fighting, Sandy was seen going up the ladder and heading out through the pipe exit of the rocket.

 

“You’re going out, too?” Patrick asked.

 

“I feel like I should provide them with help. They look like they’re in a dangerous situation,” said Sandy.

 

After that precise moment, it was back to the duel between Taren and Spongebob, Titan, and Umbriel.

 

I’m not done yet, take this!” Taren said.

 

Controlling the bull with another dash attack, the Moon Warriors obtain more damage while Titan was about to slip off the rocket and was now in the middle of keeping hold of the rocket.

 

“Dear Neptune, Titan!” Spongebob cried out and was about to get a hold of Titan’s hand.

 

Unfortunately, Titan’s hand slipped off from the rocket, leaving him floating backwards through the galaxy….and getting closer to Betelgeuse’s gravity.

 

“I’ll rescue you, buddy!” Spongebob said and jumped off from the side of the rocket to head over to Titan.

 

While Spongebob was floating over to Titan to try and pull him back from Betelgeuse, Sandy wrings out a lasso, part of her Moon Powers, to wrap Spongebob around while he manages to get a hold on Titan’s single finger.

 

“I doubt you will be able to get me out of the grasp of Betelgeuse’s gravity, Spongebob,” said Titan.

 

“What do you mean? I got a tug on you, at least for your finger, but I will not let you go!” Spongebob responded.

 

“Before I get engulfed in flames, I want to let you know that I’m making this sacrifice for Betelgeuse, because it’s going to get bigger any second.” Titan replied. “There’s more, the book to the history of our planet is kept inside the rocket and I want you to read through it. Some of the pages contain inscriptions of the ultimate Moon Warrior combination!”

 

Spongebob was now at the verge of tears, still not wanting to let go of the Pisconarch. “Titan….”

 

“This reminds me of the time I had to watch Ferdinand make his own sacrifice to get swallowed by the Blackhole of Quantanova,” Titan continued. “That’s not important now. Before I leave, tell Umbriel that I adore her and that I should have given her the special kiss when I had the chance….”

 

“Come on Spongebob, I can’t hold any longer with this darn thing!” Sandy called out.

 

Through the expansion of Betelgeuse’s gravity, Titan’s finger lets loose of Spongebob’s hold. Sandy then quickly pulls Spongebob back as he sees Titan floating adrift into Betelgeuse and getting swallowed up by the red giant’s flames. Umbriel saw as Titan’s physique was becoming out of sight. She stood still and shed a tear in front of Taren, too agape for words.

 

“I know how you’re feeling right now Umbriel, and I will tell you that he loves you very much,” said Spongebob.

 

Umbriel then suddenly loses her stoic expression and becomes filled with rage. To keep away from Umbriel’s range, Spongebob and Sandy escorted themselves back inside the rocket. Umbriel glowed red and her aura became hyper. Umbriel’s outcry causes her to fiercely attack not only the bull constellation spirit, but lash out against Taren and pummel him with an flurry of her light and aurora blasts, as well as neutron star attacks through her manta ray spirit. Umbriel was beating around Taren with the spirit’s attacking until he was completely outcold and Umbriel would waste enough her energy to cause her spirit to disappear in a cloud of mist. Umbriel took some deep breathing from her seething rage and then passed out a minute later.

 

“Take Umbriel to the rocketship!” Yang called out. “She seems to be in a harsh condition! Hurry and help her!”

---------------------------------

NOTES/TRIVIA:

 

Character Debut(s): Taren

 

Spoiler

Titan gets killed after being engulfed and swallowed up by Betelgeuse.

[Steel Sponge]

44. No Warrior is an Island

 

Lee was falling from space. Apparently, he was in his younger days when he saw his parents watching him descend into Earth’s gravity. Lee felt the intensity of gravity pulling him down, faster into the atmosphere, and then….

 

The present Lee, just sitting around, opened up his eyes after letting them snooze. Yang turned up in the background to see Lee at the furthest part of the spaceship’s living quarters.

“Please don’t go down, please don’t go down, please don’t go down,” Lee chanted and felt tears under his eyes.

 

“Heads up, we need you back….somewhere you need to be in the cabin,” said Yang. “Hey, are you crying?”

 

“Just leave me alone, like I was meant to be,” Lee deadpanned.

 

“Don’t you want to give Umbriel some company?” Yang asked. “You know how tragic it is for her to be lapsed into some kind of stroke. Worse, she could have been afloat and get herself burned by Betelgeuse…”

 

Lee was still trying to resist his tears out of anxiety and stuttered before giving a proper response.

 

“I’m not coming about to visit Umbriel,” Lee replied. “Besides, you might get what you’ll never expect from her.”

 

“Well, if you feel like gathering yourself by the table, you know where to find us,” Yang concluded and exited the corner where Lee lays, burying his face by his legs.

 

The door slid opened to the sleeping quarters. Yang has just entered and everyone else was in the place, except for Yin and Lee. Umbriel was lying in one of the beds, still feeling comatose. Candy was at her side using her powers as a way to heal her condition.

 

“What use would my old powers do for this girl?” Prendas asked Candy. “Ironic for me to be unsure about that, but it’s a Fool’s Powers skill, so I wouldn’t expect the best from your attempts.”

 

“I’m not really used to this psychic power exploiting,” said Candy. “I guess I failed to try and protect Umbriel.”

 

Candy slammed her fins on the edge of the mattress and stopped her mind from unleashing [Prendas’] Fool’s Powers.

 

“You care so much for Umbriel and because you don’t think you can use my old powers to bring her consciousness, you’re giving up on trying saving her life?” Prendas asked.

 

Candy flicked away a single tear from eye and replied, “What should I do?”

 

“Candy, I know you’re more than a fervent journalist. What do you do when a friend like Umbriel looks to be in grave danger? The type of powers exhibited from Farside Planets can give off something deep and show good results. Remind yourself in your head of how much it matters for you to save her and how important she is to you in order to revive her from her stroke. Then you let out that fragment of energy, or inner healing.”

 

“You’re right. I’ll try….for Umbriel.”

 

Gathered around the table, Spongebob states, “That weird guy sure handled us so badly to throw Titan off the rocket like that. However, I feel like Titan’s demise was my fault.”

“So, who’s controlling the rocket right now?” Sandy asked.

 

“Yin is flying it right now,” Yang answered. “Turns out she has more experience with operating things as rockets, hovercrafts….and it also seems I haven’t known her enough to be familiar with the interest she has had in mind. She also said that she told me a thousand times about this subject, but I guess I was too busy focusing on my interest on combat at the time.”

 

“Well, if we never noticed, the guy would’ve destroyed our rocket, right?” Spongebob questioned. “I still feel guilty about Titan, I but I feel proud with springing into action with him and Umbriel.”

 

“Yeah….that’s right….”

 

Without warning, Yang flips over the table, causing the other teammates to have that scared look.

 

“Talk about going on a bit of a rampage,” said Sandy. “What’s with you, now?”

 

“You know, maybe it was my fault for taking the coastline close to Betelgeuse as a shortcut to the space island,” said Yang. “Maybe that’s why Titan got killed, because of how I’ve failed to listen to Yin these days.”

 

“I think you’re beating yourself up about this situation,” Spongebob remarked towards Yang. “Don’t go into this ‘it’s not you, it’s me’ type of attitude. Surely, our opponent caused Titan to lose balance….”

 

“I’ve done nothing to help while Sandy was able to bring Spongebob back onto the rocket,” Yang continued. “Because of what happened recently, we’re now 9 of us Moon Warriors! Now that I’ve realized how hard it is for me to take responsibilities, my role as a leader is more of a travesty! And you Spongebob….you were more of a true leader than I was trying to be-“

 

“He was the one who let Titan go, end of story!” Squidward exclaimed.

 

“No, Squidward is right,” Spongebob reaffirmed. “I feel guilty about letting someone free, but Titan decided to sacrifice himself because there wasn’t much that he could do.”

 

“I think we should calm down here too,” said Sandy. “Let’s spend some quality time with Umbriel if she ever wakes up. Hopefully, we y’all don’t lose another comrade.”

 

“What matters now is that you’re the leader now, Spongebob,” said Yang. “You’re a silly one, but now I’m not going to bother stooping to that level.”

 

“Considering that Titan gave me some info before he got burned, I can take that responsibility even though I didn’t give a practice routine or anything after I made myself leader when I won a duel between my other teammates and myself. That was when Titan and Umbriel went missing in the meantime.” Spongebob responded.

 

“Titan gave you information, like what?”

 

“Quiet now, I think Umbriel’s starting to gain consciousness,” Prendas interrupted.

 

Candy and all the other Moon Warriors gathered around Umbriel’s bed and watched as she opened up her eyes.

 

“What are you all doing here?” Umbriel asked.

 

“We’ve always been here, checking on you after your most recent breakdown almost killed you,” Prendas explained.

“Thankfully, I managed to save your life,” Candy added.

 

“You remember what happened when you faced your opponent, did you?” Yang asked.

 

Flashing back to her duel with Taren, the minute after Titan was consumed by Betelgeuse. Umbriel felt her aura going ablaze. At that time, she also had a chat with him.

 

“Put this thing in full blast right now!” Umbriel yelled over to Spongebob and Sandy. “I’m so mad right now that I should take him down so hard, that the rocket should go into full speed, so I’ll be happy enough to see him completely fall off with a sting!”

 

“Oh no, she’s at it again….” Spongebob said to himself.

 

“Don’t worry about me, save yourselves!” Umbriel exclaimed. “Do it for Titan!”

 

In the present times, Umbriel’s memory is jogged and then gets herself angry again by grabbing a hold of Yang and beginning to spread an enhanced aurora blast to his face. Some of the Moon Warriors went up to Umbriel to tug her away from Yang.

 

“Take it easy Umbriel, there’s no need to hurt anyone!” Sandy said.

 

At the same time, Candy cried out, “Listen to me, stay sane!”

 

Through Candy’s perseverance, she uses her Fool’s Powers healing technique to reduce Umbriel’s aura levels from her anger state and places her back in bed.

 

“Hear me out, you could die the next few times you enter that state!” Prendas reprimanded. “You knew that. You told us that as well.”

 

“What am I supposed to do now that I’m never going to tell Titan for us to savor a moment I could have had for the first time?” Umbriel questioned. “Now I realize we completely love each other back and he’s gone.”

 

“And we know how much you feel for Titan, but at this point, we ought to stop thinking about him and focus more on our final mission,” Prendas replied.

 

“Yeah, your memories of Titan and sense of revenge is going to worsen your condition,” said Candy. “I know you as stubborn, but I also know you as a relatively nice person before you went into hiding to change your attitude. Can you work on being just that, for us? Not just for me.”

 

“I guess so….” Umbriel muttered. “In fact, I also want to lose my Moon Powers so I won’t have to worry about dying anymore.”

 

“Once you feel like your fever’s gone away, you can get yourself out of bed and join us on our last mission,” said Spongebob.

 

While Candy decided to stay in the room, the Moon Warriors went off the captain’s quarters. In the meantime Umbriel sees a picture of Titan on the wall and she hangs her head out of despair of his loss.

 

Before Yang went over to see Yin, he goes back to where Lee was to check on him.

 

Turns out Lee just disappeared.

 

“Damn it, where has he gone off to?” Yang asked himself. “No way had he actually transported himself out of this shuttle.”

 

Meanwhile, Makemake and Iapetus have already gone inside Farside Planet’s headquarters. They saw Pluto lounging around at the balcony floor.

 

“Pluto, I’ve been expecting you…” said Makemake.

 

“I knew I’d have a meeting from you sometime after you wreaked havoc and put harm into our royal family,” Pluto responded. “Are you going to stop my heart or something?”

 

“I would like to talk to you…and maybe THEN I’ll kill you softly,” Makemake replied.

 

“I see you brought a friend, he can have a seat.”

 

“His name is Iapetus, don’t wear it out.”

 

Makemake and Pluto leaned against the railings of the balcony and sighted Betelgeuse, getting a bit close to Earth and Pisces Planet.

 

“It’s a shame of what Mother Earth is seeing here. The Moon Maiden must be getting angry too,” Pluto remarked.

 

“It’s a pity, oh….and Iapetus has a little surprise for you, and it’s quite a special “cell” for ya,” Makemake responded.

 

Iapetus dashed over to the balcony as Pluto felt his head being scratched from the Soul Reaper. Pluto immediately took a fall. Furthermore, he was falling from height with Makemake and Iapetus before the former activates his teleportation technique.

 

They now appeared elsewhere, specifically on the so-called floating island.

 

“You’re a cheater. Lucky for me, he missed,” Pluto said, referring to Iapetus. He felt his backside of his neck, seeping with blood.

 

“I wanted to take this outside….someplace where I would expect the Moon Warriors to arrive soon,” said Makemake. “Now let’s have a discussion about your position in power….”

 

“Okay then, and since you would want to know about my position in power for Farside Planet, it sure isn’t easy while also having to work around the kingdom in Pisces Planet as a baron,” Pluto explained. “Some of the former higher authorities of that planet made it my job to keep it together, let it grow, and have it withstand with power. Now do you know why?”

 

“But you don’t understand….what you’re talking about here is a dwarf zodiac planet that does not need political control to sustain life!” Makemake argued. “We’re nothing like you Pisconarchs, so why bother with it if does not a play in the moon cycle of the universe like all the other planets?”

 

“You can’t be taking this too seriously…”

 

“Of course I can! Oh, and by other planets….oh yeah, I remember. All inhabitants from the other 11 planets of the universal cycle have been wiped off, with Pisces Planet’s source of life remaining! And do you know why?”

 

“So you’re acting like this is my fault and even Kerberos’ fault more so? I think you’re talking about “man.””

 

“Man or alien, whoever is the cause of bringing harsh conditions on the other planets with disasters such as the usual meteor showers and star explosions, it’s a mess. As you can see, Pisces Planet is still under effect of greenhouse chemicals causing Betelgeuse to expand, part of my plan to destroy life on Pisces Planet so that life on 12 of the zodiac planets won’t matter anymore because the rest have been destroyed in the past….thanks inference from culture of your planet.”

 

“While that happens, the Moon Maiden will not only pop up for the protection of Pisces Planet, but also for the protection of planet Earth, so why go against life on Earth too? The Earth we revolve around is only one of many different universes.”

 

“I’m getting tired of this conversation…” Iapetus commented.

 

“Oh yes, the old saying of the zodiac planets revolving around different universes as months go by,” Makemake continued. “Whatever universe the meteor crashes through, I plan on destroying the Moon Warriors that descend from that universe so nothing gets in my way and that they won’t matter in royal control anymore when they are all killed. It may also mean destroying all life over there, which is a problem since I would have never noticed that the current line of Moon Warriors would be on their way here to try and reset the radiation effects on Pisces Planet, oh well. Anyways, once as life from Pisces Planet is wiped off, the only planet to rely on now is my home planet, the one that does not rotate in the zodiac cycle, and eventually I will be able to start things over under my wing. Also, there won’t be anymore Moon Warriors without energy from Pisces Planet to create another super-meteor.”

 

“Look, those other planets would have survived as life sources if the feud between your planet and our planet didn’t happen beforehand,” Pluto replied. “So your motive is to go against the lack of population among the zodiac planets by getting rid of the last of the zodiac alien lifeforms? Look, you may have become a Pisces Emperor from Farside to go against my leadership as a Farside ruler from Pisces Planet, but it’s not like we were bringing harm to the other 11 planets, as well as yours! I take care of Farside Planet more than I provide care for Pisces Planet, and here you are with your plan to make zodiac lifeforms cease to exist.”

“Pisces’ cultural influence on the other planets, whether or not it was a hassle is still a dispute,” Makemake replied, “let me assure you that it was a problem. There came a time where Pisces Planet had control over the cycle and had to stop it several times….which is certainly why it got scattered about, abandoned in space….near a dangerous spot that makes it difficult for living things to access through. A main point in our feud is our protest in your planet playing god. The Moon Maiden doesn’t watch over the planets when the cycle stops without the ability and power to summon. What do you have to say about that?”

 

“Man and alien have been intruding the control of cycle, so we’re not all to blame. You can’t even hide the truth that even intruders from Farside Planet had been tampering with the cycle. You see, when the officials cause a halt to the cycle, they make sure a disaster doesn’t strike where the epicenter is in the middle of the life source and instead does not touch a planet’s gravity. And when a planet’s rotation stops at the point of where it can get hit, it’s a problem, but Pisces Planet is not entirely to blame.”

 

“Well Pluto, that doesn’t mean I’m going to change my mind,” said Makemake and raised his staff. “Enough talking, how about we start having a duel?”

 

“To defend Pisces Planet, sure,” Pluto responded.

 

Before Makemake’s energy was being unleashed, the sound of the Warriors’ rocket was sounding and came to a close to the island he and Pluto stood.

 

“But first…” Makemake adds.

 

The inside of the sanctuary in the floating island reveals a glistening light and unveils Lee, courtesy of his teleportation.

 

“I can’t believe this! I actually managed to warp over here way before everyone else showed up!” Lee said aloud. “If this is the place Yang was talking about, then this is a good enough place for me to hang around and remain hidden. Most of all, I can be able to let go my responsibilities as a Moon Warrior as long as I’m not found! Now…how am I going to get rid of my Moon Powers?”

 

Walking around, Lee eventually bumps into a group of statues. His eyes widen up when he sees a group of beings coming to life and phasing through.

 

Back to the outside of the sanctuary, Spongebob and co.’s rocket eventually lands at the precise location. Pluto, Makemake, and Iapetus remained to stand casually.

 

“I have been expecting you,” said Makemake.

 

“I guess this where things come to an end,” said Spongebob. “If you want a duel, I’m ready for one, and you will surrender!”

 

“Oh, but I’m not ready to fight all of you yet,” Makemake responded. “I wonder what happened to two of your cooperatives, but if you want to undo the mess, you’ll have to get pass a challenge I just prepared.”

 

"We’re ready for anything, now that we’ve gotten this far,” said Squidward.

 

“Then again, we still need to learn that ultimate-“Spongebob adds, but Squidward covers his mouth.

 

“Do your worst, Makemake,” said Yin.

 

Through Makemake’s control, 9 figures stepped off from the sanctum, revealing themselves as the other embodiments of the zodiac. What the Moon Warriors could recognize was one of them looking like Pandora, Ned Newton, and one of the embodiments carrying a fatigued Lee.

 

“Hey, how did he get here first?” Patrick questioned, obviously referring to Lee.

 

“Meet the rest of my allies,” Makemake continued, “Ariel, Casper, Pandora, Limber, Scarlet, Hoover, Caesar, Abdel, and Ned Newton! Try defeating them all while Iapetus, Pluto, and I engage in a duel back in Farside Planet. Other than that, I will have my eyes on you.”

 

Like so, Makemake warped off with Pluto and Iapetus to leave the remaining embodiments of the zodiac in-charge of guarding the sanctum.

 

“There’s too many of them!” Patrick remarked.

 

“At least it’s not all of them,” said Sao. “We’ll help you guys along the way, isn’t that right, Celeste, Galileo, Miranda….and you, Solid Shell?”

 

“It’s time to start open season on these mysterious creatures!” Solid Shell exclaimed.

 

“Right, we got your guys’ back,” Celeste added.

 

“I’d second that,” said Galileo.

 

“Alright, now let’s split ourselves for whatever one of these guys we face, as groups.” Spongebob suggested.

 

“I’m on Yin’s side, and I’ll be paired with Yang too, to please him,” said Patrick.

 

“I’ll take care of three of these guys with Sandy,” Squidward proclaimed. “And I’ll be the one to save Lee from those clutches and he’ll soon enough join in battle.”

 

“And I’ll go with Umbriel and Prendas,” Spongebob declared.

 

As Squidward and Sandy positioned themselves for battle, Ariel, Abdel, and Limber do the same. As a way to start the two-on-three duel, they lunged at each other….

-------------------------------------------

NOTES/TRIVIA:

 

Character Debut(s): Ariel, Casper, Limber, Scarlet, Hoover, Caesar, Abdel

 

Spoiler

Pandora is revealed to still be alive and that she, along with Ned Newton are revealed to embodiments of the zodiac.

[Steel Sponge]

45. Kingdom Unwelcome

 

They lunged at each other….

 

The first assault against the embodiments was launched out by Squidward with a Bungee Sucker Punch. Limber blocks the attack from its impact and jumps in front of Squidward to perform an attack with a constellation of a scale.

 

“Let’s see, what does the weight of our energy levels going to tell me of how my attacks are going to be rearranged?” Limber inquires to himself while the scale starts evaluating their power. “Alright then, lowest weighted energy, become greater!”

 

Limber gives out a dropkick against Squidward and damaged him with a force as strong as the usual dark or nova blast.

 

“You may not remember me as well as say Ned Newton or Pandora, but I was the gatekeeper of the entrance to Pisces Cup!” Limber said. “I am indeed the embodiment of Libra. Tricks of the trade, I’m at a quick ease with that type of techniques.”

 

“You guys provide help for me, remember?” Squidward informed towards the resistance team. “We should have an edge with these three.”

 

“Right, no problem….” Galileo says.

 

Galileo was preparing his Leo based magic techniques, but his incoming attack spells gets into a breach by Ariel’s ram constellation, with its barrier breaking Horns of Justice attack, provoking damage onto the sorcerer.

 

“Ariel is a guy’s name too, just wanted to let you know on that,” Ariel proclaimed. “I am the embodiment of Aries, and I show no mercy like with the other too. Is that right, Abdel?”

 

“Right, even you guys have more reinforcements by your backs, I doubt we can be defeated,” Abdel remarked.

 

Solid Shell instantly uses his ammo to ignite a bang from his machine gun, aimed for Ariel, but he blocks the bullet.

 

“Bullets, surprised to see someone with no powers being in use,” Ariel remarked.

 

“This is shenanigans!” Solid Shell exclaimed.

 

“Now let’s work on taking them down as a team!” Sandy commanded. “There’s nothing like teamwork.”

 

“Yeah squirrel, you already proved that point,” said Squidward. “We’re not going to be underestimated by a group of fools!”

 

“I take offense to that,” Limber uttered.

 

“Since these are enemies from Makemake, shall I turn them in to?” Solid Shell asked Sao.

 

“To get closer to defeating him, we have to kill them,” Sao responded and pointed one of his attacks towards Abdel. “Take this!”

 

Sao flings out an asteroid blast, aiming it for Ariel, but he blocks it, same for Solid Shell’s shots.

 

“It’s fair enough that Ariel’s constellation spirit gives him more shield against your Moon Powers,” Abdel said. “He will also keep Lee in our clutches. In fact, consider him an ally, under the condition of this duel.”

 

“Y’all best let him go!” Sandy exclaimed. “How could Lee possibly have the advantage for you three?”

 

“We can’t explain that now, let’s go crazy!” Limber bellowed.

 

Limber signals the start of the now-7-on-4 duel by landing a hit on Sandy with an altered jump kick. Galileo is first to take the fray of the Moon Warriors side and flings a series of elemental blasts, only hitting Abdel, missing Limber due to his reflexes, and doing little damage on Ariel due to his shield. Squidward uses his Lunar Drill next while Sao dashes out against the three opponents with his flaming asteroid blast. It fails to hit Ariel, but inflicts pain on Lee.

 

“Careful not to hurt our teammate,” Sandy informed.

 

“The one thing we need to make sure to do is get rid of their “shield” first,” said Sao, “or at least tire out the zodiac spirit that is within him.”

 

Solid Shell uses his heavy machine gun again to shoot at the three embodiments, still with no effect. Squidward burrows out from down under and gets a scratch on Ariel at his feet. Ariel keeps holding onto Lee. Also, before Squidward would give off more infliction on their defense, Limber swiftly throws Squidward out of their range.

 

“We definitely got you…” said Abdel.

 

“Oh please, how could a water-bear be a threat as well?” Squidward questioned.

 

“Water spirit, come forth!” Abdel called out.

 

Abdel summons his spirit, the form of a tall, crashing wave, and slams onto the Moon Warriors and resistance team. Squidward resumes in battle and carries out a dark and nova blast from both his tentacles, hitting Abdel and Limber. Sandy gets in-between Squidwards attack and attempts a Lunar Steamroller on Ariel, which only makes him slightly budge from impact. After Squidward’s attack, Limber jumps out and unleashes a wraithlike separate arm to stretch out and hit all the teammates. Sandy jumps out to miss and quickly tosses her Pisces Shuriken at Limber, before his attack fades away, Limber manages to duck. The resistance attacks next as Solid Shell continues to try and strike the embodiments with his bullets, Miranda shoots a plasma blast at Ariel, but with little effect still. Also aimed at Ariel, Sao conjures an asteroid blast, and does the same effect. Galileo uses his elemental blasts again towards the three, giving off yet the same effect on Ariel, successfully hitting Abdel, but missing Limber, as he rolls out from one. Abdel unleashes the power from his tidal wave spirit again, and slams onto the Moon Warriors and resistance, save for Sao as he attempts a flaming asteroid blast mid-air, and but gets blocked by Limber as he uses his palm to blast him out of their range. As it now appears, Ariel’s ram spirit around his body was dissipating.

 

“Looks like we can now get rid of this guy’s balance and attack him with ease,” Squidward said.

 

At the same time Squidward’s Bungee Sucker Punch was going to strike at Ariel, Abdel called out “Holy Water!” After getting smacked from Squidward’s attack, Ariel starts drinking the Holy Water, giving him the opportunity to summon his ram spirit again, restoring his shield.

 

“Oh come on!” Squidward exclaimed. “Hey Celeste, you can give us the upper-hand right?”

 

“I don’t have as much fighting experience honestly, so I don’t know what my knack of powers could do…” Celeste responded.

 

Resuming the duel, Limber lunges at Celeste and uses his generated fist to strike at her. This causes Squidward’s anger to increase and quickly launch out a dark blast, nova blast, and another Bungee Sucker Punch, in that order to retaliate. Squidward lands a hit on him with his third attack. Limber attacks back by using his scale constellation again to rearrange his party and their party’s collection of power, giving the octopus a glowing punch in the face. Abdel uses his water spirit again, but to generate two of them and attack their opposing forces sideways.

 

“What is your name, big nose?” Limber asked.

 

“I’m Squidward Tentacles and I’m not losing this fight as long as we are a team!” Squidward exclaimed.

 

“Oh Squidward, you don’t even know teamwork, do you?” Limber replied. “You think you and your reinforcements can pull the wool over our eyes when it comes to our teamwork? I believe we got one of them down already….”

 

Squidward turns around and sees Galileo collapsing from lack of energy.

 

“Galileo!” Celeste cried.

 

“That’s one down. We can keep up until one us is reduced to no participating fighters,” Limber continued.

 

Limber then attacks Squidward again with a flurry of punches. Solid Shell continues shoot his series of pistols, reloading, and continuing to fire.

 

“Don’t you have your ray-gun in your utility?” Sao asked him.

 

“Just trying to see if I can get the bullets to pass through them, but it looks like they are immune to them,” Solid Shell answered.

 

“I got an idea, but that involves a strategy,” Sao replied and ends the conversation to muse his own thoughts on the embodiments. Who do we have to get rid of first? Do we go for the tactics trickster, the shield, or the healer?”

 

Meanwhile, while Candy was in the sidelines, Spongebob, Umbriel, and Prendas were being faced by Caesar, Pandora, and Ned Newton and got into position. But that was before Prendas gets a tug on Spongebob’s arm.

 

“I know this isn’t the perfect time to interrupt, but there’s one thing we need to look into,” Prendas said and dragged Spongebob by a rock big enough to hold them. “Umbriel, come here too!” She called out to the confused Warrior and so she walked over to their side.

 

“If Titan persuaded us to learn the “ultimate technique,” we better look and see the details on the book,” Prendas whispered and flipped through the pages until she spotted a page that looked familiar. It contained a couple of sketches and miniature notes detailing the designs.

 

“Hmmm, a couple of pages dedicated to designs of a giant suit of armor,” Spongebob mused.

 

“Since I have enough brains to know of the principles of Moon Powers, I can be able to explain this thoroughly,” Prendas was saying. “This is a giant Moon Warrior suit of armor meant to be formed with the power combined of the full 10 Moon Warriors assembly. When combined with it, the bearers’ powers become altered into something greater.”

 

“But there’s one mishap: Titan is gone, so we can’t form that thing with just 9 of us!” Spongebob pointed out.

 

“What if we can?” Prendas replied. “But first, we have to defeat those three, and then we tell Yang and Yin and see if they know how to function this without one Warrior.”

 

“Being a leader isn’t easy, but I guess I’ll try and lead the duel for you guys.”

 

“Then let’s move. We can’t be behind here any longer!” Umbriel added.

 

That was when Caesar uses his constellation spirit to crush their safe spot into rubble.

 

“By the way Prendas, are you sure you have no connection with Pandora?” Spongebob asked.

 

“Of course she does!” Pandora spat. “It feels great to face two of you Moon Warriors again, so don’t be killing my patience anymore! Now let’s have this duel!”

 

Once again in the intervening time, Yang, Yin, and Patrick were starting their duel with Casper, Scarlet, and Hoover.

 

“We are here to protect master Makemake from you Warriors,” Casper stated. “I am the embodiment of Cancer, Casper!”

 

“I am the embodiment of Scorpio, Scarlet!” She introduced. “And that’s Hoover since he doesn’t intend to introduce himself,” she adds.

 

“Prepare for the duel of your lives, intruders!” Hoover exclaimed.

 

“We should be able to handle these three together, and hopefully our teammates get through the other embodiments,” said Yang. “Oh and Patrick, take my advice right here: don’t let your guard up just for Yin’s safety, make sure to keep your guard up for the sake of everyone else.”

 

“Uh, okay.” Patrick responded.

 

The duel commences with Hoover giving out the first attack, using his constellation spirit, the horse-bodied archer, to sling arrows at the three Warriors. Patrick gets hit while Yang and Yin manage to dodge. With Patrick being weakened by the arrow to keep up his guard, Casper uses his constellation spirit of the crab to hit the starfish with his Cosmic Claw Pierce attack. Yang draws the next attack at Casper with his Poltergeist Blades. Yin, with a newly introduced “Claymore Cut” technique, whips up a wind at great speed, striking Hoover with blades from within the strong wind currents. Scarlet introduces one of her attacks from her scorpion constellation spirit. She threatens Yin with her Poison Pincer, before Patrick “took the bullet” and gets himself intoxicated.

 

Should’ve known Patrick wouldn’t do this right, Yang thought. Now the poison needs to be extracted from him.

 

Yang comes at all three of the opponents for his Blade-er-rang attack and successfully gives damage to each. Yin goes ahead into fending off the opponents from Patrick by attacking them with her white blade. Yang continues off with a Swift Assassin at the same intended targets. Hoover shoots some more arrows at Yang and Yin, but miss, giving Yin the opportunity to receive damage on him, using her white blade again. Casper uses another attack know as the Double Grip, using the constellation spirits’ to prevent Yang from counter-attacking and giving him the blow with a couple of sharp pinches. Yin gives Casper another round of her Claymore Cut and gets confronted by Scarlet thereafter. Scarlet uses her constellation spirit to bring out a series of her Poison Pincer attacks, which Yin succeeds in avoiding. Hoover fires more arrows, targeting the duo, as Yang blocks them out with his blade before using it as his Blade-er-rang technique, hitting the embodiments, except Casper who attempts to attack Yang with his Cosmic Claw Pierce. For her next move, Scarlet shoots out lasers from her constellation spirit with her Scorpion Beam technique.

 

“Do you know how to extract that poison from Patrick?” Yang asked his cooperative.

 

“Sadly, I can’t, especially if we’re in affix like this,” Yin responded.

 

Suddenly, Patrick was seen floating above ground and activating his Moonshine Manipulation technique. Hoover, Casper, and Scarlet came into effect from the attack. Through his telepathic energy, the three embodiments take a fall while Patrick’s poison extracts from his mouth.

 

“Oh, much better,” said Patrick.

 

“Looks like he still has some telepathic energy,” Yang says to himself. “I guess you had to use some concentrate to let that poison escape from your system, right?”

 

“I was trying to “let it out,” but nothing came out, if you know what I mean,” Patrick responded.

 

“Alright then…we’re still doing this battle, and we’re going to take these guys out in a different fashion. Moon Warrior spirit, I summon you!”

 

Momentarily, Yin uses the same summon call. Yang and Yin both appeared with constellation spirits of black and white koi fish. The moment after, Patrick sends out his lobster spirit into the field.

 

“You’re a clever bunch,” Hoover remarked. “Be surprised that we’re planning on using our trump card!”

 

“What’s a trump card, Yang?” Patrick asked.

 

“Looks like they’re going for a final resort,” said Yang. “I think we’ll be able to clean them off, whatever they got against us.”

 

The three embodiments prepared their attack by combining the constellation spirits and its energies into one. Yang sets up his Swift Assassin attack for his black koi spirit, Yin sets up her Claymore Cut technique for her white koi spirit, and then Patrick was about to unleash his big bang blast through his lobster spirit. Their attacks clashed at each other and gave off a strong gleam, before it appeared as an explosion. Yang, Yin, and Patrick were passed out while the three embodiments were completely gone.

 

The three Warriors got back up and Yang said, “That was a rough fight. I knew we could take care of those guys. We should manage to access the inside of that lodge and figure out the controls.”

 

“Someone’s got to keep an eye on the other Moon Warriors,” Yin suggested.

 

“Right and we have another favor for you Patrick,” Yang commands. “Can you keep watch over the other Moon Warriors? If they seem to be unable to get pass the other embodiments, provide help, and never forget to tell them to come meet with us inside that abandoned keep, do you fully understand?”

 

“Fully understand what?” Patrick questioned foolishly.

 

Yang paused out of discontentment. “Look over Spongebob and the others and make sure they don’t get pummeled by the rest of our enemies!” Yang restated. “If you do as directed, I can certainly trust you.”

 

Afterwards, Yang and Yin enter the keep and the first things they noticed was a plaque and a model of the Earth’s rotation with Pisces, the other 11 planets, and what looks to be a wormhole in front of each of the planets.

 

While looming over the model, Yang says, “So this is what the control room is like before it was abandoned.”

 

After that moment, Yang goes over to where Yin was standing, reading the plaque. As she quotes, “The Operations Center of the Planetary Cycle, building and inscription erected by Phorcys Quantanova. Used to control the cycle of each of these moons that resemble the zodiac, to either seize its rotation or resume its cycle and point a different universe through Quantanova’s very own wormhole passageway. For emergency uses only, no tampering, or punishment will be served among unauthorized citizens.”

 

“The controls area should be around here somewhere,” Yang stated. Wandering around for a good few minutes, he eventually opens up a door to an unidentified room. “Ah-ha, this should be the operations panel!”

 

During the fights with the embodiments, Pluto and Makemake were having their required duel. 9 generated clones of Makemake were shown in front, being used to control the embodiments.

 

“Your aura, or otherwise your Farside Planet powers are very extensive,” Pluto commented. “Anyways, let’s duel and see who drops down.”

 

The fight begins with Makemake using his staff to unleash an electric blast. It misses when Pluto fades away in an instant and appears close to his opponent. Pluto uses a short distance void blast to strike at Makemake. Makemake regains his guard and dashes over to him with a shocking beam. Pluto groans from the intense hit and jumps over to dodge Makemake’s incoming moonquake attack (from the tap of his staff into the hard ground). Pluto blasts away with his Diamond Bruiser attack, sending out a harsh gray, crystalline-like beam across Makemake’s range, but it misses. Pluto is back on foot and Makemake unleashes his wraith hands to lunge at Pluto’s chest area, but it gets blocked by the dueler’s generated Asteroid Shield. Makemake creates another moonquake attack, but with another technique known as the Stairway Leap, Pluto activates small platforms through his footsteps, to make it look like a stairway pattern, and gets higher up from the battlefield. As Makemake attempts to follow through by hopping onto the tiny platforms, he gets flared from his steps before they fade. Pluto uppercuts at Makemake with his void blast while Makemake was seen in a concentrated position.

 

“If you’d never think you could succumb to my demands, just wait!” Makemake proclaimed.

 

Makemake was shown to be storing high amounts of electrical energy and unleashes a shockwave on Pluto, making him feel weaker. Makemake dashes over to him and sends out an array of his shocking beams before Pluto regains the momentum he needs to continue the duel. Pluto then sends out his Diamond Bruiser blast and successfully hits Makemake. Makemake then uses his staff to create an immense wind, lowering Pluto’s guard. Makemake then forms the wind into a Farside Twister attack and gives off intense damage on Pluto. Makemake then proceeds to finish him off with another round of shocking blasts.

 

“This can’t be,” Pluto moaned, “what control over the Moon Maiden could you possibly have?”

 

“Not as much, you wait and see,” said Makemake. “Anyways, Iapetus, I need you to use your Soul Reaper and take the soul from this being!”

 

Iapetus went silent. He then says to him, “I’m sorry Makemake, but I cannot. It is not part of my policy as an assassin to take out someone as meaningful as Pluto.”

 

“Well, you’re acting crazy right now, you know that?” Makemake replied.

 

“I can tell by your motive, your attitude, and this situation that my work here is done,” Iapetus continued and started pointing his weapon to his chest. “If you’re creating a world with little existence left over, no Moon Maiden to protect the universes and such, then I have no choice to end my time as an assassin by claiming my own life.”

 

“This is too sudden, you’re better than this….”

 

“While I have no faith in the Moon Warriors saving lives, I have no faith in you and your regulations anymore,” Iapetus says and uses his rapier to pierce his soul and disappear into the precise object.

-------------------------------------

NOTES/TRIVIA:

 

Spoiler

Iapetus takes away his own soul to avoid the circumstances of Makemake's orders, under the impression of the world being doomed.

[Steel Sponge]

46. Revelations

 

Spongebob, Umbriel, and Prendas were shown, preparing to fight the three embodiments.

 

“You know, I say we make a deal here…” Prendas uttered.

 

“Huh?” Spongebob questioned, feeling dumbfounded.

 

“We don’t make deals,” said Caesar. “I’ll be using my spirit’s horns without warning if you keep holding us up!”

 

“We’ll take you on each, one-on-one to fair things out. How do you like that?” Prendas suggested.

 

“Yeah, everything is fun when it comes to fairness!” Spongebob added.

 

“To fair things out….is it because you think we’re too strong?” Pandora asked. “Whatever reason, I’ll agree on that deal. You will go against me, Umbriel will duel with Caesar, and Spongebob will duel against Ned Newton.”

 

“That’s fair enough. Here I come!” Prendas cried out before attacking.

 

Makemake retreated to where Iapetus’ lifeless body lies, next to his Soul Reaper that he left behind. He cocked his head back to Pluto, grabbed the Soul Reaper, and dashed ahead, threatening him with said rapier.

 

Nothing appeared to happen to Pluto’s soul. However, he received a cut.

 

“So this thing only works for Iapetus, huh?” Makemake said to himself and tossed it aside. “Well, I need no Soul Reaper! I can still take your life with my Heartstopper.”

 

Suddenly, a few of Makemake’s clones disappeared, in due to three of the embodiments being vanquished.

 

Looks like the number of Makemake’s alleged allies are being dropped, Pluto thought. Could this mean that the current Moon Warrior legacy has come and are here to try and stop this guy’s mass destruction?

 

As Makemake prepares to his the trademark heart-stopping technique, Pluto uttered, “Stop! Can you allow me to say my prayers?”

 

“What are you saying?” Makemake said as he directly stops his technique in place before completely canceling it out.

 

“I have a couple of questions to ask you….”

 

“…Is there any other reason for you to go after Cressida?”

 

“I tend to keep some things to myself, so that’s none of your concern until I let you watch…or I go for the kill before I set the next part of my plan in motion.” Makemake replied.

 

“You remind me much of Phorcys Quantanova. I can’t help but think of your intentions as at least close to the things Quantanova has done during his time as a Moon Warrior.”

 

And that’s when I insist myself to recall Quantanova’s history….

 

Roughly five thousand years ago, the Pisces meteor crashed into Bikini Bottom, Phorcys Quantanova was one of those warriors, as well as who would be his greatest friend, Magnus Torrentus. At that time, existence was beginning to grow scarce and the feud between Pisces and Farside Planet has still been going on since 1,160 years past in his time.

 

Moon Warriors were sworn to protect the galaxy and the Earth that revolves around the universe.

 

Eventually at the time, the Farsiders decided to take advantage of the source to the team’s non-terrestrial crowd by invading Earth to gain information and research from it. And the Moon Warriors from Earth let them into their soil without realizing the truth….

 

Phorcys in particular was crucial against Farside Planet, especially when he considered the Farsiders to be weak enough to rely on resources from other universes that revolve around Pisces Planet to develop their planet.

 

That’s what Quantanova was like at first….before he and his other cooperatives “retired” their Moon Powers – all but Magnus and one other….

 

Before Quantanova got rid of his deoxyDNA, the Moon Warriors team was fending off an army created by the former leader of planet Farside: Prometheus. Bianca was killed in action, another being from Earth whom was part of the team.

That’s when he got to work.

 

The area where he gave away his deoxyDNA was relocated inside none other than The Operations Center of the Planetary Cycle.

 

After many years of work, study, research, and dedication from the royal authorities of Pisces Planet, he moved creations and sorts of things to build a chamber room with a name given by Phorcys himself.

 

Of course, all that work was to seek a way of how he could bring Bianca to life again. He resorted to Farside Planet to gain information when he couldn’t figure out a tactic that could work.

 

Quantanova faced Prometheus and he was told that they obtained information from other universes about the acts of revival. The leader told Phorcys that one technique requires the remains of Bianca that he had kept.

 

As demanded by the leader, Quantanova gave Prometheus his particles of Bianca’s remains and set off into travelling through various universes after each several months.

That’s when he got more involved and welcoming towards the Farsiders.

 

He even felt more at home at Farside Planet when the citizens would tell him about their beliefs of Pisces Planet’s planetary control ruining the conditions of living for the other planets. Yet the tricky ones refused to tell that they have been involved with tampering with the planets’ rotation.

 

Then that’s when he grew a hate relationship towards his own planetary soil.

 

However, Phorcys eventually figured out a technique of revival through use of any sample of DNA by creating a series of artificial beings known as the “embodiments of the zodiac.” Additionally, he also officially devised the wormhole theory throughout his studies and travels through many different universes.

 

It wasn’t long after Prometheus demanded contact with Magnus. At that time, Magnus has aged very well and still had his Moon Powers.

 

The leader forced Magnus into destroying Bianca’s remains to not only put him out of the blame, but also because he believed it was meaningless to revive the fallen warrior.

 

Prometheus then told Quantanova about Magnus destroying Bianca’s remains. That’s when things really started to change for him between Pisces, Farside, and his now-former friend.

 

Magnus retreated to Bikini Bottom to become a recluse to everyone including Quantanova, while the latter was working on his next creation.

 

He learned a technique of revival through using his memories of Bianca and the ability to create a constellation. It was a success, and the constellation spirit was as close to the Bianca that he lost. To hide her true identity, she was known was Cressida – the Moon Maiden.

 

Quantanova was originally designing her for revenge, but the heart of gold within Cressida prevented her from being a destructive weapon.

 

And that made him happy again.

 

However, he ending up giving the Pisconarchs a promise that Cressida is designed to protect the planets and Earth. Apparently, she was also only designed to function when the cycle stops via the chamber room and through a specific summon.

 

The citizens didn’t know that Quantanova was actually using Cressida to spend time with her than for the sake of the planets…

 

….even when the cycle stops at the wrong time.

 

Life was wiped out from the other six moons that remained with inhabitants. And thus, life only remained on Pisces and Farside.

 

The Pisconarchs were quick to put the blame on Quantanova before it was also put on the Farsiders themselves when Quantanova cited them as an influence to his actions whilst struggling to convince people that he’s not at fault. Realizing Quantanova’ influence, the Pisconarchs felt betrayed.

 

When the news spread to Farside, the citizens tried to maintain their reputation by keeping silent, especially from Quantanova.

 

Feeling betrayed by Magnus, Pisces Planet, and now Farside Planet, Quantanova decided he had enough….

 

He threatened mass destruction against the rest of the nations while in the process of creating a blackhole.

 

By the time its power was expanding, Quantanova stole the Pisces Emperor’s staff and then demanded Prometheus to discuss with him and break the silence. Prometheus told him more to the story of the incident caused by Magnus and he was forced into the blackhole out of Quantanova’s fit of rage.

 

The blackhole’s first target became Bikini Bottom when its gravity pointed its direction there. This caught Magnus’ attention and was later confronted by Quantanova himself in the same setting.

 

Magnus tried to stop the blackhole, but Quantanova shot him into space. After challenging him to a duel, Phorcys abruptly puts an end to it by using a spell to transfer his DNA and soul into a meteor, which would later become another Pisces Meteor.

 

The royalties of Pisces Planet quickly spring into action to destroy the blackhole.

 

The staff was retrieved. Regardless, they couldn’t find Phorcys Quantanova to give him punishment. He suddenly disappeared without a trace, never to be seen again; they assumed he died in absentia.

 

The chamber room was eventually separated from the kingdom by the royals and it drifted off into space, hoping that no one will ever reach that place, at least never again.

 

“And that’s where you and I come in to this situation,” Pluto continued. “Farside Planet needed a new leader and I was eventually chosen, promising peace. I persuaded the citizens to be less bitter about the warriors and fight no more ‘cause if they ever continued, more lives would be destroyed. And so they agreed with my terms, but….did YOU listen?”

 

Makemake paused for a moment.

 

“If you want to know what I’m going to do with Cressida, fine! I’ll tell you now,” Makemake spoke. “I’m going to obliterate her into nothingness!”

 

As Makemake started to change the moon’s phase into a half moon with the staff, Yang and Yin took a good look around the chamber room. They saw 10 pods arranged, as well as another in the middle with a nuclear symbol plastered on it. Most notably, there was a shut-down switch on a wall, and a series of controls in-between the 10 pods, one was a touch screen showing an image of Cressida’s constellation. It suddenly lit up.

 

“Do any of these controls have the answer to restoring Pisces Planet from its greenhouse effect?” Yin asked.

 

“Well that screen over there is making me curious….” Yang said and pointed over to the said control.

 

It said “Active emergency constellation spirit?” Yang immediately pressed his finger on the “yes” option and the screen then said “In under 30 seconds say this summon aloud: “Bianca lives in us.””

 

“Now we’re going to figure out this control….” Yang states and he proceeds to say the summoning words.

 

Pluto and Makemake are now shown again and gazes upon the giant Cressida constellation appearing right before their eyes. This also grabbed the attention of everyone else on the floating island as they each stopped to look.

 

No way…it’s….it’s Cressida! Pluto thought. Someone must have activated her emergency mode before Makemake did the summon himself.

 

Yes, it’s her!” Makemake exclaimed. “You don’t have a heart, but I know you have a life source in your artificial body!”

 

Makemake was now preparing his finishing touch by aiming his Heartstopper technique into the Moon Maiden’s chest area until Pluto seized the attack with his shocking beam.

 

“No Makemake, I will not you let anybody else die no matter the costs!” Pluto declared.

 

“Stay out of this one, will ya’!?” Makemake retorted and used a beam from his staff to push Pluto away and resume using his Heartstopper technique.

 

To his surprise, it wasn’t working. As Cressida noticed, she simply flings the attack away from her chest.

 

“Ugh, now how else am I going to kill her?” Makemake asked himself.

 

Focusing on Squidward, Sandy, and the resistance team, they resume their fight with Limber, Ariel, and Abdel whilst trying to formulate a plan to defeat them.

 

“What’s the Moon Maiden doing here?” Squidward asked. “Also, since when did she get so big?”

 

“No time to focus on that, we need a plan!” Sandy responded. “Do you have any thoughts, Sao?”

 

While Sao was explaining his plan, the warriors and resistance members were each avoiding the attacks as much as they can.

 

“That took a lot of explaining, but like I said, we’re going to start off with giving Solid Shell the upper-hand with his bullets.” Sao explained.

 

While Solid Shell was tossing more bullets, Sao swiftly threw a series of fireballs towards them to increase power and impact. They manage to cause more damage. Abdel then uses his tidal wave spirit to attack. Squidward barely dodges as he jumps high enough to avoid damage and quickly trigger Limber’s jump kick. He counters it with his Bungee Sucker Punch. Sandy, Sao, Solid Shell, and Miranda also manage to avoid as Miranda slides behind the trio and hit them each with a plasma blast. Ariel, as usual, received no effect. Seconds after, Sandy used her Lunar Steamroller technique to hit the three as well. Solid Shell and Sao continue with their strategy while Limber hits Squidward and Sandy with a glowing punch. Miranda then attacks Abdel with a plasma blast, but it becomes unsuccessful when Abdel uses his tidal wave spirit to create a barrier. For his next move, Squidward does a Lunar Drill while Sao then ceases firing at Solid Shell’s ammo and comes after Abdel with a dashing blow. Limber and Abdel then notice the ram spirit disappearing from Ariel. After Abdel took the hit….

 

He cries out “Holy Water!”

 

“Not this time!” Squidward taunted off-screen and interrupted his technique when using his Lunar Drill to attack Abdel.

 

Limber uses his scale technique again to weight the energies between his and Sao. Limber prepares his glowing punch against Sao and Solid Shell but it gets interrupted by the combo of Sandy’s Pisces Shuriken and Miranda’s aurora blast through her ray-gun. Solid Shell and Sao then deliver their fiery pellet combo to Abdel and successfully hit him. Squidward then finishes the job with one more Bungee Sucker Punch. Abdel was successfully vanquished as he was out of energy before dissipating.

 

“So you decided to get rid of our healer….” Limber was saying. “At least you guys now have one member down!”

 

Limber was referring to Squidward. His tentacles were shaking as if he was going to drop down. “Uh guys, I’m not feeling so hot…”

 

“Squidward, please git up!” Sandy cried out to the weakened octopus.

 

“Looks like he’s too exhausted to fight now,” Limber continued. “I hope you’re all ready for Round 2. We’ll whoop you up good!-“

 

Suddenly, Ariel interrupts Limber by using his spirit’s horns to stab him through the gut. He has now been diminished alongside Abdel as the Moon Warriors and resistance team exchanged shocked looks.

 

They were completely flabbergasted with what just happened until Squidward said….

 

“Did he just kill….?”

 

“So, now it’s just me and the rest of you fighters,” said Ariel. “You want your friend back, do you? He’s all yours since he’s going to face my wrath anyways!”

 

By that, Ariel tossed Lee to the Moon Warriors’ and resistance teams’ side. He was still passed out.

 

“Well so much for your partner’s teamwork jabber, did y’all really have to kill him like that?” Sandy asked.

 

“Yep, and I partook in his strategy in order to store enough energy to my constellation spirit to unleash my finishing move!” Ariel explained and charged his spirit back up and appeared in the field. “Consider this as my final resort. Do what you can to stop me. I will die when I give out the attack….but so do all of you!”

 

Solid Shell then switches over his machine gun to his ray-gun to try and hit the constellation spirit, with no effect. Miranda tried to attack it the same, but her energy wasn’t enough against it.

 

“So you’re taking advantage of teamwork to defend yourself long enough to attack all on your own?” Squidward groaned.

 

“Right you are,” Ariel replied before he shouts out, “Ram Supernova!”

 

“That’s….just dumb,” Squidward muttered.

 

Suddenly, Sandy can feel her legs being clutched.

 

“Someone’s touching my legs, Miranda?” Sandy stated.

 

“It’s not me,” Miranda responded, confused as the squirrel.

 

With a stomp stronger than the usual moonquake, Ariel’s constellation spirit flattens the ground and gave off a blinding white light. The spirit combusts, Ariel was longer seen in the battlefield, as well as the doomed heroes….

 

But then, a hand pops out, it was Lee, using the Lunar Drill technique, who emerges from the ground with not only Squidward and Sandy, but also Sao, Solid Shell, and Miranda.

 

“Hey, we’re not dead!” Solid Shell says.

 

“I protected you guys by copying Squidward’s Lunar Drill and went underground before that attack happened, big deal,” Lee explained.

 

“You didn’t have to be so rude about it,” Squidward responded. “But I have a question: how did you get here before us?”

 

“I wanted to get out of that rocket. I still couldn’t work the teleportation I way I need for it to be, but it got me here,” Lee continued. “I don’t care if I’m part of a team anymore. I want to be alone, like I’ve been since I fell from orbit….I mean, just leave me alone, okay?”

 

“Since we have no one else to fight, we now have to catch up to Yang and Yin!” Sandy said and everyone headed for the building. As for Lee, he was grabbed by Sao, forced to be dragged over there.

 

Meanwhile, Umbriel was shown fighting against Caesar.

 

It starts off with Umbriel blasting away with a White Dwarf Beam. Caesar controls his goatfish constellation spirit to form a charging tidal wave combo, successfully landing a hit on Umbriel. Umbriel retaliates with a neutron star attack, but it gets blocked off by the constellation spirit’s horns and gives Umbriel a Capricorn Charge attack and causes damage. Umbriel then fires a series of aurora and light blasts to hit Caesar’s spirit. Afterwards, Caesar then controls the spirit to use its Horn Blast, shooting moonbeams from its horns, striking Umbriel. Umbriel brings out another White Dwarf Beam and manages to hit Caesar’s spirit. Caesar then controls his spirit to use the Wave Slam combo, but Umbriel manages to dodge it. Umbriel then uses a light blast and aurora blast, the first one missing, but the second one managing to get another scratch on Caesar’s goatfish spirit. The constellation spirit then unleashes its next Capricorn Charge and dashes around until it lands a hit on Umbriel, ascending her into the air. Before touching the ground, Umbriel blasts a neutron star attack at her opponent and positions herself to keep an eye on the goatfish spirit’s next attack. She was hit by the spirit without warning as it dashed at her with extraordinary speed through a skill known as Spirit Supercharge. Umbriel regains focus and shoots away at the spirit with more light and aurora blasts before getting hit by another Spirit Supercharge. Umbriel still stands while taking a bunch of breaths.

 

“I should be able to finish you…” said Caesar. “Pandora told me a lot about you. She also told me about an alien named Titan who confessed his love to you in the Bermuda Triangle…”

 

“Wait, he actually did that?” Umbriel questioned. “Now I can’t stop thinking about him and his death again…”

 

“So I suppose he died before you got this far, eh?” Caesar replied. “It’s such a pity. I thought he was a high-leveled Moon Warrior and he couldn’t even make it out here.”

 

“You and Pandora wouldn’t know how close Titan and I were. You also wouldn’t know why I came here to fight,” Umbriel muttered, feeling tears forming in her eyes.

 

“You sound very dependant of Titan. Your purpose of a Moon Warrior is probably just to avenge someone like him, right?”

 

Umbriel was about to fire another White Dwarf Beam, but his words caused her to kneel to the ground as a sign of surrender.

 

“The main reason why I’m here, you ask?” Umbriel uttered. “I’m here finish my job as a Moon Warrior and then get rid of these powers for the sake of my life.” She then stood up and then said, “Titan coming back is something I’d hope, but for now, I’m not letting those thoughts hold me down!”

 

As Umbriel was about to attack, Candy suddenly interferes and shoots at Caesar with a Blazing Beam.

 

“Candy!” Umbriel exclaimed.

 

“I’m taking your anger out on him! It’s what I have to do to make sure your aura isn’t triggered!” Candy called out.

 

For the rest of the duel, Candy steps in and uses Prendas’ Fool’s Powers by using her force to cause the goatfish’s attacks to give damage to Caesar. Candy also controls the moon rocks around her to strike at her opponent. The two kept attacking until Candy notices Caesar dropping down from lack of energy before dissipating.

 

Meanwhile, Prendas was already fighting Pandora and her constellation spirit, form of a human woman. Prendas fired away a series of Blazing Beams, while Pandora controls the spirit to launch a series of explosive light balls. Prendas continues off by using an Aurora Moonquake. Pandora flies up with her spirit and controls hers by using an Illuminating Star blast to hit Prendas and loosen her aiming the moment she was about to launch another Blazing Beam. Pandora snatches the next move as she uses her spirit to use the next attack, known as the Star Blizzard, shooting an array of stars at her opponent. Prendas then gives out a few light and aurora blasts. Pandora suddenly stops herself in the middle of the duel, as Prendas continuing firing her said attacks. She then stops when she completely realizes that Pandora is not retaliating.

 

“I must say, you’re a special one,” Pandora complimented.

 

“So you’re being nice to me now and not berserk?” Prendas questioned.

 

“I just have this thought that maybe we could get along together,” Pandora replied. “Besides, you are my other half!”

 

“What are you talking about? You’re a being that was created when a certain somebody got samples of my DNA!” Prendas argued. “Unlike me, you’re trying to destroy us while my teammates and I are here to protect mankind.”

 

“Imagine all the powers I can give you. All you have to do is agree to join forces with me.”

 

Pandora then got further to Prendas’ side and grabbed onto her hands.

 

“You’re better off as somebody who’s more than just a Moon Warrior, right? Answer me!”

[Steel Sponge]

47. Pisces Sun

 

“I am more than just a Moon Warrior…” said Prendas. “I don’t need to take any offers from you.”

 

“No, you don’t understand!” Pandora continued. “What I mean is that I can take you to Makemake and have him share the powers from the staff with you.”

 

“I will not accept,” Prendas while her head was still turned away from her opponent, “even if you are Makemake just controlling all the embodiments like you to get us killed.”

 

“You managed to figure that out since a Farsider myself uses Fool’s Powers to control any speech or movement of a physical being, correct?”

 

“While I’ve been studying Moon Powers, I’ve also been looking into Fool’s Powers ever since I used to have them myself. How you can use your powers to control Pandora and 8 of the other embodiments at once….that’s unbelievable, but still, that’s how I figured that out.”

 

“Then allow for me to speak as Makemake,” Pandora was saying.

Then allow for me to speak as Makemake, Makemake mimicked in a split screen through telepathy.

 

“This technique is impressive, I know. I’ve had to create multiple minds of my own so the same host can be used through 9 of the embodiments at once.” Pandora explained. “If you manage to defeat me, as Pandora, I won’t be as overwhelmed, because my plan isn’t complete.”

 

As Prendas was about to send out a Blazing Beam to hit Pandora, her opponent raises Prendas from the ground and keeps her floating, also preventing her from shooting.

 

“I can also transport my Fool’s Powers onto any of my multiple hosts and then use ‘em on you.” Pandora continued. “I knew you were going to attack while I was rambling. If I lose control of all the embodiments, then that comes down to my last resort – you and the rest of your companions better watch your asses!”

 

Pandora then releases Prendas and allows her to continue the duel.

 

“Since bribing you out of this duel didn’t work, let’s finish this!” Pandora exclaimed.

 

Pandora controls her constellation spirit again and ignites an Illuminating Star Blast while Prendas comes in with a light and aurora blast to hit. Suddenly, as Prendas and Pandora were about to send in their next attacks, Umbriel jumped in front of the match.

 

“I feel more like I should’ve gone after the one person who once manipulated me,” said Umbriel.

 

“Aren’t you exhausted after your last duel, Umbriel?” Prendas asked.

 

“I won’t rest until I remove my powers, so I won’t rest until Betelgeuse is destroyed!” Umbriel declared.

 

And that will give me time to look through that book…. Prendas thought.

 

The duel resumes with Umbriel coving for Prendas. Umbriel starts up with a neutron star attack. At the same time, Pandora whipped up a Star Blizzard from her constellation spirit, but it gets pushed off from the force of the Moon Warrior’s blast. Umbriel continues to do damage by then using her White Dwarf Beam. Pandora using her Star Blizzard technique again and manages to hit Umbriel. Umbriel then fires a series of light and aurora blasts, but they get blocked off by Pandora’s series of explosive light balls, few of which hit Umbriel and lower her guard. Pandora conjures a bigger explosive light ball. Umbriel attempts to dodge and gets effective damage on her legs. Umbriel uses another neutron star attack, but Pandora manages to dodge. Pandora was then ready to unleash her spirit’s last ditch move against Umbriel. Pandora controls her spirit to power up a star cluster type of attack. Umbriel uses another neutron star attack to push the force of Pandora’s attack, while igniting a White Dwarf Beam into it to make the force of her technique stronger. This caused an explosion and a white light has emitted from the impact of the two attacks. Umbriel stood on the ground while Pandora was seen with her head hanging down in defeat.

 

“What happened, who did this to me?” Pandora mumbled.

“Somehow she’s still alive, but it looks like Pandora lost control with one of Makemake’s multiple hosts,” Prendas stated.

 

“Wait, you look like my own self….” Pandora said, referring to Prendas.

 

“Not only did you lose a duel, but Makemake lost control over you,” Prendas continued.

 

“Now I understand….” Pandora replied. Afterwards, she looked up and sighted Betelgeuse and Cressida. “Look, as long as I’m still alive, that Moon Maiden might know how to get rid of the red giant. Whatever happens, you must never!-“

 

Suddenly, like all the other fallen embodiments, Pandora was dismantled into nothing.

 

“So much for her…” Prendas concluded.

 

“Come on! Let’s see if Spongebob is getting ahead, he could use our help,” Umbriel then said.

 

Meanwhile, Pluto and Makemake were just standing around and contemplating on their own problems.

 

“My embodiments are falling apart one by one. It can’t be like this…” Makemake whispered to himself. “Looks like I have no other choice to confront those Moon Warriors again myself! See you on the flip side, Pluto.”

 

Like so, Makemake teleported away and headed for the floating island.

 

Alongside Prendas, she and Umbriel ran off to where the yellow sponge was still having his duel with Ned Newton.

 

Prior to Caesar and Pandora being diminished, Spongebob faced Ned Newton and were both preparing the duel.

 

“Seeing how you and your friends got this far and that your companions managed to get rid of most of the embodiments, you must have really learned a lot since you last saw me,” said Ned.

“Thanks for the compliment, but I’m afraid you have to let us through. We got a couple planets to save,” Spongebob responded.

 

“I’m the strongest of the brigade and you know it!” Ned replied and then summoned his constellation spirit as two large fish resembling Pisces.

 

“I guess I’ll use my biggest weapon too. Moon Warrior spirit, I summon you!” Spongebob called out and then came his koi spirit. “How about we have a game of koi-koi, if you know what I mean?”

 

“Very funny, but it’s a coincidentally, I know a technique like that. Let’s go! This time, I’ll make sure to wipe you all out, starting with you!”

 

The battle then begins. It starts out with Spongebob controlling his spirit to bring out a light and aurora blast at Ned’s spirit. Ned blocked off the attack while showing a “nuh uh” expression. He lets his spirit summon 4 energy cards in front of him.

 

“I’m not going to play koi-koi with you, but I definitely will fight you with cards,” Ned interrupted. “Deal-type strategies are my specialty after all….”

 

“Okay…but if it still means fighting you, I’ll play your game!” Spongebob said.

 

Before the duel officially commenced, 4 energy cards were summoned in front of Spongebob.

 

“Let me simplify the rules here: this game of cards is essential for Moon Duels and it is a decisive death match,” Ned explained. “The loser gets its guard taken away, or otherwise the constellation spirit while the other fighter ends up at the brink of death. That happens when one of us has zero cards. The winner gets a power enhancement. Our spirit’s abilities will be used through these cards. We can either steal a card or destroy one, depending on how certain techniques match up against one another. A star will also appear in what card we decide to use when a card based on our attacks matches up. Get three stars in a row for a single card and an opposing card will be destroyed. To steal a card, each one of your cards needs a star. If I were to swipe a card from you or if you were to swipe a card from me, the card would have no stars. When that happens, a stolen card is rearranged to match one of the fighter’s attacks. The most interesting part is that this style of intergalactic dueling is banned by all means, ever since Kerberos ruled it out when Quantanova won an unassisted game against a hundred fighters. Shall we begin?”

 

“How do you actually know how to play it if it’s banned?” Spongebob asked.

 

“I have my ways….”

 

Ned Newton starts off by having one of his spirit’s attacks labeled for his first three cards, and a different attack for his last one.

 

“I’m better off multiplying one attack over here, and saving my spirit’s strongest attack in the left end of my shuffle. Just letting you know, you can use more than one card at once, if you have more than one star in your shuffle. It’s your move, sponge.”

 

Spongebob places two cards for his brightness tornado technique while the other two are for his Pisces Chop attack.

 

The duel has now commenced as Ned goes first. The attack he calls out for his spirit was his Double Hydronova Ray attack. Spongebob calls for his spirit to bring out his brightness tornado attack. Attaining the most damage, Ned’s card now had a star. Spongebob then calls out for his spirit to whir up a Pisces Chop against Ned’s spirit. For his second card, Ned calls for his Pisces spirit to use the Double Hydronova Ray attack a second time. Spongebob’s spirit was able to pass more damage onto Ned’s. However, their damage quantity was tied as they both gained a star. Ned then uses the same attack with his third card while Spongebob uses his fourth card, yet same attack. Spongebob and Ned both gained another star for each of their cards. Before Ned’s next move, he swipes away Spongebob’s unused brightness tornado card and then labels it with another technique from his own. Ned sends out his next attack, known as the Double Whirlpool technique, sending two whirlpools to hit Spongebob’s koi spirit. Spongebob then uses his only brightness tornado card and the force of the attack takes over to damage Ned’s spirit, giving Spongebob a star for said card. Ned uses yet another Double Hydronova Ray attack, which is from his second card. Spongebob takes the opportunity to counter with another Pisces Chop, which is his first card for said technique. They both gain another star for their respective cards.

 

I don’t know how this guy’s ultimate attack is going to affect this game, but now I got the chance to take that card away…. Spongebob thought to himself.

 

For Spongebob’s next turn, he grabs Ned’s card that contained the ultimate attack from his current shuffle and makes it into another Pisces Chop card. For his attack, Spongebob uses the same Pisces Chop card as before to gain another star. However, Ned ricochets Spongebob’s chance by sending out his Double Whirlpool to lessen the effect of the spirit’s move.

 

“So you took my finishing move card, big deal. I can steal it back from you,” said Ned Newton.

 

“And I’ll steal it back, so you have that much of a choice,” Spongebob pointed out before giving out a chuckle.

 

“Or is there…?” Ned Newton said and uses his Double Whirlpool card to change it into his ultimate attack card. “I can change the type of attack for my cards. It’s important that you don’t change a card that’s got a star though.”

 

Ned Newton sends out another Double Hydronova Ray attack from his spirit while Spongebob uses his Pisces Chop card again. With three stars, Spongebob and Ned each use the opportunity to destroy one card from their shuffle. Ned destroys Spongebob’s three-star Pisces Chop card while Spongebob destroys Ned’s three-star Double Hydronova Ray card.

 

“I was thinking you would be able to destroy another of my cards if you had kept one of yours,” Spongebob remarked while taking heavy breaths.

 

“You’re not so shabby,” Ned responded. “You’re also a silly undersea being, so I wonder how the meteor chose you as a Warrior….”

 

“I can’t completely figure that out, but if there’s got to be a reason why, I got these powers to save not only life here, but to save Bikini Bottom from destruction!” Spongebob replied. “I wasn’t too proud being this type of hero at first, but now I am!”

 

Spongebob controls his spirit to use another Pisces Chop. Before sending out his next attack, Ned changes one of his Double Hydronova Ray cards into one of a Double Whirlpool. Due to this, his one star was removed. Ned’s attack manages to pass through the Pisces Chop and cause damage against the koi spirit, giving him another star.

 

“This is what I like about challenging others.” Ned commented.

 

Ned Newton momentarily swipes Spongebob’s Pisces Chop card to make into another Double Whirlpool card. Ned now stood with 4 cards while Spongebob stood with only 2.

 

“Hey Spongebob, Yang said I could watch!” Patrick hollered.

 

“I wouldn’t mind having some help over here, Patrick,” Spongebob called back.

 

“I might as well use my finishing move since you’re almost out of cards,” said Ned. “Call it cheating if you may, but that’s how I rule this fight!”

 

“There he is!” Umbriel said to Prendas, pointing over to the sponge. From their view, Spongebob now looked to be surrendering.

 

“I will also like to partake in your duel!” Prendas exclaimed as she walked near the field.

 

“Since Prendas is giving in, I’ll also join to help Spongebob,” Umbriel deadpanned as she went in front of Prendas.

 

“Come on Patrick, you can play along, right?” Spongebob suggested at the starfish.

 

“It’s too late, nobody around here can save you now,” Ned responded. “Do you know why? You’re no hero. You’re a weak little scamp. There’s no need for any of your friends to try and defend you, you’re right where I want you to be!”

Suddenly, Patrick zapped Ned Newton with a dark blast from behind and lunged at him.

 

“You can’t say those things about my best friend!” Patrick exclaimed.

“Shut it, I was in the middle of a fight, now you’re making me use that technique on!-“ Ned retorted before getting beaten some more by Patrick’s variety of attacks.

 

“Thanks for saving my bacon, Patrick,” Spongebob complimented.

 

“Where’s the bacon?” Patrick asked.

 

“That was an expression you pink idiot,” Prendas deadpanned.

 

“I guess Yang had a point when he told me to look after you,” Patrick said towards Spongebob.

Patrick then gave Ned Newton another rousing hit. Ned let out a groaning pain before laying face down. Afterwards, the cards were cancelled out.

 

“A few more damaging hits will destroy him completely,” Prendas stated.

 

As Patrick was going to use a big bang blast to finish off Ned, the embodiment shouted out, “Please have mercy!”

 

The Moon Warriors became silent for a moment.

 

“Did he just say….?” Umbriel questioned.

 

“I think we should let him go,” said Prendas. “First Pandora was acting weird, trying to give us a warning before she became nothing and now this embodiment is sounding less like himself, so there must be a reason for that.”

 

“Are any of the other embodiments of the zodiac here?” Ned asked.

 

“They’re all gone except for you. We came here to stop Makemake,” said Spongebob.

 

“Speaking of Makemake, I need to tell you all something,” Ned was saying. “If you haven’t figured it out, Makemake has been controlling our minds to insure we vanquish you. I did set up the Pisces Cup, removed Titan’s deoxyDNA for Makemake’s plan, and kicked some girl around for a meteorite, but that was because Makemake was using his Fool’s Powers against my mind.”

 

“And I still won’t forgive you for kicking me that time,” Umbriel added. “By the way, youve known Titan?”

 

“Even Makemake said he was familiar,” Ned continued. “Even I knew Titan before he became a Moon Warrior himself. You see, when Titan began studying and researching Moon Powers, I was his friend and his little tutor, and helped him paved his way into knowledge. For some reason why, when I last faced Makemake, he went his way to kill me and then took samples of my DNA, so that’s why I became reborn as an embodiment of the zodiac. Makemake told me everything, so that’s how I know about my past life.”

 

“Looks like you have our trust,” Spongebob said. “Now let’s go, our other teammates are waiting inside that building.”

 

Shown at the control room, two hours prior, Yang and Yin looked up to see Cressida in her full glory.

 

“It’s the Moon Maiden, but in a different form!” Yang proclaimed.

 

“That doesn’t help our problem though, but maybe if we figure out how to communicate with Cressida, we’ll know what control will stop the greenhouse effect,” said Yin.

 

In a matter of time, Squidward, Sandy, Lee, and the Gladiators of the Rising Star team hurried over to the control room.
 

“We’re here! A couple of our teammates ended up exhausted from our fight,” Sao announced.

 

“Don’t worry about that now. I need the rest of our team, and then we’ll talk,” Yang responded.

 

An hour later, Spongebob, Patrick, Umbriel, Prendas, and Ned Newton met up with the rest of the party at same intended place.

 

“Do any of you guys have the book?” Yang asked.

“Absolutely,” Prendas answered and handed it over, flipping to a specific page. “If we’re going to stop Betelgeuse and Makemake’s reign, we need to assemble into this giant Moon Warrior body.”

 

“Before we think on that, let’s think about the things we need to worry about: defeating Makemake,” Yang was explaining, “destroying Betelgeuse, restoring Pisces Planet, finding a way to bring Titan back, finding a way to communicate with Cressida, and figuring out how to become this ultimate weapon, since we are one Warrior short. So that’s six problems we have right now.”

 

“Hey wait, why do you have that guy with you?” Sao asked towards Spongebob’s group, referring to Ned Newton.

 

“I come in peace and I also have some of the answers you all need,” said Ned. “For Umbriel…I got what you need if you want Titan back.”

 

By that, Ned brought out a vile of Titan’s blood concealed by a metal cork.

 

“From when I was dissecting Titan, I got a sample of his blood,” Ned explained. “Since you told me that Titan got burned by Betelgeuse, get this: his deoxyDNA is still inside there. It’s indestructible unless you activate a control that cleans off deoxyDNA in contact. If you need to revive anybody that still had deoxyDNA, you need Titan’s DNA or his revival will not be a complete success.”

“Thank you so much,” Umbriel said as Ned gave her the vile.

 

“That doesn’t explain what control we need to use to restore Pisces Planet though,” Yang pointed out.

 

“Before you restore Pisces Planet, you must extract the deoxyDNA from Betelgeuse and then cool down the red giant into nothingness. The deoxyDNA is apparently making it expand faster than intended.”

 

“So before I get his deoxyDNA, how do I get Titan back?” Umbriel asked.

 

“See one of those pods over there? You must store Titan’s deoxyDNA and blood next to it and watch as his recreation starts to form,” Ned continued. “Remember this though: the Titan you bring back may not be the same Titan you’ve always known. His personality won’t be exact, unless you explain to him all you’ve known from him. He’ll get used to it then.”

 

“So that means it will take longer for our relationship to form,” Umbriel replied.

“Seeing how close you’ve gotten towards Titan, I trust you with him when he comes back. Take good care of his newer self and insure that your memories of him will put him in the right direction.”

 

“Now then, how can we form the giant Moon Warrior mecha without Titan?” Yang asked.

 

“Do you guys have something that is called the “Sym-Bionic Piece”?”

 

“We totally forgot about that, and I believe we’ve still been holding on to it,” said Spongebob and eyed on the said piece on his shoulder. “I haven’t activated it since the first time, actually.”

 

“That will help form another piece of armor, so the body will function properly.”

 

“Do you know how we can get Cressida’s attention?” Yin asked.

 

“There should be a microphone control in order to do that. We sure do have a lot of planning to do before Makemake shows up,” Ned answered.

 

“I’ll have you and the Gladiators of the Rising Star keep this place company,” said Yang. “It’s a good thing Makemake hasn’t showed up yet, right Ned?”

 

 Ned gave no response. As Spongebob and co. turned around, Ned Newton was gone,

 

Makemake was behind them…

 

“He’s outlived his usefulness, at least for me,” said Makemake. “It’s all come down to this: me against all of you. I hate to break it you all, but I still got the upper hand.”

 

“We got a bigger advantage on our sleeves,” said Sandy.

 

“Don’t forget that I have this staff that contains all the power I need,” Makemake argued. “Guess what? You’re going for a ride. There’s blistering heat up from above waiting just for you!”

 

With the power of his staff, Makemake created a large suit of armor of his own. He then activated his jets and flew up rapidly with the Moon Warriors at his grasp, aiming to throw them straight into Betelgeuse’s gravity.

 

“This is how it ends for you Moon Warriors and this is how my plan comes full circle!” Makemake boasted. “All that I need to do is get you all burned alive.”